TOSHIBA 823T Instruction manual

Using This Manual
1
Basic Operations
2
Call
3
Messaging
4
Internet
5
TV
6
Camera/Picture
7
Editing
Media Player/S! Appli 8
Tools
9
Communication
10
Services
Security
11
File Transfer/Backup 12
Customization
13
Appendix
14
Getting Started
Manual Overview
Contents ......................................................................→
Chapter Contents: First page of each chapter ................→
Page vi
Function & Service
Search
Contents ......................................................................→
Index: Try searching by various terms.............................→
Page vi
Objective Search
Objective Search...........................................................→
Index ...........................................................................→
Page ii
Feature Search
Feature Search .............................................................→
Contents ......................................................................→
Page iv
Display Indicators
Display Indicators .........................................................→
Menu Operations .........................................................→
Page 1-4
Solving Problems
Troubleshooting ...........................................................→
Warranty & After Sales Service ......................................→
Page 14-7
Page 1-1 to 14-1
Page 14-32
Page 14-32
Page vi
Page 2-2
Page 14-45
i
823T824T̲web̲00.indd i
08.8.13 3:16:18 PM
Objective Search
Checking Handset Number
Using Handset Phone
Number/Mail Address
Customizing handset address can help reduce
spam.
Checking Your Phone Number
⇒ Page 3-3
Customizing Handset Address
⇒ Page 4-3
Ringtone
Customizing Handset
Downloading Chaku-Uta®
Select a music file, movie file or Chaku-Uta ®
from ringtone settings.
Download your favorite songs from the ChakuUta® site.
Ringtone ⇒ Page 13-11
Obtaining Music and Videos
⇒ Page 8-3
Basic Operations
Making Calls
Using keys and accessing functions.
Make voice/video calls. Use call functions such as
Speed Dial or Answering Machine.
Softkeys and Multi Selector ⇒ Page xi
Menu Operations ⇒ Page 2-2
Voice Call ⇒ Page 3-4
Video Call ⇒ Page 3-7
Understanding Basics
Watching TV
Using Advanced
Features
Customizing Mail Address
Check your phone number on handset.
Listening to Music
Watch One Seg Digital TV on handset. No
additional fees required.
Use Media Player to listen to downloaded music.
TV ⇒ Page 6-2
Media Player ⇒ Page 8-2
ii
823T824T̲web̲00.indd ii
08.8.13 3:16:20 PM
Saving Address to Handset
Sharing Address with Friends
Sharing Address via Infrared
Saving your new address to My Details is
convenient for exchanging information with
others.
Share your new address by sending a message to
multiple addresses simultaneously.
Share your e-mail address by infrared transfer.
Save your e-mail address prior to transfer.
My Details ⇒ Page 3-12
Sending Messages ⇒ Page 4-4, Page 4-6
Adding Recipients ⇒ Page 4-13
Infrared ⇒ Page 12-14
Wallpaper
Changing Font Size
Set images captured with handset camera as
wallpaper.
Change font size for menus and web pages. Font
color pattern can also be changed.
Wallpaper ⇒ Page 2-7
Setting Font Size
⇒ Page 13-5, Page 13-21
Text Entry
S! Mail/SMS
Accessing the Mobile Internet
Enter text when creating Phone Book entries or
messages.
Select S! Mail or SMS according to your purpose.
Use Yahoo! Keitai to access Mobile Internet sites
tailored for SoftBank customers.
Text Entry ⇒ Page 2-10
S! Mail ⇒ Page 4-4
SMS ⇒ Page 4-6
Yahoo! Keitai ⇒ Page 5-3
Digital Camera/Digital Video
Using Handset as a Gaming Device
Shoot pictures and videos with handset camera.
Play preinstalled S! Appli games or download
games from Yahoo! Keitai.
Taking Pictures ⇒ Page 7-3
Recording Videos ⇒ Page 7-5
S! Appli ⇒ Page 8-8
iii
823T824T̲web̲00.indd iii
08.8.13 3:16:21 PM
Feature Search
823T/824T Features
SoftBank Features
Convenient Features
PC-related Features
One Seg TV
Bluetooth®
Handset supports One Seg Digital TV for mobile
phones and information terminals. You can also
browse data broadcasts and use view timer.
Files can be transferred using Bluetooth ®
communication.
➡Page 6-2
➡Page 12-5
Yahoo! Keitai Sites
A special portal site for SoftBank handsets is
available to enhance your Internet browsing
experience.
➡Page 5-3
Phone Book/S! Addressbook Back-up
Graphic Mail/Feeling Mail
Send Graphic Mail (HTML mail) or Feeling Mail.
➡Page 4-5
Alarm/Event Schedule
Save contact information to Phone Book and
back up data on S! Addressbook Server.
Use the alarm to wake you in the morning. Save
and manage event schedule on Calendar that
can be interfaced with phone/mail functions.
➡Page 2-16, Page 12-12
➡Page 9-4, Page 9-14
PC Site Browser
Document Viewer
View PC-based websites with PC Site Browser.
Microsoft® Office Word, Excel and PDF files are
all viewable on handset. This is especially useful
for business people.
➡Page 5-4
➡Page 9-20
iv
823T824T̲web̲00.indd iv
08.8.13 3:16:21 PM
1.96 Megapixel Camera
microSD Memory Card
Electronic Books
Handset is equipped with a 1.96 megapixel
camera.
Handset supports compact high-capacity microSD
memory cards. This makes exchanging files with
a PC quick and easy.
Use BookSurfing® to read e-books.
➡Page 7-2
➡Page 2-24
➡Page 9-21
S! Town/S! Loop/S! Information Channel
S! Friend's Status/S! Circle Talk
These SoftBank-only communication services allow you
to enjoy virtual community, exchange information with
friends or subscribe to various information services.
These two functions facilitate communication.
Send your mood/availability to your friends and
check their statuses, or talk to a group of people.
Use the GPS function to check your position on a
map. This function can also guide you to your
destination.
➡Page 9-19, Page 10-2
➡Page 10-3, Page 10-6
➡Page 9-10
Barcode Reader
Voice Recorder
S! GPS Navi
Optional Services
Access a variety of information such as e-mail
addresses and URLs using QR codes.
Use handset as a recorder. Save recordings to
microSD memory card.
A complete line of services, including Call
Forwarding and Voice Mail meet your phone
needs.
➡Page 9-22
➡Page 9-9
➡Page 3-10
Card Reader Mode
for use with PC
Media Player
for use with PC
Use the optional USB cable to connect handset
to a PC and access microSD memory card data
from the PC.
Use Card Reader mode to transfer music on a PC
to microSD memory card in handset. Handset
can be used as a portable music player.
➡Page 2-24, Page 12-9
➡Page 8-2, Page 12-8
v
823T824T̲web̲00.indd v
08.8.13 3:16:22 PM
Contents
Introduction .........................................viii
Package Contents ................................. ix
Using This Manual .................................. x
Safety Precautions ................................ xii
Trademarks and Patents .................... xxxii
SAR .................................................. xxxv
1 Getting Started
Handset Parts & Functions .................. 1-2
Display Indicators ............................... 1-4
Charging Battery ................................ 1-7
Power On/Off ................................... 1-10
Date & Time ..................................... 1-11
About Mobile Manners..................... 1-12
Codes .............................................. 1-14
2 Basic Operations
Menu Operations ............................... 2-2
Simple Mode ...................................... 2-5
Wallpaper/Active Window................... 2-7
Text Entry ......................................... 2-10
Word List (Japanese) ........................ 2-15
Phone Book ..................................... 2-16
Data Folder ...................................... 2-21
Memory Card ................................... 2-24
Advanced Features ........................... 2-26
3 Call
Making Calls ...................................... 3-2
Voice Call........................................... 3-4
Video Call .......................................... 3-7
Call Log ............................................. 3-9
Optional Services.............................. 3-10
Advanced Features ........................... 3-12
4 Messaging
View Timer ......................................... 6-6
Advanced Features ............................. 6-7
7 Camera/Picture Editing
Camera .............................................. 7-2
Taking Pictures ................................... 7-3
Recording Videos................................ 7-5
Camera Functions .............................. 7-7
Picture Editing .................................... 7-8
Advanced Features ........................... 7-10
Messaging ......................................... 4-2
Sending Messages.............................. 4-4 8 Media Player/S! Appli
Incoming Messages ............................ 4-8 Playing Music and Videos ................... 8-2
Organizing/Using Messages.............. 4-10 Playlists.............................................. 8-7
Advanced Features ........................... 4-13 S! Appli.............................................. 8-8
Advanced Features ........................... 8-10
5 Internet
Internet .............................................. 5-2
Yahoo! Keitai ..................................... 5-3
PC Site Browser.................................. 5-4
Web Page Operations ......................... 5-5
Bookmarks/Saved Pages ..................... 5-6
Advanced Features ............................. 5-7
9 Tools
Tools .................................................. 9-2
Calendar/Tasks ................................... 9-4
Time Table .......................................... 9-7
Notepad ............................................ 9-8
Voice Recorder ................................... 9-9
S! GPS Navi ..................................... 9-10
6 TV
Idokoro Mail .................................... 9-12
TV...................................................... 6-2 Alarms ............................................. 9-14
Watching TV....................................... 6-3 World Clock ..................................... 9-15
vi
823T824T̲web̲00.indd vi
08.8.12 4:06:48 PM
Calculator/Dictionary ........................ 9-16
Kitchen Timer ................................... 9-17
S! Quick News ................................. 9-18
S! Information Channel .................... 9-19
Document Viewer ............................. 9-20
Electronic Books ............................... 9-21
Barcode Reader ................................ 9-22
Ku-man's Room (Japanese)............... 9-23
Advanced Features ........................... 9-24
10 Communication Services
S! Town (Japanese)/S! Loop (Japanese) .. 10-2
S! Friend's Status ............................. 10-3
S! Circle Talk .................................... 10-6
Advanced Features ........................... 10-9
11 Security
Changing Handset Code................... 11-2
Prohibiting/Limiting Use ................... 11-3
Advanced Features ........................... 11-5
12 File Transfer/Backup
Infrared ............................................ 12-2
Bluetooth® ....................................... 12-4
PC Connection ................................. 12-8
Memory Card Backup ..................... 12-10
S! Addressbook Back-up................. 12-12
Advanced Features ......................... 12-14 Default Settings.............................. 14-24
Glossary ......................................... 14-31
13 Customization
Index ............................................. 14-32
Display Settings ................................ 13-2 Warranty & After Sales Service ........ 14-45
Incoming Event Settings ................... 13-9 Customer Service............................ 14-46
Sound Settings ............................... 13-11
Mail Settings .................................. 13-14
Internet Settings ............................. 13-19
Call Settings ................................... 13-22
Camera Settings ............................. 13-25
TV Settings..................................... 13-28
Media Player Settings ..................... 13-31
S! Appli Settings............................. 13-32
Reset ............................................. 13-33
Text Entry/Phone Book ................... 13-34
File Transfer .................................... 13-36
Various Tools .................................. 13-38
Communications ............................ 13-44
14 Appendix
USIM Card ....................................... 14-2
Battery ............................................. 14-4
Software Update .............................. 14-6
Troubleshooting ............................... 14-7
Text Entry Keys ................................. 14-9
Simple Mode Function List .............. 14-11
Specifications ................................. 14-17
vii
823T824T̲web̲00.indd vii
08.8.12 4:06:49 PM
Introduction
Thank you for purchasing SoftBank 823T/SoftBank 824T handset.
7 To ensure proper usage, read this manual thoroughly before using SoftBank 823T/824T handset.
7 After reading this manual, retain it for later reference.
7 If this manual is lost or damaged, contact SoftBank General Information (page 14-46).
7 Accessible services may be limited because of contract conditions.
SoftBank 823T/824T handset is compatible with the 3G system.
Caution
・ Unauthorized copying of any part of this manual is prohibited.
・ The contents of this manual are subject to change without prior notice.
・ Steps have been taken to ensure the accuracy of descriptions in this manual. If you find inaccurate or missing information, contact SoftBank Customer Center,
General Information (page 14-46).
User Guide (Japanese) and Start Book (Japanese) included in the package are also available online from SOFTBANK MOBILE Corp. Website:
http://www.softbank.jp/mb/r/support/823t/
http://www.softbank.jp/mb/r/support/824t/
viii
823T824T̲web̲00.indd viii
08.8.12 4:06:49 PM
Package Contents
7Handset
7Battery (TSBAV1)
7Battery Cover
7Start Book (Japanese)
7User Guide (Japanese)
7First Step Guide
1 2
7Utility Software for 823T/824T (CD-ROM)* *
*1 Complimentary sample not available for purchase.
*2 Utility Software updates/upgrades may become available via SOFTBANK MOBILE Corp. Website (http://www.softbank.jp) without prior notification.
Please check for the newest versions of Utility Software and download as required.
7 Use only SoftBank specified AC Charger (sold separately) to charge battery.
7 For information about AC Charger and other accessories, contact SoftBank Customer Center, General Information (page 14-46).
7 Battery is available for separate purchase.
7 Handset accepts microSD Memory Card (not included). Purchase microSD Memory Card to use related functions.
7 microSD Memory Card is referred to as "memory card" in this manual.
7 USB cable (not included) can be used with handset. Purchase a SoftBank specified USB cable to use related functions.
ix
823T824T̲web̲00.indd ix
08.8.12 4:06:49 PM
Using This Manual
In this manual, SoftBank 823T/824T is referred to as "handset."
Chapters
Chapter 1 "Getting Started": Basic handset information.
Chapter 2 "Basic Operations": Basic handset operations.
Chapters 3 to 12: Handset functions. Each chapter starts with basic operation descriptions, followed by advanced operation descriptions.
Chapter 13 "Customization": Handset settings.
Chapter 14 "Appendix": Default settings, Index, etc.
More Features
Advanced features are listed under this icon. Refer to the indicated page to access "Advanced
Features" at the end of the chapter.
Creating Messages
(Epage 4-13)
Message Creation Settings
(Epage 13-14)
• Add Recipients to Simple Input List
Available settings are listed here. Go to indicated page in Chapter 13 "Customization" for
description.
Symbols
➡ , ➡ and E navigate you to the next action/item.
Press Center Key [ to confirm your selection. Some operations are described in an abbreviated format.
Screenshots and Keys
Screenshots and key graphics are simplified to facilitate explanation. Actual appearance may differ.
Japanese Functions & Services
x
When "(Japanese)" appears in a title, Japanese ability is required to use full range of function and service.
823T824T̲web̲00.indd x
08.8.12 4:06:49 PM
Softkeys
Multi Selector
Use Softkeys to perform operations indicated at the bottom of Display.
The following notations are used to indicate Multi Selector operations.
Notation/Operation
OK
Menu
A
Press up
B
Press down
D
• Press J to select OK.
• Press K to access Option menu.
• Softkey operations vary by the current function.
• In this manual, Softkey operations are described as below.
➡jJ (OK) / ➡jJ/ ➡kK
Press left
C
Press right
[
Press center
Function
Enables Active Window operations*
Increases volume
Moves cursor up
Accesses Phone Book*
Decreases volume
Moves cursor down
Accesses Dialed*
Moves cursor left
Accesses Received*
Moves cursor right
Accesses Main Menu
Confirms the selected item or performs
the selected operation
Acts as the camera shutter-release
* Functions accessible from Standby can be changed by changing Multi
Selector shortcuts (page 2-3).
xi
823T824T̲web̲00.indd xi
08.8.12 4:06:50 PM
Safety Precautions
• To ensure proper usage, be sure to read the Safety Precautions
thoroughly before using your handset. Always keep this manual
available for future reference.
• Be sure to follow the safety information contained in the
instruction manuals and indicated on the product to prevent
injury to the user and other persons, as well as damage to
property.
• When a child uses handset, it is recommended that a parent or
guardian reads the instruction manuals thoroughly and provides
proper instructions to the child.
• The following describes the meaning of safety symbols and
signal words. Be sure to understand their meanings before
proceeding to read this manual.
Symbols
Symbol
Meaning
indicates a prohibited action. The prohibited action is
indicated graphically or described in text in or near the
symbol.
indicates a compulsory action that must be carried
out. The compulsory action is indicated graphically or
described in text in or near the symbol.
Pictographs
Pictograph
2 Injury includes wounds, burns and electric shock not requiring
hospitalization or long-term medical treatment.
3 Damage to property includes extensive damage to homes and
household property, as well as livestock and pets.
Meaning
Danger
Indicates an imminently hazardous operation that could
result in death or serious injury1 of the user.
Warning
Indicates a potentially hazardous operation that could
result in death or serious injury1 of the user.
Indicates a potentially hazardous operation that could
Caution result in minor or moderate injury2 to the user or damage
to property3.
1 Serious injury includes loss of sight, wounds, high temperature
burns, low temperature burns (burns causing reddish areas,
blistering and other damage to the skin as a result of heat
exceeding the body temperature contacting your skin for a
prolonged time), electric shock, fractures and poisoning
requiring hospitalization or long-term medical treatment.
xii
823T824T̲web̲00.indd xii
08.8.12 4:06:53 PM
Limitation of Liability
• SoftBank and Toshiba accept no liability whatsoever for any
damages arising from natural disasters such as earthquakes,
lightning, storms and floods, as well as fires through no fault
of SoftBank and Toshiba, acts by third parties, other accidents,
improper use by the user, whether intentionally or negligently,
or use under other abnormal conditions.
• SoftBank and Toshiba accept no liability whatsoever for
incidental damages arising out of the use or inability to use
the product, including, but not limited to, corruption or loss
of data, lost business revenue or suspension of business
operations.
• SoftBank and Toshiba accept no liability whatsoever for any
damages arising from improper use not conforming to the
instructions in the instruction manuals.
• SoftBank and Toshiba accept no liability whatsoever for any
damages arising from malfunctions caused by use in
combination with connection equipment or software that is
not authorized for use by SoftBank and Toshiba.
• Image data recorded with the camera, downloaded data and
other data may be corrupted or lost due to malfunction,
repair or other improper handling of the product. SoftBank
and Toshiba accept no liability whatsoever for the restoration
of corrupted or lost data, as well as any damages or lost
revenue and profits.
• SoftBank and Toshiba accept no liability whatsoever for
corruption or loss of stored data resulting from failures or
malfunctions of the product, regardless of the cause. Be sure
to keep a separate memo of important data to limit damage
caused by data corruption or loss to a minimum.
Danger
Do not disassemble, modify or repair handset,
battery, charger (sold separately) or Stereo EarphoneMicrophone (sold separately)
Doing so may cause overheating, rupturing, fire, electric shock,
injury or malfunction. Modification of handset is prohibited by
Japanese Radio Law. For repair, contact your nearest SoftBank
Shop or SoftBank Customer Assistance (page 14-46).
Do not dispose of handset, battery, charger (sold
separately) and Stereo Earphone-Microphone (sold
separately) in a fire or expose them to heat
If they are exposed to water, do not dry them artificially
in heating equipment (microwave oven, etc.)
Doing so may cause overheating, rupturing, fire or malfunction.
Do not charge, use or leave handset, battery, charger
(sold separately) or Stereo Earphone-Microphone
(sold separately) in hot places such as near a fire or
heater
Doing so may cause overheating, rupturing, fire or malfunction.
xiii
823T824T̲web̲00.indd xiii
08.8.12 4:06:54 PM
Safety Precautions
Danger
Do not expose handset, battery, charger (sold
separately) and Stereo Earphone-Microphone (sold
separately) to fluids such as water, perspiration or
seawater
Do not leave them outdoors, in a bathroom or
wherever water or any other fluid is used
Do not place them near cups, vases or other
containers of fluids
Doing so may cause overheating, rupturing, fire, electric shock
or malfunction. If handset is dropped accidentally in water or
any other fluid, immediately turn off handset and remove the
battery. If handset, battery or charger is exposed to fluids such
as water during charging, remove the power plug from the outlet
immediately. Do not charge the wet battery. If the battery gets
wet, contact your nearest SoftBank Shop or SoftBank Customer
Assistance (page 14-46).
Do not use excessive force when inserting the battery
into handset or connecting handset to the charger (sold
separately)
Do not connect any cords with reverse polarity
Doing so may cause the battery to leak, rupture, overheat or catch
fire, as well as cause electric shock or malfunction.
Do not use a battery other than one supplied with or
designated for handset
Do not use the battery for any other handset
Doing so may cause overheating, rupturing, fire or malfunction.
Use the charger (sold separately) designated for handset
to charge the battery
Use the charger (sold separately) only for charging
handset's battery
Failing to do so may cause overheating, rupturing, fire or
malfunction.
If electrolyte fluid leaking from the battery comes into
contact with your skin or clothes, wash it immediately with
clean water as this may hurt your body
And if it gets into your eyes, do not rub them, and have
them immediately treated by an ophthalmologist after
washing them with clean water
If the fluid sticks to the equipment, wipe it out without
touching it directly
If the fluid is left as it is, your skin may get irritated or there may
be fear of losing your sight.
Do not touch the battery terminal (metal parts) with
any metal objects (necklace, hairpin, etc.)
Doing so may cause the battery to overheat, rupture or catch fire,
as well as the metal object to overheat.
xiv
823T824T̲web̲00.indd xiv
08.8.12 4:06:54 PM
Warning
Do not use handset while driving
Do not make or receive a call and do not use other
functions (messaging, game, camera, TV, video, music,
Mobile Light, etc.)
Doing so may cause a traffic accident. Use of handset while
driving is prohibited by law. Before using handset, stop the vehicle
in a safe area where parking is permitted.
Turn off handset while you are near any precision
electronic equipment
Radio waves may adversely affect the operation of electronic
equipment. Examples of such equipment: medical electronic
equipment such as cardiac pacemakers and hearing aids or fire
alarms and automatic doors. If you use medical electronic
equipment, consult with the equipment manufacturer or distributor
about the influence of radio waves.
Be sure to turn off your SoftBank handset before
entering places such as gas stations where flammable
gases may be produced
Also do not charge handset in those places
The gases may be ignited.
Remove the power plug from the outlet if AC Charger
(sold separately) is not to be used for a long period of
time or before cleaning
Failing to do so may cause an electric shock, fire or malfunction.
Do not swing handset by its strap, TV Antenna, USB
cable (sold separately), Stereo Earphone Conversion
Cable (sold separately) or Stereo EarphoneMicrophone (sold separately)
Doing so may cause an injury, accident or damage.
Turn off handset wherever its use is prohibited such
as on an aircraft
Failing to do so may adversely affect the operation of electronic
equipment and cause an accident.
Use of handset on an aircraft is prohibited by law.
Check your surroundings to confirm that it is safe
to make/receive calls, send/receive messages, take
pictures, record videos or watch TV
Failing to do so may cause you to trip over or cause a traffic
accident.
xv
823T824T̲web̲00.indd xv
08.8.12 4:06:55 PM
Safety Precautions
Warning
Do not use handset with any power voltage other
than the specified voltage
Doing so may cause a fire. The power voltages are 100 to 240 V
AC for AC Charger (sold separately) and 12 or 24 V DC (for a
negative ground car only) for In-Car Charger (sold separately).
Wipe away any dust on the plug of AC Charger (sold
separately) with a dry cloth after removing the plug
from the outlet
Dust on the plug or outlet may cause a fire.
Follow the instructions below when installing and
wiring in-vehicle devices
・Make sure that devices do not interfere with
driving and safety equipment such as airbags
・Make sure that wires are not caught in seatbelt
buckles, doors or other moving parts
Any wire caught around a foot, brake pedal, accelerator pedal,
etc. may interfere with driving and cause a traffic accident. If any
part of an in-vehicle device drops onto the floor, it may startle you
into abrupt braking or steering, leading to a traffic accident.
When thunder is heard outside, stop using handset
immediately
Turn off handset and do not touch it
Failing to do so may attract lightning and cause electric shock.
When thunder is heard, stop using handset and move to a safe
place such as inside a building.
If the battery fails to charge in the specified time,
stop charging immediately
Failing to do so may cause overheating, rupturing or fire. Contact
your nearest SoftBank Shop or SoftBank Customer Assistance (page
14-46).
When inserting the plug of AC Charger (sold
separately) into an AC household outlet, make sure
that a metal strap or any other metal object does not
touch the plug
Failing to do so may cause electric shock, short circuit or fire.
xvi
823T824T̲web̲00.indd xvi
08.8.12 4:06:56 PM
Warning
If something unusual happens to handset, battery
or charger (sold separately); for example, it emits
smoke or an unusual odor or is damaged, perform the
following steps immediately
1. If the battery is charging, unplug AC Charger (sold separately)
from the AC household outlet or unplug In-Car Charger (sold
separately) from the cigarette lighter socket.
2. Make sure that handset is not hot, then turn it off and remove
the battery.
Failing to do so and continuing use (charging) may cause the
battery to overheat, rupture or catch fire or handset to overheat. If
something unusual happens, contact your nearest SoftBank Shop
or SoftBank Customer Assistance (page 14-46).
Do not drop handset or battery or subject it to
excessive shock
Doing so may cause overheating, rupturing, fire or malfunction.
Do not sit down with handset in your trousers pocket
Excess weight may damage Display, battery or other parts
resulting in overheating, fire or injury.
If handset is used near an implanted cardiac
pacemaker, defibrillator or other electronic medical
equipment, radio waves may interfere with such a
device or equipment
Observe the following guidelines
1. If you have an implanted cardiac pacemaker or defibrillator,
carry and use handset at a distance of at least 22 centimeters
away from the implanted device.
2. Turn off handset in crowded places such as packed trains
because a person with an implanted cardiac pacemaker or
defibrillator may be nearby. Radio waves can interfere with the
operation of a cardiac pacemaker or other medical device.
3. Follow the precautions below in medical institutions.
・Do not bring handset into an operating room, intensive care
unit or coronary care unit.
・Turn off handset in a hospital ward.
・Turn off handset in a lobby or other location close to medical
equipment.
・Observe the instructions of individual medical institutions
and do not use handset in or bring it into prohibited areas.
xvii
823T824T̲web̲00.indd xvii
08.8.12 4:06:57 PM
Safety Precautions
Warning
4. When using electronic medical devices other than an implanted
cardiac pacemaker or defibrillator outside of medical institutions
(such as at home), consult with the individual medical device
manufacturer about the possible influence of radio waves.
The above information conforms to "The Guidelines on Use of
Mobile Phones and Other Devices to Prevent Electromagnetic
Wave Interference with Electronic Medical Equipment"
(Electromagnetic Compatibility Conference Japan), as well as
refers to "The Investigative Research Report on the Influence of
Electromagnetic Waves on Medical Equipment" (Association of
Radio Industries and Businesses, March 2001).
Do not use AC Charger (sold separately) with any
power supply other than a 100 to 240 V AC household
power supply
Doing so may result in a fire, as well as cause the charger to
overheat, catch fire or malfunction.
xviii
823T824T̲web̲00.indd xviii
08.8.12 4:06:57 PM
Caution
Do not use or leave handset or battery in places
where it will be exposed to direct sunlight or in hot
places such as inside a car in the sun
Doing so may cause overheating, fire or malfunction.
Keep handset, battery and charger (sold separately)
away from infants and small children
Failing to do so may result in the battery or memory card being
accidentally swallowed or cause an injury.
Make sure that the terminals (metal parts) of the
charger (sold separately) do not come into contact
with wires or other metal objects
Failing to do so may cause overheating or burns.
Do not pull the cord when unplugging AC Charger
(sold separately) or In-Car Charger (sold separately)
from an AC household outlet or socket
Damage to the cord may cause electric shock, overheating or fire.
Hold the plug when unplugging the AC Charger (sold separately)
or In-Car Charger (sold separately).
Do not pull, bend with excessive force or twist the
cords of AC Charger (sold separately) and In-Car
Charger
Do not damage or modify them
Do not place objects on them
Do not apply heat and keep them away from heaters
Damage to a cord may cause electric shock, overheating or fire.
Do not plug or unplug AC Charger (sold separately)
with wet hands
Doing so may cause electric shock or malfunction.
Keep magnetic cards away from handset and make
sure that a magnetic card is not trapped when closing
handset
Failing to do so may cause the magnetic data on a cash card,
credit card, telephone card or floppy disk to be lost.
Do not use handset in a vehicle if it affects in-vehicle
electronic devices
Use of handset in some types of vehicles may, in some rare cases,
affect in-vehicle electronic devices and interfere with safe driving.
xix
823T824T̲web̲00.indd xix
08.8.12 4:06:58 PM
Safety Precautions
Caution
Do not place handset on an unstable or unlevel
surface
Doing so may result in handset falling and causing injury or
malfunction. Be particularly careful when vibration is set.
Do not dispose of the used battery with ordinary
garbage
Insulate the terminal with tape and then dispose of the used
battery separately from ordinary garbage or take it to your nearest
SoftBank Shop. Be sure to observe local regulations on the
separate collection of used batteries, wherever applicable.
Do not touch handset with sweaty hands or place it
into a pocket of sweaty clothes
Sweat and humidity may erode the internal components of
handset and cause overheating or malfunction.
If the fuse for In-Car Charger (sold separately) blows,
replace it with a designated fuse
Replacing the fuse with other than a designated fuse may cause
overheating and fire.
For details on replacing the fuse, refer to the instruction manual of
In-Car Charger (sold separately).
Use handset in well-lighted places and with an
appropriate distance between your eyes and its
screen when you watch TV
Failing to do so may cause decreased vision.
Do not leave TV Antenna extended except when using
TV
Talking on handset without stowing TV Antenna may cause injury.
Do not use In-Car Charger (sold separately) when the
car engine is not running
Doing so may result in a flat battery.
xx
823T824T̲web̲00.indd xx
08.8.12 4:06:59 PM
Caution
If your skin becomes irritated, immediately stop using handset and consult with a dermatologist
The following materials and surface treatments have been used for handset. Some of these materials may cause itching, irritation, eczema, etc. in
some rare cases depending on the individual's constitution and physical condition.
Part
Outer housing (front face of Display side)
Outer housing (external side of upper section)
Outer housing (hinge cover)
Outer housing (keypad side)
Outer housing (external side of lower section)
Outer housing (external panel of upper section)
Outer housing (battery cover)
Display panel
External Display panel
Screw covers (above Display panel)
External panel of lower section (battery cover side)
Clearance retainer on internal face of lower section
Keypad
Side Key
Camera panel
Infrared Port
Material (Surface Treatment)
823T
824T
Magnesium alloy (acrylic baking coating)
Magnesium alloy (acrylic baking coating)
PC resin (deposition, UV cured acrylic coating)
PC resin (discontinuous deposition)
(stereoscopic print)
PC
resin (deposition, UV cured acrylic coating)
PC resin (UV cured acrylic coating)
(stereoscopic print)
PC resin (UV cured acrylic coating)
PC resin (UV cured acrylic coating)
PC resin (discontinuous deposition)
PC resin (UV cured acrylic coating)
PC resin (integral moulding of synthetic leather)
−
PC resin (integral moulding of synthetic leather)
PC resin (UV cured acrylic coating)
Tempered glass with polyester film (UV cured
Tempered glass with polyester film (UV cured
acrylic processing)
acrylic processing)
PC resin (discontinuous deposition)
−
PET film
PET film
PC resin (UV cured acrylic coating)
PC resin (UV cured acrylic coating)
Acrylic urethane resin
Acrylic urethane resin
PC resin (SUS plate, silicone rubber)
PC resin (SUS plate, silicone rubber)
PC resin (deposition)
PC resin (UV cured acrylic coating)
Acrylic resin
Acrylic resin
Acrylic resin
Acrylic resin
xxi
823T824T̲web̲00.indd xxi
08.8.12 4:07:00 PM
Safety Precautions
Caution
Part
Memory Card Slot cover
External Device Port cover
Charger Terminals
Screws
TV Antenna fixation tab
TV Antenna (top part)
TV Antenna (base part)
TV Antenna (connection part)
TV Antenna (hinge part)
Strap pin
Material (Surface Treatment)
823T
824T
Elastomer resin, PC resin (UV cured acrylic coating) Elastomer resin, PC resin (UV cured acrylic coating)
Elastomer resin, PC resin (UV cured acrylic coating) Elastomer resin, PC resin (UV cured acrylic coating)
Stainless steel (gold plating, nickel undercoat)
Stainless steel (gold plating, nickel undercoat)
Steel (nickel coating)
Steel (nickel coating)
POM resin
POM resin
ABS resin (discontinuous deposition)
ABS resin (UV cured acrylic coating)
ABS resin (discontinuous deposition)
ABS resin (UV cured acrylic coating)
PA resin
PA resin
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
xxii
823T824T̲web̲00.indd xxii
08.8.12 4:07:00 PM
Caution
Before using handset, make sure that no metal objects
(such as pins) are stuck to the earpiece or speaker
Failing to do so may result in a metal object causing an ear or hand
injury, etc.
If you have a weak heart, be careful with the call
vibration and ringtone volume settings
Failing to do so may startle you and may be harmful to your heart.
Do not use Mobile Light for purposes other than
taking pictures, recording videos or lighting
Doing so may harm the eyes and cause impaired vision or other
injury.
Make sure things like paper, cloth and bedding are
not placed on handset during a video call or while
charging using a USB connection, In-Car Charger (sold
separately), AC Charger (sold separately), etc.
Failing to do so may cause overheating, fire, burns or malfunction.
Do not turn the volume up too high while using Stereo
Earphone-Microphone (sold separately)
Do not use Stereo Earphone-Microphone (sold
separately) continuously for long periods of time
Exposure to high sound levels may impair hearing and prolonged
use may cause hearing defect regardless of the volume level.
Sound leakage may annoy other people and surrounding sounds
may not be heard clearly resulting in an accident.
Do not insert objects other than the memory card
into Memory Card Slot
Doing so may cause overheating, electric shock or malfunction.
Cover the slot with the cover at times other than when you are
inserting or removing the memory card.
Keep your face away from Memory Card Slot when
inserting or removing the memory card
Keep the memory card out of the reach of small
children
If the memory card is let go of suddenly, it may fly out and hit your
face resulting in injury.
Do not subject the memory card to vibration or shock
or remove it from the slot or turn off handset while
data is being written to or read from the memory
card
Doing so may cause data loss or malfunction.
xxiii
823T824T̲web̲00.indd xxiii
08.8.12 4:07:00 PM
Safety Precautions
Caution
Use only the memory card supported by handset
Failing to do so may cause data loss or malfunction.
Handset supports memory cards with a storage capacity of up to 2
GB (as of May 2008).
Do not let children use cables such as USB cable (sold
separately), Stereo Earphone Conversion Cable (sold
separately) and Stereo Earphone-Microphone (sold
separately) unsupervised and keep cables out of
infant's reach
An injury may be caused if, for instance, the cable is wrapped
around a neck.
Use only a USIM Card designated for handset
Failing to do so may cause data loss or malfunction.
Do not bend TV Antenna with excessive force
Doing so may result in damage or distortion of TV Antenna and
cause injury.
Be careful not to trap your fingers or objects when
closing handset and not to trap your fingers in the
hinge when opening handset
Failing to do so may cause injury or damage to the LCD Display.
Do not point the infrared beam at anyone’s eye
during infrared communication
Doing so may cause eye damage.
Do not use Mobile Light close to eyes
Doing so may cause eye damage. Be especially careful not to take
pictures or record videos with Mobile Light too close to the eyes of
infants.
Do not use excessive force when inserting or
removing USIM Card
Doing so may cause a malfunction. Be careful not to injure a hand
or finger when removing the card.
xxiv
823T824T̲web̲00.indd xxiv
08.8.12 4:07:01 PM
General Notes
Using Your Handset
• Handset employs radio waves. Signals may be disrupted even
within service areas if you are indoors, underground, inside a
tunnel or inside a vehicle. If you move to a location with poor
signal reception, a call or the TV image/sound may be suddenly
cut off.
• When using handset in public places, take care not to annoy
other people around you. Use of handset is prohibited in some
public places such as in theaters or on buses and trains.
• Handset is a radio transceiver under Japanese Radio Law. You
may be requested to submit handset for inspection based on
this law.
• Use of handset near a landline phone, TV or radio may affect
the image and sound quality of the equipment.
• Handset employs a digital system to maintain a high level of
communication quality even at very low signal levels. However,
calls may be suddenly cut off when the signal strength becomes
too weak.
• The digital system provides a high level of privacy protection.
However, the possibility of someone eavesdropping on your
conversation cannot be ruled out as long as radio waves are
used.
• Data stored on handset may be corrupted or lost on the
following occasions.
・Handset is used improperly.
・Handset is exposed to static electricity or electric noise.
・Handset is turned off during operation.
・The battery is completely discharged.
・Handset malfunctions or is sent for repairs.
SoftBank and Toshiba accept no liability whatsoever for the
corruption or loss of stored data. Be sure to keep a separate
memo of important data to limit damage caused by data
corruption or loss to a minimum.
• Be sure to charge the battery before using handset for the first
time or if handset has not been used for a long time. When the
battery is stored for a long time, it discharges over time even if
it is not used.
• Before using a memory card, read the instruction manual of the
memory card thoroughly to ensure safe and proper operation.
• When handset is used for extended periods of time, especially
in high temperature conditions, its surface could become hot.
Please use caution when touching handset under such
conditions.
• When certain items are taken out of the country, documentation
may be required to certify that the export of the items is not
controlled, prohibited, or restricted by the Export Trade Control
Order and Foreign Exchange Order. Basically, no such
documentation is required if you take handset out of the
country and bring it back for the purpose of personal use when
going on vacations or short business trips. In some cases,
however, an export permit may be required if handset is to be
used by or transferred to anyone else.
Furthermore, a US government export permit may be required
when taking handset to countries for which the US government
has imposed export restrictions (Cuba, North Korea, Iran,
Sudan, Syria).
For details on export laws, regulations and procedures, refer to
the Web page of the Security Export Control Policy Division of
the Ministry of Economy, Trade and Industry.
• If you use a hearing aid, handset usage may interfere with
hearing aid performance. If there is any interference, consult
with the manufacturer or distributor of the hearing aid.
xxv
823T824T̲web̲00.indd xxv
08.8.12 4:07:02 PM
Safety Precautions
Inside Vehicles
• Do not use handset while driving. Use of handset while driving
is prohibited by law.
Talking on handset using Stereo Earphone-Microphone (sold
separately) while driving may be subject to penalties in some
prefectures.
• Before using handset, stop the vehicle in a safe area where
parking or stopping is permitted.
Aboard Aircraft
• Do not use handset on an aircraft. Do not turn handset on
while you are on an aircraft. Use of handset on an aircraft is
prohibited by law.
Handling Basics
• Do not use handset in extreme temperatures, direct sunlight
and humid or dusty places.
• Do not drop handset or subject it to excessive shock.
• Synthetic leather on handset (823T) may deform, discolor or
deteriorate (i.e. tear, rip, etc), or stain your clothes, etc.
depending on storage/usage conditions.
• To clean handset, wipe it with a dry soft cloth. Do not use
alcohol, thinner, benzene or other solvents. Doing so may cause
discoloration and remove the printed logo.
• Avoid exposing handset to rain, snow or high humidity.
Handset, battery, charger (sold separately), Stereo EarphoneMicrophone (sold separately) and other optional accessories are
not waterproof.
• Do not remove the battery while handset power is on to avoid
malfunction.
• If the battery has been removed from handset or handset has
not been charged for a long time, stored data and settings may
be lost or altered. SoftBank and Toshiba accept no liability
whatsoever for any damage or loss resulting from such
negligence.
• The battery is a consumable item employing lithium ions.
Replace the battery with a new one if the operation time
becomes extremely short after it is fully charged. Buy a new
battery designated for handset.
• Do not dispose of batteries with municipal waste.
Insulate the terminal with tape or place the battery
in a plastic bag and take it to the nearest SoftBank
Shop or recycling center. Be sure to observe local
regulations on battery disposal.
• Be sure to use the PULL tab when removing the battery.
Removing the battery in any other way may damage the
terminals (page 14-5).
• Some handset display pixels may be missing or remain lit. This is
not a defect or malfunction. If Display is left on for a long
period of time, pictures may be permanently burned into it.
• Make sure Stereo Earphone Conversion Cable (sold separately)
or Stereo Earphone-Microphone (sold separately) is securely
plugged into Earphone Microphone Jack. Failing to do so may
generate noise on the other party's phone during calls.
• Do not turn the volume up too high while using Stereo
Earphone-Microphone (sold separately). Exposure to high sound
levels may impair hearing and prolonged use may cause hearing
damage regardless of the volume level. Sound leakage may
annoy other people and surrounding sounds may not be heard
clearly when walking, resulting in an accident.
• When Earphone Microphone Jack, External Device Port and
Memory Card Slot are not in use, make sure to replace the
covers. Otherwise dust or water may enter handset causing
malfunction.
xxvi
823T824T̲web̲00.indd xxvi
08.8.12 4:07:02 PM
• Hold the plug and do not pull the cord when unplugging Stereo
Earphone Conversion Cable (sold separately) or Stereo
Earphone-Microphone (sold separately). Pulling the cord may
cause damage or malfunction.
• Antenna of handset is built into the body and does not
protrude. Signal sensitivity may be reduced by touching/
covering Internal Antenna area (page 1-3). Do not cover this
area by affixing stickers, or any other items. Doing so may
prevent you from making/receiving calls, sending/receiving
messages or accessing the Web.
• When you replace handset or send it for repair, messages and
other data stored on handset cannot be transferred to another
handset.
• Do not drop USIM Card or subject it to excessive shock. Doing
so may cause a malfunction.
• Do not bend USIM Card or place a heavy object on it. Doing so
may cause a malfunction.
• Do not allow USIM Card to get wet or leave it in places of high
humidity. Doing so may cause a malfunction.
• Do not use or leave USIM Card in hot places such as near a fire
or heater. Doing so may cause a malfunction.
• Avoid storing USIM Card in direct sunlight or hot and humid
places. Failing to do so may cause a malfunction.
• Keep USIM Card out of infants' reach. Failing to do so may
result in USIM Card being accidentally swallowed or cause an
injury.
• Before using USIM Card, read the instruction manual of USIM
Card thoroughly to ensure safe and proper operation.
• Do not put handset into a bag or pocket without stowing TV
Antenna. Doing so may apply excessive force on TV Antenna
and result in damage.
Functional Limitations
• After
handset upgrade or subscription cancellation, the
following functions become unavailable on handset:
・Camera
・Digital TV
・Media Player
・S! Appli
• Above functions may become unavailable after long periods of
not using handset. Contact your nearest SoftBank Shop or
contact SoftBank General Information (page 14-46).
Mobile Camera
• Be sure to observe proper etiquette when using the camera.
• Do not expose the camera lens to direct sunlight. Concentrated
sunlight through the lens may cause handset to malfunction.
• Be sure to try taking and previewing pictures before using the
camera on important occasions like wedding ceremonies.
• Do not commercially use or transfer pictures taken with the
camera without the permission of the copyright holder
(photographer), except for personal use.
• Do not use the camera in locations where taking photos and
recording videos are prohibited.
• Do not block the lens with your fingers, strap or TV Antenna
when shooting pictures or videos. Stow TV Antenna in handset
when using the camera.
xxvii
823T824T̲web̲00.indd xxvii
08.9.2 10:59:43 AM
Safety Precautions
Mobile Light
• Do not use Mobile Light in hot, cold or humid places. Doing so
may shorten its life.
• Mobile Light has a limited life. Repeated use will decrease the
light intensity.
Copyrights
• Copyrighted
materials, such as music, images, computer
programs and databases, and their respective holders are
protected by copyright laws. Duplication of copyrighted
materials is permitted only for individual or home use. Making
copies (including data conversion), modifications, transfers or
network distributions of copies for purposes other than stated
above without proper authorization constitutes an infringement
of copyrights and moral rights, potentially resulting in claims for
reparations or criminal punishment. If you use handset to make
copies, observe the copyright laws. Furthermore, recording
materials using the camera is also subject to the same laws.
Right of Portrait
• Portrait
right is the right of an individual to refuse to be
photographed by others and protects from the unauthorized
publication or use of an individual's photograph by others.
Right of personality is a portrait right applicable to all citizens
and right of publicity is a portrait right (property right) designed
to protect celebrities' interests. Be careful when taking pictures
with handset camera. Photographing, publicizing and
distributing photographs of citizens and celebrities without
permission are illegal.
xxviii
823T824T̲web̲00.indd xxviii
08.8.12 4:07:03 PM
End User License Agreement
TOSHIBA CORPORATION
IMPORTANT NOTE: PLEASE READ BEFORE USING YOUR HANDSET
BY ATTEMPTING TO USE ANY SOFTWARE ON THE SUPPLIED
HANDSET THIS CONSTITUTES YOUR ACCEPTANCE OF THESE EULA
TERMS. IF YOU REJECT OR DO NOT AGREE WITH ALL THE TERMS
OF THIS EULA, PLEASE DO NOT ATTEMPT TO ACCESS OR USE THE
SUPPLIED SOFTWARE.
End User License Agreement
This End User License Agreement ("EULA") is a legal agreement
between you (as the user) and TOSHIBA CORPORATION
("Toshiba") with regard to the copyrighted software as installed in
a Toshiba 3G handset supplied to you (the "Handset").
Use or disposal of any software installed in the Handset and
related documentations (the "Software") will constitute your
acceptance of these terms, unless separate terms are provided
by the Software supplier on the Handset, in which case certain
additional or different terms may apply. If you do not agree with
the terms of this EULA, do not use or dispose the Software.
1. License Grant. Toshiba grants to you a personal, nontransferable and non-exclusive right to use the Software
as set out in this EULA. Modifying, adapting, translating,
renting, copying, making available, transferring or assigning
all or part of the Software, or any rights granted hereunder,
to any other persons and removing any proprietary notices,
labels or marks from the Software is strictly prohibited,
except as expressly permitted in this EULA. Furthermore, you
hereby agree not to create derivative works based on the
Software.
2. Copyright. The Software is licensed, not sold. You
acknowledge that no title to the intellectual property in
the Software is or will be transferred to you. You further
acknowledge that title and full ownership rights to the
Software will remain the exclusive property of Toshiba,
Toshiba's affiliates, and/or their suppliers, and you will not
acquire any rights to the Software, except as expressly set
out in this EULA. You may keep a back-up copy of the
Software only so far as necessary for its lawful use. All copies
of the Software must contain the same proprietary notices
as contained in or on the Software and are subject to the
terms of this EULA. All rights not expressly granted under this
EULA are reserved to Toshiba, Toshiba's affiliates and/or their
suppliers.
3. Reverse Engineering. You agree that you will not attempt,
and if you are a business organization, you will use your best
efforts to prevent your employees, servants and contractors
from attempting to reverse engineer, decompile, modify,
translate or disassemble the Software in whole or in part
except to the extent that such actions cannot be excluded by
mandatory applicable law and only if those actions are taken
in accordance with such applicable law. Any failure to comply
with the above or any other terms and conditions contained
herein will result in the automatic termination of this license
and the reversion of the rights granted hereunder to Toshiba.
xxix
823T824T̲web̲00.indd xxix
08.8.12 4:07:04 PM
Safety Precautions
4. DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY. The Software is provided "AS
IS" without warranty of any kind. TOSHIBA, TOSHIBA'S
AFFILIATES, AND THEIR SUPPLIERS DISCLAIM ALL
WARRANTIES, CONDITIONS OR OTHER TERMS (WHETHER
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED), INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
WARRANTIES, CONDITIONS AND TERMS OF SATISFACTORY
QUALITY, MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD-PARTY
RIGHTS; AND THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY
AND PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFTWARE IS WITH YOU.
YOU ACCEPT THAT SOFTWARE MAY NOT MEET YOUR
REQUIREMENTS AND NO WARRANTY CAN BE GIVEN THAT
OPERATION OF THE SOFTWARE WILL BE UNINTERRUPTED
OR ERROR-FREE.
5. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT LEGALLY
PERMITTED, IN NO EVENT SHALL TOSHIBA, TOSHIBA'S
AFFILIATES OR THEIR SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR
ANY DAMAGES FOR (A) LOST BUSINESS OR REVENUE,
BUSINESS INTERRUPTION, LOSS OF BUSINESS DATA; OR
(B) CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR INDIRECT
DAMAGES OF ANY KIND (WHETHER UNDER CONTRACT,
TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF: (I) THE USE OR
INABILITY TO USE THE SOFTWARE, EVEN IF TOSHIBA,
TOSHIBA'S AFFILIATES OR THEIR SUPPLIER HAS BEEN
ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES; OR (II)
ANY CLAIM BY A THIRD PARTY. SAVE AS SET OUT IN THIS
SECTION, TOSHIBA'S ENTIRE LIABILITY UNDER THIS EULA
SHALL NOT EXCEED THE PRICE PAID FOR THE SOFTWARE, IF
ANY.
PLEASE MAKE AND RETAIN A COPY OF ALL DATA YOU HAVE INSERTED
INTO YOUR PRODUCT, FOR EXAMPLE NAMES, ADDRESSES, PHONE
NUMBERS, PICTURES, RINGTONES ETC, BEFORE SUBMITTING YOUR
PRODUCT FOR A WARRANTY SERVICE, AS SUCH DATA MAY BE
DELETED OR ERASED AS PART OF THE REPAIR OR SERVICE PROCESS.
6. Laws. This EULA will be governed by the laws of Japan.
All disputes arising out of this EULA shall be subject to the
exclusive jurisdiction of the Tokyo District Court.
7. Export Laws. Any use, duplication or disposal of the
Software involves products and/or technical data that may be
controlled under the export laws of applicable countries or
region and may be subject to the approval of the applicable
governmental authorities prior to export. Any export, directly
or indirectly, in contravention of the export laws of applicable
countries or region is prohibited.
8. Third Party Beneficiary. You agree that certain suppliers
of the Software to Toshiba have a right as a third party
beneficiary to enforce the terms of this EULA against you as
a user.
xxx
823T824T̲web̲00.indd xxx
08.8.12 4:07:04 PM
Declaration of Conformity
xxxi
823T824T̲web̲00.indd xxxi
08.8.12 4:07:04 PM
Trademarks and Patents
Licensed by QUALCOMM Incorporated under one or more the following
United States Patents and/or their counterparts in other nations :
4,901,307
5,504,773
5,109,390
5,535,239
5,267,262
5,600,754
5,416,797
5,778,338
5,490,165
5,101,501
5,511,073
5,267,261
5,568,483
5,414,796
5,659,569
5,056,109
5,506,865
5,228,054
5,544,196
5,337,338
5,657,420
5,710,784
Java and all Java-based trademarks and logos are trademarks
or registered trademarks of Sun Microsystems, Inc. in the
United States and other countries.
microSD Logo is a trademark.
Powered by Mascot Capsule®/Micro3D EditionTM Mascot Capsule® is a
registered trademark of HI Corporation © 2002-2003 HI Corporation. All
Rights Reserved.
The Bluetooth word mark and logo are owned
by the Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such
marks by TOSHIBA is under license.
THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED UNDER THE MPEG-4 VISUAL
PATENT PORTFOLIO LICENSE FOR THE PERSONAL AND
NON-COMMERCIAL USE OF A CONSUMER FOR (i) ENCODING
VIDEO IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE MPEG-4 VISUAL STANDARD
("MPEG-4 VIDEO") AND/OR (ii) DECODING MPEG-4 VIDEO
THAT WAS ENCODED BY A CONSUMER ENGAGED IN
A PERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITY AND/OR
WAS OBTAINED FROM A VIDEO PROVIDER LICENSED BY
MPEG-LA TO PROVIDE MPEG-4 VIDEO. NO LICENSE IS
GRANTED OR SHALL BE IMPLIED FOR ANY OTHER USE.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION INCLUDING THAT RELATING TO
PROMOTIONAL, INTERNAL AND COMMERCIAL USES AND
LICENSING MAY BE OBTAINED FROM MPEG LA, LLC.
SEE HTTP://WWW.MPEGLA.COM.
T9 Text Input is covered by Japan Pat.No. 特許
3532780,3492981 and other patents pending.
xxxii
823T824T̲web̲00.indd xxxii
08.8.12 4:07:06 PM
Chaku-Uta®, Chaku-Uta Full® is a registered trademark of Sony Music
Entertainment (Japan) Inc.
Copyright © 1998-2003 The OpenSSL Project. All rights reserved.
Copyright © 1995-1998 Eric Young ([email protected]) All rights
reserved.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT AND/OR BY
ERIC YOUNG "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJECT, ERIC YOUNG
OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE
GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
DAMAGE.
QR Code is a registered trademark of Denso wave Incorporated.
Sky Mail, S! Mail, S! Appli, S! GPS Navi, S! Information Channel,
S! Addressbook Back-up, S! Friend's Status, S! Circle Talk, PC Site Browser,
Sha-mail, Movie Sha-mail, Navi appli, S! Quick News, S! Town, S! Loop,
Graphic Mail, Feeling Mail, Secure Remote Lock and 3G High Speed are
registered trademarks or trademarks of SOFTBANK MOBILE Corp.
Copyright © 1995-2006 Adobe Systems Incorporated. All rights reserved.
Macromedia, Flash, Macromedia Flash, and Macromedia Flash Lite are
trademarks or registered trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the
United States and other countries.
BookSurfing® is a registered trademark of CELSYS, Inc., Voyager Japan,
Inc. and INFOCITY, Inc.
"SOFTBANK" SOFTBANK's equivalent in Japanese, and the SOFTBANK
logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of SOFTBANK CORP. in
Japan and in other countries.
xxxiii
823T824T̲web̲00.indd xxxiii
08.8.12 4:07:06 PM
Trademarks and Patents
This product contains NetFront Mobile Client Suite of ACCESS CO., LTD.
ACCESS and NetFront are trademarks or registered trademarks of ACCESS
CO., LTD. in Japan and other countries.
© 2008 ACCESS CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
This software is based in part on the work of the Independent JPEG Group.
This product uses OKAO ™ Vision of OMRON
Corporation.
"OKAO" and "OKAO Vision" are registered
trademarks of OMRON Corporation in Japan.
Yahoo! and the Yahoo!/Y! logos are trademarks and/or registered
trademarks of Yahoo! Inc.
Microsoft, PowerPoint, Excel are either registered trademarks or
trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other
countries.
All other company names and trademarks are the property of their respective
owners.
xxxiv
823T824T̲web̲00.indd xxxiv
08.9.2 11:03:27 AM
SAR
This 823T/824T mobile phone complies with the technical standards for the
absorption of radio frequency (RF) energy as set by the Japanese government.
These technical standards, based upon scientific evidence, were established to
ensure that RF energy from wireless mobile devices used next to the head do
not have a serious effect on human health. The maximum Specific Absorption
Rate (SAR), which measures the average radio wave energy absorbed by the
human head, set by the Japanese government is 2 W/kg*. This allowed value
includes a substantial safety margin designed to assure the safety of all
persons, regardless of age and stature. The value corresponds with the
international guidelines prescribed by the International Commission on NonIonizing Radiation Protection (ICNIRP) in cooperation with the World Health
Organization (WHO).
All models of mobile phones are required to comply with the technical
standards of Japan set forth in the Radio Law before being released for sale.
The 823T/824T has received construction design certification under the Radio
Law with a SAR value of 0.930 W/kg for 823T and 0.913 W/kg for 824T. This
maximum SAR value was determined by TÜV Rheinland Japan, Ltd. (registered
certification agency) and the Telecom Engineering Center (measurement
agency) at the maximum transmission power of this handset with
measurement carried out conforming to the guidelines set by the Japanese
government. Depending on the product, there may be minute differences in
the SAR. However, they are within the allowed limits. During calling, the
actual SAR is lower as handset is designed to use the minimum transmission
power necessary to communicate with the mobile network.
Additional information about SAR can be found at the website listed below.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Ministry of Internal Affairs and Communications website:
http://www.tele.soumu.go.jp/j/ele/index.htm
Association of Radio Industries and Businesses (ARIB) website:
http://www.arib-emf.org/initiation/sar.html
SoftBank website:
http://www.softbankmobile.co.jp/corporate/legal/emf/emf03.html
Toshiba Mobile Phone website:
http://www.toshiba.co.jp/product/etsg/cmt/
* The technical guidelines are stipulated in the Ministerial Ordinance Related
to the Radio Law (Wireless Equipment Regulations, Article 14-2).
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------About SoftBank's Body SAR Policy
* Body SAR: Refers to the SAR of the maximum transmission power when
continuously talking with handset attached to the body and using an
earphone.
** Specific Absorption Rate (SAR): Measured value of continuous talking at
6 minute intervals.
Our technical standards for body SAR include information from Europe.
For details, see "European RF Exposure Information."
*** Placement on the body: Measurements were taken with the rear of
handset facing the body at a distance of 1.5 cm as the normal position
of handset. In order to maintain compliance with radio frequency (RF)
exposure requirements, use accessories that maintain a 1.5 cm
separation distance between the body and the back of handset. Choose
accessories, such as belt clips and holsters, that do not contain metallic
components.
xxxv
823T824T̲web̲00.indd xxxv
08.8.12 4:07:07 PM
SAR
European RF Exposure Information
Your mobile device is a radio transmitter and receiver. It is
designed not to exceed the limits for exposure to radio waves
recommended by international guidelines. These guidelines were
developed by the independent scientific organization ICNIRP and
include safety margins designed to assure the protection of all
persons, regardless of age and health.
The guidelines use a unit of measurement known as the Specific
Absorption Rate, or SAR. The SAR limit for mobile devices is 2
W/kg and the highest SAR value for this device when tested at
the ear was 0.833 W/kg for 823T and 0.833 W/kg for 824T*. As
mobile devices offer a range of functions, they can be used in
other positions, such as on the body as described in this user
guide. In this case, the highest tested SAR value is 0.499 W/kg for
823T and 0.558 W/kg for 824T.
As SAR is measured utilizing the devices highest transmitting
power the actual SAR of this device while operating is typically
below that indicated above. This is due to automatic changes to
the power level of the device to ensure it only uses the minimum
level required to reach the network.
The World Health Organization has stated that present scientific
information does not indicate the need for any special precautions
for the use of mobile devices. They note that if you want to
reduce your exposure then you can do so by limiting the length of
calls or using a ʻhands-freeʼ device to keep the mobile phone
away from the head and body. Additional Information can be
found on the websites of the World Health Organization
(http://www.who.int/emf).
* The tests are carried out in accordance with international
guidelines for testing.
xxxvi
823T824T̲web̲00.indd xxxvi
08.8.12 4:07:08 PM
1
823T824T̲web̲01.indd 1-1
Getting Started
Handset Parts & Functions ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 1-2
Display Indicators ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 1-4
Display ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 1-4
External Display ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 1-5
Information Prompt ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 1-6
Charging Battery ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 1-7
Power On/Off ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 1-10
Turning Handset Power On ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 1-10
Turning Handset Power Off ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 1-10
Date & Time ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 1-11
Setting Date and Time ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 1-11
Clock Format (12-hour/24-hour) ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 1-11
About Mobile Manners ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 1-12
Manner Mode and Offline Mode ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 1-12
Codes ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 1-14
About Codes ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 1-14
08.8.12 4:08:15 PM
Handset Parts & Functions
1
1
Getting Started
23
22
2
24
13
14
17
18
15
19
16
20
25
3
4
5
6
8
9
10
11
21
7
26
12
27
1-2
823T824T̲web̲01.indd 1-2
08.8.12 4:08:15 PM
23 Side Key R: Activate camera/shutter/toggle External Display views.*
* Available while handset is closed.
R (Press and hold in Standby): Activate video camera.
R (Press and hold while handset is closed): Turn on Twin
Illuminations, set/cancel Manner Mode, send a Simple Notice, or turn on
Penlight (the key function can be set (page 2-4)).
24 TV Antenna
25 Memory Card Slot
26 Earphone Microphone Jack
External Device Port
27 Charger Terminals
1
Getting Started
1 Earpiece
2 Display
3 Multi Selector E: Move cursor.
Center Key [: Open Main Menu/confirm operations.
4 Mail Key (Left Softkey) J: Open Messaging Menu.
J (Press and hold): Switch to Simple Mode.
5 TV Key H: Activate TV.
6 Send Key N: Make/answer voice calls.
7 Keypad: Enter numbers/characters.
*: Turn on Mobile Light (when using camera).
* (Press and hold): Show My Status.
# (Press and hold): Set/cancel Manner Mode.
8 Yahoo! Keitai Key (Right Softkey) K: Access Yahoo! Keitai.
9 Shortcut Key S: Open Shortcut Menu.
10 Clear/Memo Key L: Delete characters/cancel operations.
L (Press and hold): Set/cancel Answering Machine.
11 End/Power Key O: End calls/operations.
O (Press and hold): Power handset on/off.
12 Microphone
13 External Lights/Twin Illuminations
14 Charging Indicator: Lights during charging and goes out when
charging is complete.
15 Mobile Light/Penlight
16 Camera/Video Indicator
17 External Display
18 Handstrap Hole
19 Internal Antenna
20 Camera
21 Speaker
22 Infrared Port
• Signal sensitivity may be reduced by touching/covering Internal Antenna
area. Do not cover this area by affixing stickers, or any other items.
• Use an optional charger-earphone branch cable (sold separately) to
connect AC Charger and Earphone-Microphone simultaneously.
1-3
823T824T̲web̲01.indd 1-3
08.8.12 4:08:16 PM
Display Indicators
1
⑥
Display
Getting Started
①②③④⑤⑥⑦⑧⑨⑩ ⑪
１２：３０
⑦
⑫⑬⑭⑮⑯⑰⑱
①
②
③
④
⑤
Signal Strength
Strong
Moderate
Weak
Faint
Out of Range
Offline Mode On
/ Voice/Video Call
Dial-up Connection
Positioning
Packet Transmission
My Status Online
Packet Transmission Ready
Packet Network Range
Non-SoftBank Network Area
3G Network Area
3G Network Area While Roaming
S! Information Channel Updated
Reception of Rights Object
Indicates the reception of a content key
during operation.
Message Box Full
Message Delivery Failed
New Messages
Delivery Report
New S! Mail/SMS and Delivery Report
⑧
⑨
Password Lock Active (appears during TV
Timer Viewing.)
PC Site Connected
S! Quick News Updated
Memory Card Inserted
Web SSL
Indicates a connection to a web page with
security protection.
/ Bluetooth® Connection Established/
Connection Standby
Bluetooth® Connection Established (SCMS-T
Device Supported)
Some Bluetooth® Connections Lost
Bluetooth® Connection(s) Lost
Infrared Communication
USB Connection
Card Reader Mode
Software Update
External Connection for Data Synchronization
/ S! Appli Activated/Paused
Playing Music Files
Music File Playback Paused
Playing Video Files
Streaming
TV Timer Set
Missed Call(s)
Manner Mode (Silent)
Manner Mode (Alarms)
Manner Mode (Drive)
/ / Manner Mode (Original 1 to 3)
Battery Level
Sufficiently Charged
Low
Very Low
Charge Immediately
Charging
⑪ Clock
⑫
Keypad Lock Active
Password Lock Active
⑬ Alarm Set
⑭ Answering Machine On (No Messages)
/ / / / Answering Machine On
(Message(s) Recorded)
/ / / / Answering Machine Off
(Message(s) Recorded)
⑮ Voice Mail Message(s)
Call Forwarding (Ringer Off for Voice Call)
Call Forwarding (Ringer Off for Video Call)
Call Forwarding (Ringer Off for Voice and
Video Calls)
⑯
Open Information Prompt
⑰
S! Friend's Status Notification (Invitation)
⑱
Show Secret
⑩
1-4
823T824T̲web̲01.indd 1-4
08.8.13 3:18:55 PM
External Display
⑥
①
②
③
Signal Strength
Strong
Moderate
Weak
Faint
Out of Range
Offline Mode On
Battery Level
Sufficiently Charged
Low
Very Low
Charge Immediately
Charging
Message Box Full
Message Delivery Failed
New Messages
Delivery Report
New S! Mail/SMS and Delivery Report
Keypad Lock Active
Password Lock Active
Cannot Start Music Player
/ Bluetooth® Connection Established/
Connection Standby
Bluetooth® Connection Established (SCMS-T
Device Supported)
Some Bluetooth® Connections Lost
Bluetooth® Connection(s) Lost
1
Getting Started
① ② ③ ④ ⑤
Missed Call(s)
Manner Mode (Silent)
Manner Mode (Alarms)
Manner Mode (Drive)
/ / Manner Mode (Original 1 to 3)
⑤ Voice Mail Message(s)
Answering Machine On (No Messages)
/ / / / Answering Machine On
(Message(s) Recorded)
/ / / / Answering Machine Off
(Message(s) Recorded)
⑥ Clock
④
Toggle External Display views by pressing R
while handset is closed.
• See page 2-8 for setting External Display.
１２：３０
Icon & Clock Display
Clock Display
Icon Display
Ｔｒａｃｋ０
Music Player
1-5
823T824T̲web̲01.indd 1-5
08.8.13 3:19:00 PM
Display Indicators
1
Information Prompt
Getting Started
Information Prompt appears to inform you of missed calls, new messages and
other information.
q Information Prompt appears
w Select an item➡[
Information Prompt Items
Missed Calls: Missed call(s)
Missed Calls: New Voice Mail message(s) at Voice Mail Center
Ans Machine: New message(s) recorded
New Messages: Unread S! Mail/SMS
Unsent Messages: Unsent S! Mail/SMS
Partly Sent: Unsent S! Mail for some recipients
Delivered: Unread delivery report(s)
Missed CT: Missed S! Circle Talk call(s)
Notification: New S! Friend's Status notification(s)
Info Channel: Content update(s) available
Info Channel: S! Information Channel update failed
Weather Updated: Weather report update available
Update Failed: S! Quick News update failed
Stop Snooze: Cancel snooze
Timer Results: TV view timer results
Resume S! Appli: S! Appli paused
Software Update: Software updated
Content Key Memory Full: Content key cannot be saved any more
1-6
823T824T̲web̲01.indd 1-6
08.8.13 3:19:04 PM
Charging Battery
• Charging at low temperatures may be ineffective. Charge battery between
Using AC Charger
1
Use only specified AC Charger (sold separately).
AC Outlet
823T/824T
Charging
Indicator Plug
Connector
Release
Buttons
Getting Started
C.
5 to 35°
• Battery must be installed in handset before charging. Use only specified AC
Charger (sold separately), Desktop Cradle (sold separately) and In-Car
Charger (sold separately).
• Regularly clean Charger Terminals, battery terminal and External Device
Port with a dry cotton swab to avoid contact failure.
• If Please check connection with your charger. appears on Display,
clean Charger Terminals, battery terminal and External Device Port with a
dry cotton swab and try again.
When the message still does not disappear, stop charging immediately, and
take the battery to your nearest SoftBank Shop or contact SoftBank
General Information (page 14-46).
• Do not charge the battery in humid places.
• Charging is possible while handset is turned on, but takes longer than
while handset is turned off.
• When charging while handset is turned on, appears on Display and
turns to when charging is complete.
• Handset and AC Charger may warm during charging. However, if it
overheats, stop using immediately. There may be some defect.
• If a call arrives during charging, ringtone sounds/handset vibrates and
External Lights flash.
AC Charger
External
Device Port
q Connect AC Charger connector to handset
• Inscription on connector should face down.
w Insert the plug into an AC outlet
Charging Indicator illuminates red while charging;
may take up to approximately 120 minutes.
e Unplug AC Charger, then disconnect handset
• Press and hold Release Buttons to remove AC Charger connector from
handset.
1-7
823T824T̲web̲01.indd 1-7
08.8.12 4:08:24 PM
Charging Battery
1
• AC Charger and Desktop Cradle support a power supply of 100 to
Getting Started
240 V AC.
• AC Charger is exclusively for use in Japan.
• SoftBank is not liable for any problems associated with charging
overseas.
• Use an optional charger-earphone branch cable (sold separately) to
connect AC Charger and Earphone-Microphone simultaneously.
Using Desktop Cradle
Use only specified AC Charger (sold separately) and Desktop Cradle (sold
separately).
Charging Indicator
823T/824T
Plug
Release Buttons
AC Charger
AC Outlet
Connector
Desktop Cradle
q Attach AC Charger connector to Desktop Cradle
• Inscription on connector should face up.
w Insert the plug into an AC outlet
e Slide handset into Desktop Cradle until it clicks
Charging Indicator illuminates red while charging;
may take up to approximately 120 minutes.
r Remove handset from Desktop Cradle, then unplug AC Charger
t Disconnect AC Charger from Desktop Cradle
• Press and hold Release Buttons to remove the connector.
1-8
823T824T̲web̲01.indd 1-8
08.8.12 4:08:25 PM
Using In-Car Charger
• Do not use In-Car Charger when the car engine is off. Doing so may
Plug
Charging
Indicator
Cigarette Lighter Socket
823T/824T
In-Car Charger
Connector
Release
Buttons
External Device Port
drain the car battery.
• Unplug In-Car Charger when leaving your car. If Charging Indicator
remains on after removing car key, In-Car Charger may drain car battery.
• Use of handset while driving is prohibited by law. Before using handset,
stop the vehicle in a safe area where parking is permitted.
• Use an optional charger-earphone branch cable (sold separately) to
connect In-Car Charger and Earphone-Microphone simultaneously.
1
Getting Started
Use only specified In-Car Charger (sold separately).
More Features
Charging In Progress Image (Slideshow)
(E page 13-7)
q Connect Charger connector to handset
• Inscription on connector should face down.
w Insert Charger into cigarette lighter socket
Charging Indicator illuminates red while charging;
may take up to approximately 120 minutes.
e Unplug In-Car Charger, then disconnect handset
• Press and hold Release Buttons to remove Charger connector from
handset.
1-9
823T824T̲web̲01.indd 1-9
08.8.12 4:08:25 PM
Power On/Off
1
Turning Handset Power On
Getting Started
q Press and hold O
Retrieving Network Information
Before using network-related services (Yahoo!
Keitai, Messaging or S! Appli), retrieve network
connection information.
The first time you press [, J or K, a prompt
appears.
Turning Handset Power Off
q Press and hold O
Power-off screen appears and handset
powers off.
q Press [/J/K
Standby
When Handset Powers On for the First Time
Following appears the first time handset is
powered on or after performing Reset All or
Reset Setting.
w Select YES➡[
Handset connects to the network and
Network Information is retrieved.
• If Network Information is not acquired, some
features will be limited.
• After replacing USIM Card, retrieve network
information again.
• Set Date & Time (page 1-11).
• To retrieve network information from Main
Menu:
Press a[➡Settings➡a[➡Connectivity
➡a[➡Retrieve NW Info➡[
a ➡YES
➡a[
1-10
823T824T̲web̲01.indd 1-10
08.8.12 4:08:26 PM
Date & Time
Clock Format (12-hour/24-hour)
• The date and time are set for Main City set in
the World Clock settings.
q From Clock Menu (left), select 12hour/
q Press [➡Settings➡[➡Phone
24hour ➡[
Settings➡[➡Clock➡[
w Select 12 hour or 24 hour ➡[
1
Getting Started
Setting Date and Time
Clock Menu
w Select Date&Time ➡[
e Enter the year, month, day and time ➡[
• Enter a time in the 24-hour system.
• Use F to move cursor and G to select
a number.
• Day of the week is automatically set.
1-11
823T824T̲web̲01.indd 1-11
08.8.12 4:08:26 PM
About Mobile Manners
1
Manner Mode and Offline Mode
Getting Started
Be careful about disturbing others in public or
quiet areas.
• Turn handset off in theaters, museums and
other places where silence is the norm.
• Observe signs and instructions regarding
handset use aboard trains, etc.
• In airplanes, turn off handset to avoid
interference with flight equipment.
• In hospitals, research institutes and other places
where handset use is prohibited, turn handset
power off to avoid interference with precision
apparatus.
• When using handset in quiet places such as
restaurants and hotel lobbies, be mindful not to
disturb others.
• Refrain from use that interrupts the flow of
pedestrian or vehicle traffic.
Using Manner Mode
• See the table below for Manner Mode types
q Press and hold #
and descriptions.
Type
Description
Silent
No sounds are emitted from
the speaker.
Alarms
Only alarm sounds.
Drive
Handset tones and sounds
are emitted only when
earphones are connected.
Handset does not vibrate.
All incoming calls are
answered by Answering
Machine.
• To cancel Manner Mode, press and hold
#.
• Shutter click and recording start/end tone
sound even in Manner Mode.
• S! Circle Talk connects automatically if My
Status is set to Auto Join. Other party's
voice will sound from speaker when
connected, if handset is closed, even in
Manner Mode.
Customize following items:
・Ringtone (Ringtone
Volume & Vibration)
・Alarm (Alarm Volume &
Vibration)
・Calendar (Alarm Volume
Original 1 to 3
& Vibration)
・S! Appli (S! Appli Volume)
/ /
・Sound Volume
・Effect Sound On/Off
・Battery Alarm On/Off
・Answering Machine On/
Off
1-12
823T824T̲web̲01.indd 1-12
08.8.12 4:08:27 PM
Using Offline Mode
q Press [➡ Settings ➡[➡ Call
Settings ➡[
w
1
More Features
Manner Mode
(E page 13-11)
• Switch Manner Modes
• Customize Original Mode
Getting Started
Use Offline Mode to temporarily suspend all
handset transmissions. In Offline Mode, incoming/
outgoing calls and network services (e.g. S! Mail/
SMS transmission) are blocked.
Select Offline Mode ➡[ (twice) ➡
ON ➡[
• To cancel Offline Mode, select OFF.
• The following are unavailable in Offline Mode.
・Emergency calls: 110 (police), 119 (fire and
ambulance) and 118 (coast guard)
・Bluetooth® and infrared communications
1-13
823T824T̲web̲01.indd 1-13
08.8.12 4:08:27 PM
Codes
1
About Codes
Getting Started
Your Handset Code, Center Access Code, Call
Barring Service Code and Internet Security Code
are required for some functions and settings.
• Write down those codes. If they are lost, contact
SoftBank General Information (page 14-46).
• Do not reveal your codes. SoftBank is not liable
for misuse or damages.
Handset Code
Handset Code is a four-digit number. It is required
to use various handset functions. Handset Code
can be changed (page 11-2).
• The default setting is "9999".
Call Barring Service Code
Call Barring Service Code is a four-digit number
assigned at initial subscription. It is required to set
Call Barring. The code can be changed (page
3-18).
If the code is incorrectly entered three times, Call
Barring settings lock. If this happens, Call Barring
Service Code and Center Access Code must be
changed. For details, contact SoftBank General
Information (page 14-46).
Internet Security Code
Internet Security Code is required to set Internet
security. The code can be changed (page 11-5).
Center Access Code
Center Access Code is a four-digit number
assigned at initial subscription. It is required to
perform Optional Service operations via landlines
or to subscribe to fee-based content on the
Internet.
1-14
823T824T̲web̲01.indd 1-14
08.8.12 4:08:28 PM
823T824T̲web̲02.indd 2-1
2
Basic Operations
Menu Operations ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 2-2
Accessing Handset Functions ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 2-2
Simple Mode ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 2-5
Using Only Basic Functions ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 2-5
Wallpaper/Active Window ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 2-7
Standby ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 2-7
Text Entry ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 2-10
About Text Entry ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 2-10
Entering Characters ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 2-10
Editing Text ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 2-13
Word List (Japanese) ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 2-15
Saving Frequently Used Words ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 2-15
Phone Book････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 2-16
Creating New Entries････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 2-17
Using Phone Book ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 2-19
Data Folder ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 2-21
Data Folder Structure ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 2-21
Opening Files ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 2-22
Managing Files and Folders ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 2-22
Memory Card ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 2-24
Advanced Features ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 2-26
08.8.12 4:09:37 PM
Menu Operations
Accessing Handset Functions
2
Basic Operations
Press [ in Standby to open Main Menu.
Use E to select a menu icon and press [ to
access that menu.
②
①
③
④
⑤
⑥
⑦
⑧
⑨
⑩
⑪
⑫
Main Menu
①Messaging
Create S! Mail/SMS messages. Also check
received and sent S! Mail/SMS messages
(Chapter 4).
②Yahoo! Keitai
From Yahoo! Keitai menu, access the Mobile
Internet to download pictures, melodies and
applications. Use PC Site Browser to access
websites for PCs (Chapter 5).
③Entertainment
Access latest news, launch BookSurfing® and
visit Ku-man's Room (Chapter 9).
④TV
Watch Digital TV (Chapter 6).
⑤Camera
Take pictures and record videos (Chapter 7).
⑥S! Appli
Access applications such as games (Chapter 8).
⑦Tools
Access useful functions such as Alarms and
Calculator (Chapters 9, 13, 14).
⑧Data Folder
Save/access files here (Chapter 2).
⑨Media Player
Play music and video files (Chapter 8).
⑩Communications
Access Communication Services provided by
SoftBank (S! Town, S! Loop, S! Friend's Status,
S! Circle Talk) (Chapter 10).
⑪Phone Book
Save and access Phone Book information
(Chapter 2).
⑫Settings
Modify and confirm handset settings, and
perform data communication and backup
(Chapters 12, 13).
Operations in Landscape View
Use Multi Selector in Landscape View as follows.
Portrait
Landscape
Up
Right
Left
Down
2-2
823T824T̲web̲02.indd 2-2
08.8.12 4:09:38 PM
Customizing Main Menu
w Select an item➡K
Customize Main Menu design (icons, font color,
focus frame color, etc.).
Enter the menu item number on handset keypad
(0 to 9, *, #) for direct menu access.
Press [➡K➡Set Images➡[➡
Options➡[
e Select Icons➡[➡Phone Memory or
Memory Card ➡[➡Pictures➡[➡
Select an image➡[
• To change the icon order:
Press K➡ Change Order ➡[➡Select
an item➡[➡Select a position
➡[
• Original - Default theme.
• Phone Memory - Select a Main Menu
file.
• Keitaideco - Sets the downloaded
Keitaideco as Main Menu.
• To change the font color:
Press K➡Font Color ➡[➡Select a
color➡[
• To change the wallpaper:
Press K➡Wallpaper ➡[➡Phone
Memory or Memory Card ➡[➡
Pictures or Digital Camera➡[➡
Select an image➡[
• To change the focus frame color:
Press K➡Highlight ➡[➡Select a
color➡[
2
Basic Operations
q
Numbered Menu Items
Numbers correspond to keypad keys.
Changing Multi Selector Shortcuts
By default, a shortcut is assigned to each Multi
Selector key. Switch the assigned shortcuts.
q Press [➡Settings➡[➡Phone
Settings➡[
Phone Settings Window
2-3
823T824T̲web̲02.indd 2-3
08.8.13 3:21:08 PM
Menu Operations
w Select Navigation Keys➡[
Sub Menu View
Sub Menu View appears at top of sub menus
(press K (Menu) for sub menu access). When
multiple sub menu items are available, the two
most recently selected items appear in Sub Menu
View.
2
Basic Operations
q From Phone Settings Window, select
Sub Menu View➡[
e Press [➡Select the function you
want to assign to A➡[➡Select the
function you want to assign to B➡
[➡Select the function you want to
assign to D➡[
• The remaining function is assigned
automatically to C.
Setting Side Key Function
Set a function to Side Key. Select from Twin
Illuminations, Manner Mode, Simple Notice and
Torch (Penlight).
To access the set function, press and hold Side Key
while handset is closed in Standby.
w Select Show or Hide➡[
• This setting is disabled for S! Circle Talk,
w Press J (Assign)
• Assign does not appear when the
function is unavailable for Shortcuts Menu.
Using Shortcuts Menu
q Press S➡Select a function➡[
• Activate up to two functions from Shortcuts
Menu.
More Features
S! Circle Talk Call Log and S! Friend's Status.
Menus
(E page 2-26)
Adding Functions to Shortcuts Menu
Add frequently used functions to Shortcuts Menu
for quick and easy access.
q Open a function (e.g. open S! Appli
Library)➡S
Mini Tool Settings
(E page 13-3)
• Configure Mini Tool Settings
• Set Wide View
• Set an Animation for Mini Tool
q From Phone Settings Window, select
Side Key➡[➡Select a function➡[
2-4
823T824T̲web̲02.indd 2-4
08.8.13 3:21:09 PM
Simple Mode
Using Only Basic Functions
• The following items are automatically set in
Simple Mode.
Use Simple Mode to limit menu items. Select from the following menu patterns.
Pattern
View
Menu 2
Menu 3
Phone Book
Messaging
Camera
Data Folder
My Number
Alarms
Tools
Settings
Full Menu
Phone Book
Messaging
Yahoo! Keitai
Camera
My Number
Data Folder
Tools
Settings
Full Menu
Message
Box
Create
Message
Add to Phone Book
Phone Book Search
Manner
Mode
Tools
Settings My Number Full Menu
1-Line Digit if Mini Clock has been set
in normal mode.
・IdleScreen under Wide View: ON
・Mini Tool: Giant Date
The above settings are retained after
canceling Simple Mode.
Switching to Simple Mode
2
Basic Operations
Menu 1
Icon View
List View
Phone Book Search
Message Box
Create Message
Manner Mode
My Number
Add to Phone Book
Tools
Settings
Full Menu
・Sub Menu View: Hide
・Standby clock (page 2-8): Switches to
q Press and hold J
Alarms
Camera
Messaging Phone Book
Data Folder
Tools
Settings My Number Full Menu
w Select YES➡[➡Select a font size ➡
[➡Select a menu pattern➡[
• To switch to Simple Mode from Main Menu:
Press a[➡Settings➡a[➡SimpleMode
ON➡a[
Yahoo! Keitai
Camera
Messaging Phone Book
Data Folder
Tools
Settings My Number Full Menu
2-5
823T824T̲web̲02.indd 2-5
08.8.13 3:21:09 PM
Simple Mode
Opening Main Menu
2
q
More Features
In Simple Mode, press [
Simple Mode
(E page 2-26)
Basic Operations
Main Menu
• Press J (Switch) to toggle between List
View and Icon View.
Canceling Simple Mode
q In Simple Mode, press and hold J➡
YES➡[
• To cancel Simple Mode from Main Menu:
Press a[➡Settings➡a[➡SimpleMode
OFF➡a[➡YES➡[
a
• The font size setting is retained after
canceling Simple Mode.
2-6
823T824T̲web̲02.indd 2-6
08.8.13 3:21:10 PM
Wallpaper/Active Window
Standby
Wallpaper
➡[
• To adjust the width or height:
Press J (Resize)➡Fit to Width or Fit to
Length➡[
• To rotate the image:
Press J (Resize)➡Rotate Image➡[
t Press K (Cut)➡[
Animation
A series of images appear as an animation in
Standby. Set animation effect and image order.
q
From Display Setting Window, select
Idle Screen➡[➡Main Display➡[
➡Wallpaper ➡[➡Photo Album➡[
• To set the default image:
In e, select Preset ➡a[ (twice)
• To set Keitaideco:
Display Setting Window
w Select Idle Screen➡[➡Main Display
➡[➡Wallpaper ➡[➡Picture➡[
2
Basic Operations
q
Press [➡Settings➡[➡Display
r Use E to compose the image
(twice)
In e, select Keitaideco*➡[
a
* Keitaideco must be set in advance (page
2-32).
w Select Image➡[➡Images List➡
[➡Select an image list➡[
• Save images to an image list first:
e Select Phone Memory or Memory Card
➡[➡Select a folder➡[➡Select an
image➡[
Select an image list➡J (Edit)➡Select an
item➡[➡Phone Memory or
Memory Card ➡[➡Pictures➡[➡
Select an image➡[ (twice)➡J (Set)
e Select Design➡[➡Select an
animation effect➡[ (twice)
r Select Order➡[➡Select an image
order➡[
t Press J (Set)
2-7
823T824T̲web̲02.indd 2-7
08.8.13 3:21:10 PM
Wallpaper/Active Window
• To set images in a folder:
2
Basic Operations
In w, select Select Folder➡a[➡Select a
folder➡a[
• To set preinstalled images:
In w, select Preset➡[
a
Clock
q From Display Setting Window, select
Idle Screen➡[➡Main Display ➡[
➡Others➡[➡Select a clock type➡
[ (twice)
• When you select 1-line Digit, 2-line
Digit, World-Digital, or World-Analog,
do the following.
Use E to adjust the position➡[ (twice)
Operating Active Window
q Press A
The cursor appears indicating Active Window
is enabled.
External Display
Set Indicators on or off for External Display.
q From Display Setting Window, select
Idle Screen➡[➡Ext. Display➡[➡
Icon+Clock or Clock Only➡[
①
②
Shortcut Mode
Active Window (Japanese)
Save contact information to Members List and
make calls, send messages and initiate S! Circle
Talk from Active Window. In addition, check the
latest information from S! Quick News and
Weather Indicator.
③
Communication Mode
• Press J (Switch) to toggle between
Shortcut and Communication Modes.
2-8
823T824T̲web̲02.indd 2-8
08.8.13 3:21:11 PM
①S! Quick News
Saving People to Members List
Add members to Members List from S! Friend's
Status Members List or Phone Book. View
members' statuses from Active Window.
q From Active Window (Communication
Mode), select an empty item➡[ (Save)
• To change members:
Select an entry➡K➡ Change Member
➡[➡YES➡[
w Select Friend Status or Phone Book➡
[➡Select an entry➡[
Contacting Members
q From Active Window (Communication
Mode), use G to select a member
More Features
2
Active Window
w Use F to select a contact method
(E page 2-27)
➡[
Make a call
Create and send a message
Make an S! Circle Talk call
Checking S! Quick News Updates
• You must register contents of S! Quick News in
advance (page 9-18).
Active Window Settings
•
•
•
•
(E page 13-8)
Show All Information or Only Unread One
Set Ticker Speed
Show/Hide Images
Restore Settings and Registered Contents of
S! Quick News to Default
Basic Operations
Shows newly received information.
②Weather Indicator
③Members List
Your current status (My Status) is shown on the
top. Set an icon or a photo for each member.
Save members from S! Friend's Status Members
List to view their statuses. Make calls, send
messages or initiate S! Circle Talk in
Communication Mode.
q From Active Window (Shortcut Mode),
use G to select S! Quick News➡[
• Press J (Update) to update information.
Press K (Access) to access selected site.
• If update fails, Information Prompt appears.
In News List Window, press kK then select
Update to initiate update.
Checking Weather Forecast
• For details on using Weather Indicator, see page
9-19.
q From Active Window (Shortcut Mode),
use G to select Weather Indicator
➡[
2-9
823T824T̲web̲02.indd 2-9
08.8.13 3:21:12 PM
Text Entry
About Text Entry
2
Switching Text Input Modes
Basic Operations
There are four kinds of input methods: Standard
mode, Beeper mode, T9 mode and Multi-tap
mode. Unless otherwise noted, text entry
operations are described using Standard mode.
For details on entering text in Beeper mode, see
page 14-10.
q In a text entry window, press H
• Unavailable text input modes are not
shown.
Entering Characters
• For text entry key assignments, see page 14-9.
Example: Entering 須々木
q In a text entry window, enter すずき
• Press 3 (three times)➡C➡
3 (three times)➡*➡2 (twice)
About Text Entry Window
②
③
w Select a text input mode➡[
The text input mode is switched.
①
④
①Number of characters entered/Maximum
number of characters allowed. The maximum
number of characters allowed varies depending
on the function.
②Current input mode.
③Select a text range and press [ to copy the
text, save it to Word List, etc.
④Press K to edit text, create Graphic Mail, etc.
Text Input Mode Icons
Kanji (hiragana)
Single-bye katakana
Double-byte alphanumerics (upper case)
Double-byte alphanumerics (lower case)
Single-byte alphanumerics (upper case)
Single-byte alphanumerics (lower case)
Double-byte numbers
Single-byte numbers
URL: Enter e-mail address and URL extensions
from the address library.
Pict: Enter pictographs.
（＾−＾）: Enter emoticons.
My Pict: Enter pictographs in My Pictograms folder.
w Press B
• To exit the suggestion list and enter
characters after すずき , press L.
2-10
823T824T̲web̲02.indd 2-10
08.8.12 4:09:44 PM
e Use E to select 須々木 ➡[
須々木 is determined.
• To end text entry, press [ after
determining entered text.
Except in Numeric input mode, you can change the
case of a character selected by the cursor
(unconverted character) (compatible characters only).
Enter alphanumerics and katakana in Kanji
(hiragana) input mode.
Example: Entering TOM (single-byte)
q
Example: Changing あ to ぁ
q In a text entry window, press 1
w Press #➡[
ぁ is determined.
Adding ゛or ゜
In Kanji (hiragana) input mode and Single-byte
katakana input mode, you can add "゛" (dakuten)
and " ゜" (handakuten) to a character selected by
the cursor (unconverted character) (compatible
characters only).
Example: Entering が
q In a text entry window, press 2
w Press *➡[
w
In a text entry window, press the keys
corresponding to the characters
• Press 8 (once)➡6 (three times)➡
C➡6 (once)
やふは is entered.
Press J (Kana)
A suggestion list of roman characters and
katakana appears.
• Press J (Kana)/K (Num.) to switch
between roman character/katakana
conversion and number conversion.
Toggling Characters in Reverse Order
Except in Numeric input mode, press H to toggle
unconverted characters on the cursor in the
reverse order.
Example: Toggling the characters assigned to 2
➡
Press 2
Press H
か
き
く
け
こ
⇒
か
こ
け
く
き
Symbols
q In a text entry window, press #
2
Basic Operations
Lower Case (a, っ, etc.)
Hiragana to Alphanumerics/Katakana
Conversion
The double-byte symbol list opens.
e Use E to select TOM (single-byte)➡[
TOM (single-byte) is determined.
w Select a symbol➡[
The selected symbol is entered and the
symbol list closes.
• To enter symbols continuously, press H
after selecting each symbol.
が is determined.
• With characters like は to which both "゛"
(dakuten) and "゜" (handakuten) can be
added, you can switch between "゛" and
"゜" by pressing *.
2-11
823T824T̲web̲02.indd 2-11
08.8.12 4:09:45 PM
Text Entry
Alphanumerics
2
q In a text entry window, press # (twice)
Basic Operations
The double-byte alphanumeric list opens.
• The number of times # is pressed differs
depending on the function.
w Select a number or letter➡[
• Repeat this step to enter other numbers or
letters.
Pictographs
q In a text entry window, press *
The pictograph list opens.
• You may be unable to enter pictographs
depending on the function.
w Select a pictograph➡[
The selected pictograph is entered and the
pictograph list closes.
• To enter pictographs continuously, press
H after selecting each pictograph.
Emoticons
q In a text entry window, press * (twice)
The emoticon list opens.
• The number of times * is pressed differs
depending on the function.
w Select an emoticon➡[
The selected emoticon is entered and the
emoticon list closes.
• To enter emoticons continuously, press H
after selecting each emoticon.
2-12
823T824T̲web̲02.indd 2-12
08.8.12 4:09:46 PM
E-mail Address and URL Extensions
Example: Entering .co.jp (part of an e-mail address)
q
Correcting Entered Text
q
In a text entry window, move cursor to
the left of the character to delete➡L
The character is deleted.
• To delete all characters to the right of the
cursor, press and hold L.
• When the cursor is at the end of text, press
and hold L to delete the entire text.
w Enter correct characters
Copy/Cut/Paste
q In a text entry window, move cursor to
the first character of the text range to
copy/cut➡J (Range・paste)
w Select Start ➡[➡Move cursor to the
last character➡[
e Select Cut or Copy ➡[
The selected range of text is stored on the
clipboard.
2
Basic Operations
In a text entry window, press #
(three times)
The address library opens.
• The number of times # is pressed differs
depending on the function.
Editing Text
r Position the cursor
Deleting Multiple Characters
w
q In a text entry window, move cursor to
Use E to select .co.jp ➡[
the first character of the text range to
delete➡J (Range・paste)
w Select Start ➡[➡Move cursor to the
t Press J (Range・paste)➡Paste➡[
last character➡[
e Select Delete ➡[
2-13
823T824T̲web̲02.indd 2-13
08.8.12 4:09:46 PM
Text Entry
y Select the text to paste➡[
2
Undoing Last Operation
q
In a text entry window, press K➡
Undo➡[
More Features
Text Entry
(E page 2-27)
Basic Operations
Text Entry Functions
(E page 2-28)
Text Entry Settings
(E page 13-34)
• Change Input Method
• Do Not Show Word Suggestions from Entered
Text
• Do Not Predict Next Phrase from Entered
• Once text is reconverted or replaced, undo is
unavailable.
Phrases
• Set Custom Window
• Set Text Deletion Method
• Reset Prediction Dictionary/Conversion
Dictionary
2-14
823T824T̲web̲02.indd 2-14
08.8.12 4:09:47 PM
Word List (Japanese)
Saving Frequently Used Words
q In a text entry window, press K➡
Customize➡[➡Word List ➡[
Save Words During Text Entry
q During text entry, move cursor to the
q In a text entry window, press K➡
Customize➡[➡Word List ➡[➡
Edit Word➡[
w Select Start ➡[➡Move cursor to the
last character➡[
w Select To Word List ➡[➡Word ➡[
➡Enter a word➡[
e Select To Word List ➡[
r Select Reading ➡[➡Enter a reading
2
Basic Operations
first character of target word➡J
(Range・paste)
Edit Saved Entries
➡[
t Press K (OK)
e Select Reading ➡[➡Enter a reading
➡[
w Select a word➡J (Edit)➡Select the
word/reading➡[➡Edit the word/
reading➡[
e Press K (OK)
r Press K (OK)
More Features
Word List
(E page 2-29)
2-15
823T824T̲web̲02.indd 2-15
08.8.12 4:09:47 PM
Phone Book
Save phone numbers, e-mail address and other contact information to Phone Book.
2
Phone Book Entry Items
Basic Operations
Contact & Personal Info
Name & Reading
Entry Number
Phone Numbers
E-mail Addresses
Picture
Group
Address
Job Title
Company
Birthday
URL
Location Information
Note
Access Phone Book information while making calls,
writing messages, creating S! Circle Talk groups.
Some Features
Speed Dial
Make calls to people in
Phone Book quickly.
S! Addressbook Back-up
Back up Phone Book to
server. Sync updates to
back up new information.
Messaging
Specify addresses from
Phone Book quickly when
writing messages.
Reject Calls
Reject calls from numbers
not saved in Phone Book.
Settings
External Lights
Ringtone Volume
Ringtone
Vibration
Ring Time
Message Folder
Secret
External Display
• Back Up Important Information
When the battery is exhausted or removed for long periods, Phone Book entries may
be lost. Handset damage may also affect handset information recovery. SoftBank is
not liable for damages from lost or altered data.
2-16
823T824T̲web̲02.indd 2-16
08.8.12 4:09:48 PM
r Select Email ➡[➡Enter an e-mail
Creating New Entries
address➡[➡Select a category➡[
Example:
Saving a name, phone number and e-mail address,
and specifying a group.
2
Entry➡[
e Select Phone Number ➡[➡Enter a
phone number➡[➡Select a category
➡[
• To enter a hyphen "-" or a pause "P"
(page 3-14), press K and then select
Manual Hyphen or Pause (P).
t Select No Group ➡[➡Select a group
Basic Operations
q Press [➡Phone Book ➡[➡New
➡[
Phone Book Entry Window
w Select Name ➡[➡Last Name or First
Name ➡[➡Enter a last name/first
name➡[➡J (OK)
• Characters entered for name (reading for
kanji) appear.
• To correct the reading, select a reading
field (last name or first name) and edit the
information.
• When you save to USIM Phone Book,
enter both the first name and last name in
the Name field.
y Press J (OK)
2-17
823T824T̲web̲02.indd 2-17
08.8.12 4:09:48 PM
Phone Book
Setting a Picture
2
q From Phone Book Entry Window, select
Picture➡[
Setting Personal Ringtones
q From Phone Book Entry Window, select
Options ➡[
Secret Entries
Set specific Phone Book entries as secret so other
people cannot see them.
Basic Operations
Phone Book Entry Window, select
w Select Phone Memory or Memory Card w Select a type of incoming event➡[➡ q From
Options ➡[
➡[
Ringtone ➡[
• To capture an image:
Select Take Picture➡[➡Take a
picture➡[
For details on taking pictures, see page
7-3.
e Select Pictures or Digital Camera➡[
➡Select a picture➡[ (twice)
• If the selected picture does not fit in the
prescribed frame, adjust the picture size
(page 7-9).
w Select Secret ➡[➡ON➡[
e Select Phone Memory or Memory Card
➡[
• To set a preinstalled ringtone:
Select Patterns or Melodies➡[➡
Select a ringtone pattern➡[
• If you select Same as Phone, the
ringtone will be the same as the
corresponding setting of Sounds.
• indicates a secret entry.
• To view secret entries, switch Secret Mode
(page 11-4) to Show.
r Select a folder➡[➡Select a ringtone
pattern➡[ (twice)
• If Details of a picture file (page 2-31)
indicate that the file is Unavailable for
forwarding, the picture file cannot be set as
Picture.
2-18
823T824T̲web̲02.indd 2-18
08.8.12 4:09:49 PM
Saving Numbers from Call Log
q
Press D/C
Using Phone Book
Calling from Phone Book
• To switch between Dialed and Received,
(¢1 to ª9) to access the corresponding
index tab. Then, enter the first character(s) of
the name to find an entry.
2
Basic Operations
q
Press B
• In Standby, press and hold a number key
press D/C.
w
Select a phone number➡K➡To Phone
Book ➡[➡Add New ➡[
• To add a phone number to an existing
Phone Book entry, select Add and select
an entry.
• Press D or C to access the previous or
next index tab.
w Select an entry➡[
• Press D or C to scroll entries within
the same index tab.
e Select a phone number➡N
2-19
823T824T̲web̲02.indd 2-19
08.8.12 4:09:50 PM
Phone Book
Changing Search Mode
2
q Press B➡K➡Search Mode➡[
* 2タッチ検索 (By 2-Touch), if 言語選択 (Language)
is set to 日本語 (Japanese). In By 2-Touch
search, select the first character of a
reading (Press a key from 0 to 9,
* or #➡Press 1 to 5).
Basic Operations
More Features
w Select a search mode➡[
• Select from the following search modes.
Tab/Reading (default):
Enter reading (or partial reading) to search
entries or select tab to scroll through
entries.
List View:
Select tab then scroll through entries.
By 1-Touch*:
Search entries by the first letter of names.
Press corresponding number key (1 to
9).
By Reading:
Enter reading (or partial reading) to search
entries.
By Memory No.:
Search by entry number (Memory Number).
Enter target entry number.
By Phone No.:
Search by entering a phone number.
Group Filter:
Search entries by Group.
Phone Book Entry Functions
(E page 2-29)
Customizing by Entry
(E page 2-30)
Managing Phone Book
(E page 2-30)
Phone Book Settings
(E page 13-35)
• Change Storage Location
• Prohibit Use of Phone Book
Settings for Phone Book Groups
(E page 13-35)
• Edit a Group Name/Group Icon
2-20
823T824T̲web̲02.indd 2-20
08.8.12 4:09:50 PM
Data Folder
Data Folder Structure
Use Data Folder to save and manage files on handset. Files are saved to folders by file format.
2
Folders
Digital Camera*1
Ring Song・Tone
Picture files including those
taken with the camera &
My Pictograms folder
Pictures taken in Digital
mode
Sound files such as
melodies, sounds recorded
with Voice Recorder
Videos
Books
Templates
Video files including
those recorded with the
camera
Electronic comic books,
photo albums, etc.
Graphic Mail templates
Gamendeco
Keitaideco
Mini Tool*2
Icon/image files for
screen decoration
Keitaideco files
Mini Tool image files &
Mini Photo folder
S! Appli
Downloaded S! Appli
Flash(R)
®
Flash image files &
Flash(R) Tones folder
Music
Downloaded music files,
Chaku-Uta Full®
Main Menu*2
Basic Operations
Pictures
Image files for Main
Menu
Other Documents
Files other than those listed
above, such as vObjects,
document files, etc.
*1 Shown only in memory card Data Folder.
*2 Shown only in handset Data Folder.
• Files saved on handset may be altered or lost by improper use, accidents, or mechanical failure. We recommend that you make backups of your important
•
files.
indicates files requiring content usage rights. Press kK and select Buy Key to obtain a content key.
2-21
823T824T̲web̲02.indd 2-21
08.8.12 4:09:51 PM
Data Folder
Opening Files
2
q Press [➡Data Folder ➡[
Basic Operations
Data Folder Window
w Select a folder➡[
e Select a file➡[
Slideshow
q Open Data Folder➡Pictures➡[
w Select a file➡K➡Change View➡[
e Select Slideshow➡[
• To end slideshow, press L.
Managing Files and Folders
Creating a Folder
Folders can be created in Pictures, Ring Song・
Tone, Music, Videos, Books, Flash(R), Main
Menu, Gamendeco, Mini Tool and Other
Documents.
q Open Data Folder➡Select a folder
➡[
w Press K➡Create Folder ➡[
e Enter a folder name➡[
Using Download Links
Some folders contain a link to Yahoo! Keitai. Use
links to access Yahoo! Keitai and download
content.
2-22
823T824T̲web̲02.indd 2-22
08.8.12 4:09:51 PM
Moving Files
q
Open Data Folder➡Select a folder
➡[
• To move multiple files:
Select Select Multi ➡[➡Select files➡
[➡J (Move)
• To move all files:
Select All➡[➡Enter Handset Code
q Open Data Folder➡Select a folder you
created➡K➡Security Lock➡[
w Enter Handset Code➡ON➡[
More Features
2
Opening Files
(E page 2-31)
Using Files
(E page 2-31)
Managing Files/Folders
(E page 2-33)
Basic Operations
w Select a file➡K➡Move➡[
e Select One➡[
Setting Folder Security
Set Security Lock to a folder to require Handset
Code entry when accessing files in the folder.
r Select Phone Memory or Memory Card
➡[
t Select a destination folder➡[
• To move files to a new folder:
Press J (Create)➡Enter a folder name
➡[
• When you move a still picture file taken in
Digital mode to memory card, or a music file
in MPEG-4 format (.3GP, .MP4 and .M4A) to
another folder, select the fixed folder first
and then select a destination folder.
2-23
823T824T̲web̲02.indd 2-23
08.8.12 4:09:52 PM
Memory Card
2
Basic Operations
Save files to memory cards.
• This manual refers to a microSD memory card
as "memory card".
• Handset may not read/write files when battery
level is low.
• Never remove memory card or battery while
accessing/formatting files. Doing so may
damage memory card resulting in lost files.
• Files on memory cards may be altered or lost
from improper use, accidents or mechanical
failure. Back up important files.
• Do not put labels or stickers on memory cards.
• For details on saving files to a memory card, see
the corresponding explanation for each
function.
• Handset supports memory cards with a storage
capacity of up to 2 GB (as of May 2008). There
is no guarantee that all memory cards will work
with handset.
• Do not use excessive force to open Memory
Card Slot cover. Doing so may damage the
cover.
Memory Card Structure and File Storage Locations
Folder Name
DCIM
PRIVATE
MYFOLDER
Mail
My Items
TS_Folder
Utility
Calendar
Contacts
Memo
Rights
Tasks
File Type
Pictures taken in Digital mode
Message backup files
Folders in Data Folder (Pictures, My Pictograms,
Videos, Ring Song・Tone, Music, Templates,
Flash(R), Flash(R) Tones, Books, S! Appli, Other
Documents), bookmark backup files
Handset settings (backed up by Relocate function),
Gamendeco/Keitaideco files, Media Player files,
Ku-man's Room files
Event backup files
Phone Book data and backup files
Notepad backup files
Content key backup files
Tasks backup files
2-24
823T824T̲web̲02.indd 2-24
08.8.12 4:09:52 PM
Inserting Memory Card
Formatting Memory Card
Insert a memory card after turning off handset.
Otherwise, files on the memory card may be lost.
⑤
③
①
④
q Press [➡Data Folder ➡[➡C
q Press [➡Settings➡[➡Memory
➡[
q Pull out TV Antenna (①) and open
w Select a folder➡[
Memory Card Slot cover (②)
2
Basic Operations
②
Formatting memory card deletes all data on the
memory card.
• If a memory card is formatted on another
device, it may not work properly with handset.
Opening Memory Card Data
w Insert memory card until it locks into
position (gold terminal should face
down) (③)
e Close Memory Card Slot cover (④) and
w Select Format Card ➡[➡Enter
Handset Code➡YES➡[
stow TV Antenna (⑤)
Removing Memory Card
e Select a file➡[
Turn handset off and open Memory Card Slot.
Gently push to eject card. Slide card out gently.
More Features
• A memory card may pop out abruptly when
Opening Files
removing it from handset. Be cautious when
ejecting a memory card.
(E page 2-31)
2-25
823T824T̲web̲02.indd 2-25
08.8.12 4:09:53 PM
Advanced Features
Display
2
Customize Shortcuts Menu Icons
S➡Select a function➡K
Menus
■Setting a Preinstalled Icon
Basic Operations
From ➡ Main Menu page 2-2
Phone Settings Window page 2-3
Change Icon ➡[➡Preset Icons ➡[➡
Select an icon➡[
Reset Main Menu (Icons/Wallpaper)
■Setting an Image in Data Folder/Memory
Main Menu K➡Reset Options ➡[➡YES➡
Card
Change Icon ➡[➡Phone Memory or
Memory Card ➡[➡Pictures➡[➡Select
an image➡[➡E to compose the image➡
[
Reset Multi Selector Assignment
Phone Settings Window Navigation Keys ➡[➡
K➡Reset➡[➡YES➡[
K➡[
• You cannot change the icons of preset Shortcut
■Moving Icons
S➡Select a function➡K➡Edit Title➡[➡
Enter a title➡[
[
functions.
From ➡ Main Menu page 2-6
Change Main Menu Pattern
Main Menu K➡Menu Patterns ➡[➡Select
a pattern➡[
Show Main Menu Guide
Main Menu K➡Guidance ➡[➡ON ➡[
Open Full Menu in Simple Mode
Main Menu Full Menu ➡[
functions.
Rename Shortcut Titles
• You cannot edit the titles of preset Shortcut
Simple Mode
Arrange Icons ➡[➡Select a destination➡
Delete Shortcut Icons
S➡Select a function➡K
■Deleting One Entry
Delete➡[➡YES➡[
■Deleting All Entries
Delete All➡[➡Enter Handset Code➡YES
➡[
• You cannot delete Main Menu icon.
2-26
823T824T̲web̲02.indd 2-26
08.8.12 4:09:53 PM
Active Window
From ➡ Shortcut Mode page 2-8
Communication Mode page 2-8
[➡Settings➡[➡Display ➡[➡Idle
Screen➡[➡Main Display ➡[➡Active
Window➡[➡ ON (Always) ➡[
• When OFF is set, Active Window does not
open even by pressing A in Standby.
Set Shortcut Mode View
Shortcut Mode K➡Settings➡[➡Templates
➡[➡Member/News, Member, News or
News: No Image➡[
Edit Members List
Communication Mode K➡Edit List ➡[➡Select
a member➡[➡YES➡[➡Friend Status
or Phone Book ➡[➡Select an entry➡[
• To add a new member, select Edit List, then
Not Registered, and press [.
Communication Mode Select a member➡K➡
Change Icon➡[➡Phone Book or Icon➡
[➡Select an icon➡[
Show/Hide My Status
Communication Mode K➡Edit List ➡[➡My
Status ON or My Status OFF➡[ (ON/OFF)
Check a Member's Status
Communication Mode G to select a member➡K
➡View➡[
Text Entry
Insert Line Break
In a text entry window, enter characters and
convert➡B to insert line break
• When the input method is Standard or Beeper,
you can also enter line break by pressing and
holding #.
• To insert line break to the left of a determined
character, access line break from the symbol
list (page 2-11).
• Line break is unavailable in some text entry
windows.
2
Basic Operations
Always Show Active Window
Change Members List Icons
Insert a Space
In a text entry window, C
• To insert a space to the left of a determined
character, select a space from the symbol list
(page 2-11).
2-27
823T824T̲web̲02.indd 2-27
08.8.12 4:09:54 PM
Advanced Features
2
Basic Operations
Use Single Kanji Conversion
■Using Phase Prediction
Save Text to Notepad
Example: Entering 鱸 (すずき)
In a text entry window, enter すずき ➡S (twice)➡
Select 鱸 from the suggestion list➡[
• When 単漢候補 (Single Kanji Conversion List) does
not appear in a text entry window, the entered
characters cannot be converted with Single
Kanji conversion.
Example:
Entering the same phrase 渋谷でライブ that you have
entered before
In a text entry window, enter し ➡B➡E to
select 渋谷 ➡[➡B➡E to select で ➡[➡
B➡E to select ライブ ➡[
Scroll to beginning of text range➡J➡Start➡
[➡Move cursor to end of text➡[➡To
Notepad ➡[➡Select an entry➡[
Save Original Emoticons
Scroll to beginning of text range➡J➡Start
➡[➡Move cursor to end of text➡[➡To
Phone Book ➡[➡Add New or Add ➡[
• See "Creating New Entries" (page 2-17) for
entering other items.
• If selected item contains characters or symbols
not savable to Phone Book, the entry is not
saved.
Convert a Name One Character at a Time
In a text entry window, H➡（＾−＾）➡[➡
User Created ➡[➡Select an empty item➡
J➡Create an emoticon➡[ (twice)
Example: Entering 亜香梨 (あかり)
In a text entry window, enter あかり ➡A➡E to
select 名前変換 (Name Conversion)➡[➡Select 亜 ➡
[➡Select 香 ➡[➡Select 梨 ➡[ (twice)
Text Entry Functions
Conversion Prediction/Phrase Prediction
Font Size
TM
Handset is equipped with MobileRUPO ,
Toshiba's kana-kanji conversion engine.
* MobileRUPOTM is a
trademark of Toshiba
Corporation.
■Using Conversion Prediction
Example: Entering お父さん
In a text entry window, 1 (five times)➡4
(five times)➡B➡E to select お父さん ➡[
• Used entries will be overwritten.
Save Numbers/E-mail Addresses to Phone
Book
In a text entry window, K➡Customize➡[
➡Font Size➡[➡Select a font size➡[
Insert Phone Book Information
In a text entry window, K➡Insert➡[
■Inserting Phone Book Information
Phone Book➡[➡Select a Phone Book entry
➡[➡Select an item➡[
■Inserting Other Information
My Details, Phrases, Emoticon, Signature,
Notepad, Message Box or URL History ➡[
2-28
823T824T̲web̲02.indd 2-28
08.8.12 4:09:54 PM
Reconvert Determined Text
Scroll to beginning of text range➡J➡Start
➡[➡Move cursor to end of text➡[➡
Convert ➡[
■Converting All into Full/Half Width
Full Width or Half Width➡[
■Converting All Roman Characters into
Upper/Lower Case
Upper Case or Lower Case➡[
■Note
Delete All Entries
Phone Book Entry Window Note➡[➡Enter a
reminder➡[
In a text entry window, K➡ Customize➡[
➡Word List ➡[➡Delete All ➡[➡Enter
Handset Code➡YES➡[
Phone Book
Phone Book Entry Functions
From ➡ Phone Book Entry Window page 2-17
Save Other Information
■Address/Job Title/Company
Replace Text with Clipboard Entry
Scroll to beginning of text range➡J➡Start
➡[➡Move cursor to end of text➡[➡
Replace➡[➡Select text from clipboard➡[
Phone Book Entry Window Personal Info.➡[➡
Select an item➡[➡Enter an item➡[➡J
■Birthday
Phone Book Entry Window Personal Info.➡[➡
Birthday ➡[➡Enter birthday➡[➡J
• Enter four digits for the year and if the month
or date is a single digit, prefix it with a 0.
■URL
Phone Book Entry Window Personal Info.➡[➡
URL➡[➡Enter a URL➡[➡Home or
Business➡[➡J
2
■Memory Number (Entry Number)
Phone Book Entry Window Select the current entry
number➡[➡Enter a new entry number➡[
Set Location Information
Phone Book Entry Window Personal Info.➡[➡
No Location ➡[
Basic Operations
■Converting Hiragana to Kanji
Kana/Kanji ➡[➡Select a word from the
suggestion list➡[
Word List
■Setting Your Current Position
Position ➡[➡Perform positioning➡[➡J
■Setting from Location Logs/My Locations
Location Logs or My Locations➡[➡
Select location information➡[➡J
Check Number of Entries
[➡Phone Book ➡[➡Memory Status➡
[
• Press K (Count) /K (Rate) to switch between
the number of entries and the usage rate.
• When Secret Mode is set to Hide, secret
entries are excluded from the number of
entries.
2-29
823T824T̲web̲02.indd 2-29
08.8.12 4:09:55 PM
Advanced Features
Customizing by Entry
2
Ringtone Volume
Basic Operations
Phone Book Entry Window Options➡[➡Voice
Call, Video Call, Message, Circle Talk or
Notification ➡[➡Ringtone Vol.➡[➡
Options or Same as Phone ➡[➡Set
volume level➡[
Filter Messages
Managing Phone Book
Phone Book Entry Window Options➡[➡
Message➡[➡MessageFolder➡[➡
Select a folder or None➡[
Switch Phone Book (USIM/Handset/
Memory Card)
Show/Hide Caller/Sender Name (External
Display)
Phone Book Entry Window Options➡[➡Ext.
Display ➡[➡ON, OFF or Same as Phone
External Lights/Vibration
➡[
Phone Book Entry Window Options➡[➡Voice
Call, Video Call, Message, Circle Talk or
Notification➡[
Customize Incoming Event Alerts by Group
■External Lights
ExternalLight ➡[➡Select a pattern, OFF
or Same as Phone ➡[
■Vibration
Vibration➡[➡Select a pattern, OFF or
Same as Phone➡[
Ring Time for New Message/Notification
Ringtone
Phone Book Entry Window Options➡[➡
Message or Notification➡[➡Duration➡
[➡Set Duration, 1 Cycle or Same as
Phone➡[➡Enter a ring time➡[
[➡Phone Book ➡[➡Group ➡[➡
Select a group➡[➡ Options ➡[
• See "Setting Personal Ringtones" (page 2-18)
for following operations.
B➡K➡ Change View ➡[➡Select a
storage location➡[
• The storage location of each Phone Book entry
is indicated by the following icons:
Handset
USIM Card
Memory card
Sort Entries
B➡K➡Sort by ➡[➡Alphabet or
Birthday ➡[
• Available when Search Mode (page 2-20) is
set to List View, By 1-Touch or 2タッチ検索 (By
2-Touch).
Edit Entries
B➡Select a Phone Book entry➡[➡Select
an item➡[➡Edit the item➡[➡J➡Save
or Save as New ➡[
2-30
823T824T̲web̲02.indd 2-30
08.9.2 11:06:10 AM
Delete Entries
File Properties
■Copying/Moving One Entry
■Deleting One Entry
B➡Select a Phone Book entry➡K➡ Copy or
Move ➡[➡ One ➡[➡Phone Memory,
USIM or Memory Card ➡[
B➡Select a Phone Book entry➡K➡Delete
➡[➡One➡[➡YES➡[
Data Folder Window Select a folder➡[➡Select a
file➡K➡Details➡[
■Copying/Moving Multiple Entries
B➡K➡ Copy or Move ➡[➡Select
Multi ➡[➡Select Phone Book entries➡[
➡J (Copy)/J (Move)➡Phone Memory,
USIM or Memory Card ➡[
■Copying/Moving All Entries
B➡K➡ Copy or Move ➡[➡All➡[
➡Phone Memory, USIM or Memory Card
➡[
• The items you can save to Phone Book differ
depending on the storage location (handset,
USIM or memory card).
■Deleting Multiple Entries
B➡K➡Delete➡[➡Select Multi ➡[
➡Select Phone Book entries➡[➡J➡YES
➡[
■Deleting All Entries
B➡K➡Delete➡[➡All ➡[➡Enter
Handset Code➡YES➡[
Check Available Memory (Data Folder/
Memory Card)
Data Folder Window Memory Status ➡[
• Press J to toggle between handset and
memory card.
2
Basic Operations
Copy/Move Entries
Using Files
Picture Files
Data Management
From ➡ Data Folder Window page 2-22
Opening Files
Change Data Folder View
Data Folder Window Pictures, My Pictograms,
Digital Camera, Videos, Books, Main
Menu, Mini Tool or Mini Photo ➡[➡K
➡ Change View ➡[➡View Type ➡[➡
Select a view type➡[
Access Data Folder from each function*➡
Pictures➡[➡Select a file➡[➡E to
compose the image➡K➡[
* See the following: Customizing Main Menu
icon/wallpaper (page 2-3), setting wallpaper
(page 2-7), setting incoming call/message
images (page 13-2), setting video call images
(page 13-23), setting Phone Book picture
(page 2-18)
• For adjusting the picture size, see page 7-9.
• If a GIF animation is selected, only the first
frame (still image) is shown.
2-31
823T824T̲web̲02.indd 2-31
08.8.12 4:09:57 PM
Advanced Features
2
Basic Operations
Melody/Music/Video and Flash® Files
vObjects
■Creating a vObject
Access Data Folder from each function*➡Ring
Song・Tone, Music, Videos, Flash(R) or
Flash(R) Tones ➡[➡Select a file➡[ (twice)
* See the following: Sound settings (page
13-11), setting wallpaper (page 2-7), setting
event/task/Reminder alarm tones (page 9-24),
setting alarm tone (page 9-28), setting
personal ringtones (page 2-18)
• By converting data such as Phone Book entries,
Calendar (events) and tasks into vObject file
format, you can exchange those data with
other vObject compatible SoftBank handsets
and PCs.
• vObject compatible software is required to use
vObjects on a PC or other device.
• When a vObject includes many characters,
some of the data may not be able to be sent or
received.
• Depending on the software used, some vObject
characters may become illegible.
Open a function: Phone Book (page 2-16)/
Calendar (page 9-4)/Tasks (page 9-5)/Message
(page 4-2)/Bookmarks (page 5-6)/Notepad (page
9-8)➡Select a file to be saved as vObject➡K➡
Export➡[➡One➡[➡Phone Memory,
Data Folder or Memory Card ➡[➡Select
a folder➡[
• To save multiple files, do the following.
While selecting files to be saved, K➡Export
➡[➡Select Multi ➡[➡Select files➡
[➡J (Save)/J (Export)
• To save all files, do the following.
While selecting files to be saved, K➡
Export ➡[➡All ➡[
Customize User Interface (Keitaideco)
Data Folder Window Keitaideco➡[➡Select a
file➡[➡YES➡[
• Wide View is switched to ON in Standby.
■Importing vObjects into Respective
Functions
Data Folder Window Other Documents ➡[➡
Select a vObject➡K➡To Phone Book, To
Cal./Tasks, To Messages, To Bookmarks or
To Notepad ➡[➡ One ➡[
• To import multiple vObjects, do the following.
Select Multi ➡[➡Select vObjects➡[➡
J
2-32
823T824T̲web̲02.indd 2-32
08.8.12 4:09:57 PM
Managing Files/Folders
Change Folder and File Names
■Changing Folder Name
■Copying Multiple Files
Data Folder Window Select a folder you created➡
K➡Move Folder ➡[➡Enter Handset Code
• When moving a folder created in Ring Song・
Tone or Music, do the following.
Phone Memory or Memory Card ➡[➡
Ring Song・Tone or Music➡[
Data Folder Window Select a folder➡[➡K➡
Copy ➡[➡Select Multi ➡[➡Select files
➡[➡J➡Phone Memory or Memory
Card➡[➡Select a destination folder➡[
• If Security Lock is set to the folder, Handset
Code entry is required after selecting Rename
Folder.
■Changing File Name
Data Folder Window Select a file➡K➡Rename➡
[➡Enter a file name➡[
• If you change the file name of a music or
movie file, its title will not be changed.
Copy Folders and Files
■Copying a Folder
Data Folder Window Select a folder you created➡
K➡ Copy Folder ➡[➡Enter Handset Code
➡Phone Memory or Memory Card ➡[
• When copying a folder created in Ring Song・
Tone or Music, select a destination folder
from Ring Song・Tone or Music.
Change File Order
■Copying One File
Data Folder Window Select a folder➡[➡Select a
file➡K➡ Change View ➡[➡Sort by ➡
[➡Select a criterion➡[
• Files in the memory card cannot be sorted by
title.
Data Folder Window Select a folder➡[➡Select a
file➡K➡ Copy ➡[➡ One ➡[➡Phone
Memory or Memory Card ➡[➡Select a
destination folder➡[
■Copying All Files
Data Folder Window Select a folder➡[➡K➡
Copy ➡[➡All➡[➡Enter Handset Code➡
Phone Memory or Memory Card ➡[➡
Select a destination folder➡[
• To copy files to a new folder, do the following.
While selecting a destination folder, J➡Enter
a folder name➡[
• If Details indicate that the file is Unavailable
for forwarding, the file cannot be copied.
• When you copy a still picture file taken in
Digital mode to memory card, or a music file in
MPEG-4 format (.3GP and .MP4) to another
folder, select the fixed folder first and then
select a destination folder.
2
Basic Operations
Data Folder Window Select a folder you created➡
K➡Rename Folder ➡[➡Enter a folder
name➡[
Move a Folder
2-33
823T824T̲web̲02.indd 2-33
08.8.12 4:09:58 PM
Advanced Features
Delete Folders and Files
■Deleting a Folder
2
Data Folder Window Select a folder you created➡
Basic Operations
K➡Delete Folder ➡[➡Enter Handset
Code➡YES➡[
■Deleting One File
Data Folder Window Select a folder➡[➡Select a
file➡K➡Delete ➡[➡One ➡[➡YES➡
[
■Deleting Multiple Files
Data Folder Window Select a folder➡[➡K➡
Delete➡[➡Select Multi ➡[➡Select files
➡[➡J➡YES➡[
■Deleting All Files
Data Folder Window Select a folder➡[➡K➡
Delete➡[➡All➡[➡Enter Handset Code
➡YES➡[
2-34
823T824T̲web̲02.indd 2-34
08.8.12 4:09:58 PM
3
Call
Making Calls ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 3-2
Voice Call･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 3-4
Answering Machine ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 3-6
Video Call ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 3-7
Call Log ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 3-9
Viewing Dialed Numbers and Received Calls ･･････････････････････････････････････････････ 3-9
Optional Services ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 3-10
Overview ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 3-10
Advanced Features ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 3-12
823T824T̲web̲03.indd 3-1
08.8.12 4:10:26 PM
Making Calls
Voice Call
Video Call
Make Calls to:
Make Video Calls to:
3
Call
SoftBank
Handsets
Non-SoftBank
Mobile Phones
Landlines
SoftBank
Handsets
Optional Services such as Call Forwarding
and Voice Mail are available.
International Calling Abroad
Make and receive voice and video calls.
Call
(Prior application may be required.)
Non-SoftBank
Mobile Phones
Only with video call compatible
mobile phones and terminals
Global
Roaming
Using Handset Abroad
Handset is Global Roaming Service eligible.
The same phone number can be used abroad
as in Japan. (Prior application may be
required.)
Take “Global Roaming Guide” with you when
traveling abroad.
3-2
823T824T̲web̲03.indd 3-2
08.8.12 4:10:27 PM
Checking Your Phone Number
q
Press [➡Phone Book➡[➡
My Details➡[
➡a[
• To check your phone number during a call:
Press kK➡My Details➡a[
About Emergency Calls
Emergency calls (110 (police), 119 (fire and
ambulance) and 118 (coast guard)) are available,
even when Password Lock and/or Call Barring is
active.
Caller's location is notified to emergency agencies
for emergency calls (110, 119 and 118).
Positioning Information uses GPS information,
where available, or base station information*.
* If handset signal is received by a distant base
station, Positioning Information may not be
accurate.
• GPS information is recorded as Location Logs
(page 9-27).
• Positioning Information may be inaccurate,
depending on the caller's location and signal
strength.
• This system may not operate if the responding
agency has not installed the proper system.
• If emergency numbers (110, 118 and 119) are
dialed with the 184 prefix, Positioning
Information is not provided. However,
emergency agencies may retrieve location
information in life-threatening cases.
• No application fees or transmission fees apply.
• This system is unavailable while using handset
abroad.
More Features
My Details
(E page 3-12)
3
Call
• Alternatively, press a[➡™0➡My Details
Emergency Positioning Request
• If a video call is made to an emergency
service, the call becomes a voice call.
3-3
823T824T̲web̲03.indd 3-3
08.8.12 4:10:29 PM
Voice Call
Making a Voice Call
q Enter a phone number
3
w Press N
Answering a Voice Call
When a call arrives, incoming image, External
Lights, ringtone and/or vibration notify you.
• Include the area code for all numbers.
• Press O or press and hold L to
Call
delete the entire number and return to
Standby. Press L to delete the last
number entered.
• For details on making a call from Phone
Book, see page 2-19.
q Press N/[ when a call is received
• Use G to adjust the ringtone volume
while receiving an incoming call.
• To stop the ringtone while receiving an
Voice Call Window
• Use G during a call to adjust the
earpiece volume.
incoming call, press and hold R.
w Press O to end the call
e Press O to end the call
• Antenna is built into handset. Signal
Dial Window
sensitivity may be reduced by touching/
covering Internal Antenna area (page 1-3).
Do not cover this area by affixing stickers, or
any other items. Doing so may prevent you
from making/receiving calls, sending/
receiving messages or accessing the Web.
• TV Antenna is only for receiving television
signals. Stow the antenna when TV is not
activated.
• The orientation and location of handset may
affect signal strength.
• When Cost Limit is set and the limit is
reached, outgoing voice calls are blocked. If
the limit is reached during a call, the call
ends.
3-4
823T824T̲web̲03.indd 3-4
08.9.2 11:08:19 AM
Speed Dial
Calling Abroad from Japan
Abbreviated dialing is possible for phone numbers
saved in handset Phone Book.
Make international calls from Japan.
• Prior application may be required.
q Enter the last two digits of entry
q Enter a phone number➡K➡
Intl. Calls➡[
Make international calls from a visiting country.
q From Country Number List Window,
select a country➡[➡N
w Press O to end the call
Calling within Visiting Country
Do not omit 0 from area code or enter country
code.
3
Call
number 0010 to 0099➡N
• For entry numbers 0000 through 0009,
enter the last digit only and press N.
Calling While Abroad (Global Roaming)
Manual Entry of Country Codes
Country Number List Window
w
e Press O to end the call
Select a country➡[➡N
q Press N➡Press and hold 0
“+” is entered.
w Enter a country code
• See “Global Roaming Guide” for country
codes.
e Enter a number with area code➡N
• Omit the first 0 from area code except calls
to Italy.
r Press O to end the call
3-5
823T824T̲web̲03.indd 3-5
08.9.3 10:15:43 AM
Voice Call
Answering Machine
Record callers' messages to handset when you are
unable to answer voice calls.
3
q
Call
Press and hold L
Answering Machine is activated.
• When recording capacity becomes full or
call ends, recording stops automatically.
• To cancel Answering Machine, press and
hold L.
• Press and hold L or [ to activate
Answering Machine while receiving an
incoming call.
• Answering Machine is not available for video
calls and Call Waiting.
• When five messages are recorded, Answering
Machine is disabled. Delete messages as
follows.
➡Select a message➡K
Press L
k ➡Delete
l
➡a[➡YES➡[
a
• Messages may not be recorded when an
S! Appli is set as Screensaver.
• When Manner Mode is set in Drive Mode,
you cannot cancel Answering Machine.
• When Manner Mode is set in Original Mode,
Answering Machine setting in Original Mode
is given priority. To set or cancel Answering
Machine while in Original Mode, change the
Answering Machine setting in Original Mode.
Playing Messages
q
More Features
Press L➡Select a message➡[
Outgoing Call Functions
(E page 3-12)
Incoming Call Functions
(E page 3-13)
Answering Machine Functions
(E page 3-13)
Functions During Calls
(E page 3-13)
Response Settings for Incoming Calls
(E page 13-9)
• Answer Incoming Calls by Opening Handset
(Open to Talk)
• Set Any Key Answer
Answering Machine Settings
(E page 13-9)
• Set Answering Machine Response Time
International Call Settings
(E page 13-22)
• Change International Code
• Add Country Codes to Country Number List
• Set Operator to Use
• Change Priority Order of Operators
• Add an Operator
Earphone-Microphone Settings
(E page 13-24)
• Save a Phone Number for
Earphone-Microphone Call
• Set Auto Answer
3-6
823T824T̲web̲03.indd 3-6
08.9.2 11:08:21 AM
Video Call
Make video calls to other compatible mobile
phones.
• Handset does not send your live image during
video calls.
Making a Video Call
The other party answers your video call.
• When Cost Limit is set and the limit is
reached, outgoing video calls are blocked. If
the limit is reached during a call, the call
ends.
Video Call Icons
Video Call
Mute My Voice
Mute All
Faster Moving Mode
Standard Mode
Better Picture Mode
Handsfree On
Handsfree (Bluetooth® connection)
Image Transfer Off
Sending Picture
Voice Connection Established
Video Connection Established
Answering a Video Call
When a video call arrives, incoming image,
External Lights, ringtone and/or vibration notify
you.
q Press N/H/[ when a video call is
received
A confirmation window appears. Select YES
and press [ to send live camera image.
3
Call
q
Enter a phone number and press H
w Press O to end the call
w Press O to end the call
Video Call Window
• Use G during a call to adjust the speaker
(earpiece) volume.
3-7
823T824T̲web̲03.indd 3-7
08.9.2 11:08:21 AM
Video Call
More Features
Outgoing Call Functions
3
(E page 3-12)
Incoming Call Functions
Call
(E page 3-13)
Functions During Calls (Voice & Video)
(E page 3-13)
Functions During Calls (Video)
(E Page 3-15)
Video Call Settings
•
•
•
•
•
•
(E page 13-23)
Set Alternative Picture
Set Incoming Image Quality
Add a Phone Number to Auto Answer List
Set Mute
Set Audio Output
Set Hold Image
3-8
823T824T̲web̲03.indd 3-8
08.9.2 11:08:23 AM
Call Log
Viewing Dialed Numbers
and Received Calls
q Press D/C
More Features
Call Log Functions
(E page 3-15)
Functions for Call Time and Cost
(E page 3-16)
3
Call
Call Cost Settings
Call Log Window
(E page 13-22)
• Set Currency & Exchange Rate
• Show Call Cost After Each Call
• Set Maximum Cost Limit
• Press D/C to switch between Dialed
(outgoing call log) and Received (incoming
call log).
• Press J ( / ) to switch between
outgoing S! Circle Talk call log and voice/
video call log.
• Press J ( / ) to switch between
incoming S! Circle Talk call log and voice/
video call log.
3-9
823T824T̲web̲03.indd 3-9
08.9.2 11:08:23 AM
Optional Services
Overview
• For details, contact SoftBank General
3
Information (page 14-46).
• Operations are unavailable when out of range.
Activating Call Forwarding
q Press [➡Settings➡[➡Call Settings
➡[➡Call Services➡[
Call
Call
Forwarding
Forward calls to a preset
phone number.
Voice Mail
Transfer calls to Voice Mail
Center when handset is out of
range or line is busy. Access
messages from handset or
touchtone phones (page 3-11).
Call
Waiting*
Place a call on hold to receive
another incoming call (page
3-17).
Multiparty
Call*
Make or receive a call during a
call and talk to multiple parties
simultaneously (page 3-17).
e
Call
Barring
Restrict outgoing/incoming
calls and SMS (page 3-17).
r Select All Calls or No Answer ➡[➡
Caller ID
Show or hide your phone
number when making calls
(page 3-12).
* Separate application required.
Call Service Settings Menu
t Select Phone Book, Phone Number or
Call Log➡[➡Select or enter phone
number➡[ (twice)
• Phone Book: Search from Phone Book.
Phone Number: Enter number directly.
Call Log: Select number from Call Log.
y Connect to the network
w Select VM/Call Fwd➡[
Voice Mail/Call Forwarding Menu
Select Call Fwd ON➡[➡Select a
type of call➡[
u Press [
Set response time (skip this step for
All Calls)➡[
• All Calls: Forwards calls immediately.
No Answer: Forwards calls after set ring
time elapses.
3-10
823T824T̲web̲03.indd 3-10
08.9.2 11:08:23 AM
Activating Voice Mail
q From Voice Mail/Call Forwarding Menu,
select Voice Mail ON➡[
e Connect to the network
set simultaneously. If one service is activated,
the other will be deactivated (Voice Mail is
available with Call Forwarding for video
calls).
• Receiving Calls After Activating Call
Forwarding/Voice Mail
Press lN while the ringtone is sounding to
talk to the caller. If you set All Calls,
handset does not receive calls, but they are
forwarded to the preset phone number or
Voice Mail Center.
• Voice Mail Service Options
Access the Personal Options menu from
Voice Mail Center to set/customize outgoing
message. For details, contact SoftBank
General Information (page 14-46).
Missed Call Notification
Missed Call Notification informs you of calls
missed while handset was powered off, out of
range or engaged. Once handset is powered on or
in signal range, notification appears in Information
Prompt. Activate Voice Mail in advance to use this
feature.
q Enter 1414➡N
• Follow the voice prompts.
Checking Messages
q From Voice Mail/Call Forwarding Menu,
select Listen VM➡[
• From overseas, call +819066514170
3
(international charges apply).
Deactivating Call Forwarding/Voice Mail
Call
w
Select All Calls or No Answer➡[➡
Set response time (skip this step for
All Calls)➡[
• All Calls: Forwards calls to Voice Mail
Center immediately.
No Answer: Forwards calls to Voice Mail
Center after set ring time elapses.
• Call Forwarding and Voice Mail cannot be
q From Voice Mail/Call Forwarding Menu,
select DeactivateAll➡[
Call Forwarding and Voice Mail are
deactivated.
• If Call Forwarding/Voice Mail is not activated,
forward incoming calls as follows.
・Voice call: Press jJ (Divert) while handset
is ringing/vibrating
・Video call: Press kK➡Divert while
handset is ringing/vibrating
More Features
Functions for Optional Services
(E page 3-16)
• From overseas, call +819066514191
r Press [
(international charges apply).
3-11
823T824T̲web̲03.indd 3-11
08.9.2 11:08:24 AM
Advanced Features
My Details
Outgoing Call Functions
From ➡ Dial Window page 3-4
Save Information to My Details
[Save My Details]
3
Call
[➡Phone Book➡[➡My Details➡[
➡Select an item➡K➡Edit➡[➡Enter
information➡[➡J
■Entering a Name
[➡Phone Book➡[➡My Details➡[
➡Name➡[➡Select an item➡K➡Edit➡
[➡Enter a name➡[➡J (twice)
Use Location Information
Voice Call Window page 3-4
Video Call Window page 3-7
Open Map, Location Mail, Add Location or
Delete➡[
• To save a location, select Personal Info. and
then do the following.
No Location➡K➡Add Location➡[
[Earpiece Volume]
[➡Settings➡[➡Sounds➡[➡
Earpiece Vol.➡[➡Set volume level➡[
Set Caller ID On/Off
Redial
[Dialed Numbers]
D➡Select an entry➡N➡O to end the
call
• To make a video call, select an entry and press
H.
• To make an S! Circle Talk call, press and hold
R when My Status is Online (page 10-4).
[Personal Info.]
[➡Phone Book➡[➡My Details➡[➡
Personal Info.➡[➡Location Exist➡K➡
Set Earpiece Volume
Call from Received Calls
[Received Calls]
C➡Select an entry➡N➡O to end the
call
• To make a video call, select an entry and press
H.
[Show My Number]
[➡Settings➡[➡Call Settings➡[➡
Show My Number ➡[➡Select Show My
ID, Hide My ID or OFF➡[
• If you select OFF, the settings you chose
when you subscribed to Caller ID service apply.
• Caller ID setting has the following options, and
they are given priority in the order of ① to ③
if they are all set or operated.
① Dial Window K➡Hide My ID or Show
My ID➡[
② Setting for Show My Number
③ Application for Caller ID service
Show/Hide Caller ID
[Show My ID]
Dial Window K➡Hide My ID or Show My ID
➡[
3-12
823T824T̲web̲03.indd 3-12
08.9.2 11:08:24 AM
Make Voice Calls Using EarphoneMicrophone
[Earphone-Microphone Call]
• Make one-touch calls from Earphone-
Incoming Call Functions
placed on hold, the call is connected without
the confirmation window asking whether to
send the camera image.
Answer Calls with Earphone-Microphone
[Earphone-Microphone Answer]
Insert Earphone-Microphone plug into earphone
jack➡Press and hold the microphone switch
when a call is received➡Press and hold the
microphone switch to end the call
• Press O to end the call
[Reject Calls]
K when a call is received
• To reject an incoming video call, press K and
select Reject Call.
Place Incoming Call on Hold
[Hold Answer]
O when a voice or video call is received
• The caller is charged for the call while placed
Delete Recorded Messages
[➡Settings➡[➡Call Settings➡[➡
Ans Machine➡[➡Recordings➡[➡
Select a message➡K➡Delete➡[➡YES➡
[
3
Functions During Calls
Voice & Video Calls
Mute Audio During a Call
Answer Incoming Video Calls
Automatically
[Auto Answer]
• When Auto Answer is set to ON, video calls
Reject an Incoming Call
Answering Machine Functions
Call
Microphone. Before making a call, save a phone
number to Earphone-Microphone (page 13-24).
Insert Earphone-Microphone plug into earphone
jack➡Press and hold the microphone switch to
dial the set phone number➡Press and hold the
microphone switch to end the call
• Press and hold the switch again to cancel
dialing.
• Press O to end the call.
• When you answer a video call that has been
received from phone numbers on Auto Answer
List are answered automatically without having
to press a key, if handset is open.
• Regardless of Manner Mode setting, the
speaker will beep and the video call is
automatically connected.
[➡Settings➡[➡Call Settings➡[➡
Video Call➡[➡Auto Answer➡[➡ON/
OFF➡[ (twice)➡ON➡[
[Mute]
■Voice Calls
Voice Call Window K➡Mute My Voice or Mute
All➡[
■Video Calls
Video Call Window K➡Mute➡[➡Mute My
Voice or Mute All➡[
• Press [ to cancel mute during a call.
on hold.
• Pressing O while the caller is on hold
terminates the call.
823T824T̲web̲03.indd 3-13
3-13
08.9.2 11:08:25 AM
Advanced Features
Place a Call on Hold
[Hold Call]
Voice Call Window / Video Call Window K➡Hold➡
[
3
• Subscription to Call Waiting (page 3-17) or
Call
Multiparty Call (page 3-17) is required to use
the Hold feature for voice calls.
Voice Calls
Record Other Party's Voice During a Call
[Voice Record During Calls]
Voice Call Window K➡Voice Record➡[
• Recording stops when the maximum time is
reached or the call ends. To stop recording
manually, press [.
• To play a recording, do the following.
[➡Tools➡[➡Useful Tools➡[➡
Voice Recorder ➡[➡Recordings➡[
➡Phone Memory or Memory Card ➡[
➡Select a file➡[
Save Number Memo During a Call
[Save Number Memo]
■Sending Touch Tone Sequences
Voice Call Window Press keypad keys
• After the call ends, the number memo is
automatically saved.
• You can enter the following numbers and
symbols.
0 to 9, *, #, +, -, P
• To check a number memo, do the following.
[➡Tools➡[➡Useful Tools➡[➡
Number Memo➡[➡Select a number
memo➡[
(page 2-17) and remotely access your
answering machine or other devices.
Voice Call Window K➡Phone Book➡[➡
Select a Phone Book entry➡[➡Select a touch
tone sequence (phone number) ➡K➡Send
Tone➡[
Talk Handsfree
[Handsfree Call]
Voice Call Window J
• To cancel handsfree, press J (HandsfreeOFF).
Send Touch Tones During a Call
[Send Touch Tones]
■Manually Entering Touch Tones
Voice Call Window Press a key from 0 to 9,
• Save touch tone sequences to Phone Book
■Adding Pause "P" to Touch Tone Sequence
• Enter a pause "P" to separate touch tones.
Example:
To save 03123XXXX3 (phone number), #7777
(answering machine access code), and #1
(answering machine playback command), enter
the following in the Phone Number field.
03123XXXX3P＃7777P＃1
Open the Phone Book entry➡N (handset calls
phone number before the first "P") ➡[
(handset sends next set of touch tones)
• Repeat this step until all the touch tones have
been sent.
* or #
3-14
823T824T̲web̲03.indd 3-14
08.9.2 11:08:26 AM
Video Calls
Set a Still Picture as the Outgoing Image
[Send Picture]
Toggle Audio Output (Earpiece/Speaker)
[Handsfree On/Off]
Video Call Window
J (Handsfree ON/HandsfreeOFF)
Video Call Window K➡Send Picture➡[➡
Send Pic. ON➡[➡Phone Memory or
Memory Card ➡[➡Select a picture➡[
[Zoom]
Video Call Window F
• Zoom is unavailable when a still picture is set
for outgoing image.
Switch Outgoing Image During a Video Call
[Switch Outgoing Images]
Video Call Window [ (Switch)
• Press [ to toggle between the alternative
picture and camera image.
Switch Outgoing/Incoming Image
Windows
[Switch Windows]
Video Call Window K➡Screen Set.➡[➡
Switch➡[➡In. Prior, Incoming Only,
Out. Prior or Outgoing Only➡[
Video Call Window K➡Alt. Picture➡[➡Alt.
Pic. ON➡[
■Selecting Default Image
Preset➡[
■Selecting an Image in Data Folder/
Memory Card
Phone Memory or Memory Card➡[➡
Select an image➡[
• Handset automatically adjusts the image size.
Some images may be unavailable depending
on the image size.
From ➡ Call Log Window page 3-9
Delete Call Log Records
[Delete/Delete All]
3
■Deleting a Record
Call Log Window Select a record➡K➡Delete➡
[➡Delete➡[➡YES➡[
Call
Change Alternative Picture
[Alternative Picture]
Zoom Outgoing Image
Call Log Functions
■Deleting All Records
Call Log Window K➡Delete➡[➡Delete All ➡
[➡Enter Handset Code➡YES➡[
Lock Call Log
[Call Log Lock]
Call Log Window K➡Call Log Lock➡[➡
Enter Handset Code➡Lock➡[
• To cancel the lock, select Unlock.
Change Incoming Image Quality
[Image Quality]
Video Call Window K➡Screen Set.➡[➡
Image Quality➡[➡Select an item➡[
3-15
823T824T̲web̲03.indd 3-15
08.9.2 11:08:26 AM
Advanced Features
Functions for Call Time and Cost
View Call Time and Cost
[Call Time & Cost]
3
Call
[➡Settings➡[➡Call Settings➡[➡
Call Time&Cost ➡[➡All Calls or Last
Call ➡[➡Time or Cost ➡[
• Use call time/cost indications only as a guide.
The actual call cost billed may be different.
• The total call time does not include mail
communications, Web browsing, and S! Circle
Talk connection and talk time.
• Up to 277 hours 46 minutes and 39 seconds
can be counted for the total call time.
• Sum of charges appears for Multiparty Call
(page 3-17).
• The total call cost does not include mail/
Internet/S! Circle Talk transmission fees.
• When you make an international call, the call
cost is not shown.
• Cost of each call may not be shown depending
on your subscription. In this case, the total call
cost indication and maximum cost limit are
also unavailable.
Reset Total Call Time
[➡Settings➡[➡Call Settings➡[➡
Call Time&Cost ➡[➡All Calls➡[➡
Time➡[➡K➡Reset ➡[➡Enter Handset
Code➡YES➡[
Reset Total Call Cost
[➡Settings➡[➡Call Settings➡[➡
Call Time&Cost ➡[➡All Calls➡[➡
Cost ➡[➡K➡Reset ➡[➡Enter PIN2
(page 14-2) ➡[➡YES➡[
Functions for Optional Services
From ➡ Voice Call Window page 3-4
Call Service Settings Menu page 3-10
Voice Mail/Call Forwarding Menu page 3-10
Optional Service Setting Status
Check Optional Service Setting Status
[Status]
■Call Forwarding/Voice Mail
Voice Mail/Call Forwarding Menu Status ➡[
■Call Waiting
Call Service Settings Menu Call Waiting➡[➡
Status➡[
■Call Barring
Call Service Settings Menu Call Barring➡[➡
Status➡[➡Select a type of restriction➡[
3-16
823T824T̲web̲03.indd 3-16
08.9.2 11:08:27 AM
Call Waiting
• To talk to just one person during a multiparty
Multiparty Call
Set Call Waiting
Call Another Party
[Call Waiting On/Off]
Call Service Settings Menu Call Waiting➡[➡
ON or OFF➡[
During a call, Call Waiting tone is heard➡K➡
Answer➡[
Switch Between Two Callers
[Switch Parties]
During Call Waiting➡2N
• Press 2N to switch between parties.
• If a caller terminates a call during Call Waiting,
a ringtone sounds and Holding. appears.
Press N to start talking with the other
person on hold.
Voice Call Window Enter a phone number➡N
• Alternatively, press K and select an entry from
Phone Book (page 2-19) or Dialed/Received
(page 3-9).
Switch Between Parties
call:
Select a party to talk with➡K➡Multiparty
➡[➡Private➡[
3
Call Barring
Restrict Outgoing and Incoming Calls and
SMS Messages
[Call Barring]
[Switch Parties]
Call Service Settings Menu Call Barring➡[
Voice Call Window Enter a phone number➡N➡
When the other party answers, 2N
• Press 2N to switch between parties.
• If a caller terminates a call during a call, a
ringtone sounds and Holding. appears. Press
N to start talking with another person on
hold.
■Restricting Outgoing Calls and SMS
Talk to Multiple Parties
[Multiparty Call]
Voice Call Window Enter a phone number➡N➡
When the other party answers, K➡Multiparty
➡[➡Multiparty➡[
• During a multiparty call, press O to end the
call with all parties simultaneously.
• If one person ends the call during a multiparty
call, the other parties remain connected.
Call
Answer an Incoming Call During a Call
[Call Waiting]
[Call During a Call]
Outgoing Call ➡[➡All Outgoings, All
Out-Intl. or Out-Intl.➡[➡Enter Call
Barring Service Code (page 1-14) ➡Connect to
the network automatically➡[
■Restricting Incoming Calls and SMS
Incoming Call ➡[➡All Incomings or All
If Roamed➡[➡Enter Call Barring Service
Code➡Connect to the network automatically➡
[
■Deactivating Call Barring
Cancel All➡[➡Enter Call Barring Service
Code➡Connect to the network automatically➡
[
3-17
823T824T̲web̲03.indd 3-17
08.8.12 4:10:39 PM
Advanced Features
• After connecting to the network, a setting
3
Call
completed window appears. If the window
does not appear, follow the procedure again.
• You can still make emergency calls (110
(police), 119 (fire and ambulance) and 118
(coast guard)) when Call Barring is activated.
• You cannot use All Outgoings and All
Incomings if you have started using Call
Forwarding or Voice Mail.
• If Call Barring Service Code is incorrectly
entered three consecutive times, Call Barring
settings are locked. Change Call Barring
Service Code and Center Access Code (page
1-14). For details, contact SoftBank General
Information (page 14-46).
Change Call Barring Service Code
[Call Barring Service Code]
Call Service Settings Menu Call Barring➡[➡
Security Code➡[➡Enter current Call
Barring Service Code➡Enter new Call Barring
Service Code➡[➡Re-enter new Call Barring
Service Code for confirmation➡[
• After connecting to the network, a setting
completed window appears. If the window
does not appear, follow the procedure again.
3-18
823T824T̲web̲03.indd 3-18
08.8.12 4:10:39 PM
4
823T824T̲web̲04.indd 4-1
Messaging
Messaging ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 4-2
Message Types ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 4-2
Customizing Handset Address ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 4-3
Sending Messages･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 4-4
Sending S! Mail ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 4-4
Sending SMS ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 4-6
Incoming Messages･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 4-8
Opening New Messages ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 4-8
Checking Received Messages ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 4-8
Replying to Messages ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 4-9
Organizing/Using Messages ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 4-10
Sorting Messages ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 4-11
Advanced Features ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 4-13
08.8.12 4:11:06 PM
Messaging
Message Types
Handset supports S! Mail (MMS) and SMS.
Available Messaging Services
Send messages to phone numbers
or e-mail addresses!
4
SMS
Messaging
SoftBank
Handsets
Server
Handset
Non-SoftBank
Mobile Phones
Server
If recipient is out of the service area, the message is
stored on the server. Once recipient's signal
becomes available, message is resent.
● Incoming SMS/S! Mail (including attachments) are
automatically downloaded to handset. Charges are
incurred according to your subscription.
●
PCs
S! Mail
(separate
contract
required)
Use Short Message Service (SMS) to
exchange short text messages with
other SoftBank handsets.
Exchange long text messages, pictures,
sounds, etc. with S! Mail compatible
SoftBank handsets, non-SoftBank mobile
phones and PCs that support e-mail.
S! Mail is better than ever.
Graphic Mail
Change text size, text color, background color and
insert images and pictograms.
Feeling Mail
Set your mood when sending messages to compatible
SoftBank handsets. Recipient's handset shows your
mood accordingly.
4-2
823T824T̲web̲04.indd 4-2
08.8.12 4:11:07 PM
Customizing Handset Address
➡[➡各種変更手続き (Changing Applications）
➡[
4
Messaging
Change the account name (part before @) of your
handset e-mail address.
□□□□□□□□□□□@softbank.ne.jp
• For details, contact SoftBank General
Information (page 14-46).
• This operation uses Yahoo! Keitai access.
• Before using Messaging service, retrieve
network connection information (page 1-10).
• A random alphanumeric text string is assigned
at the time of contract. Composing a long
e-mail address using single-byte alphanumerics
and symbols is an effective way for preventing
spam.
q Press K➡設定・申込 (Settings/Applications)
w Select メール各種設定（オリジナルメール設定）(Mail
Settings/Original Mail)➡[
• Follow the onscreen instructions.
4-3
823T824T̲web̲04.indd 4-3
08.8.12 4:11:08 PM
Sending Messages
Sending S! Mail
q Press J➡Create New ➡[
• To select an address from Phone Book:
Select Phone Book ➡[➡Select an
entry➡[➡Select a phone number/
e-mail address➡[
r Select Subject ➡[➡Enter a subject
➡[
4
• If you enter an e-mail address or input text
that cannot be sent by SMS, the mail type
automatically changes to S! Mail.
• S! Mail you send may look different on a
receiving handset if it does not support
S! Mail.
Attaching Files
Messaging
Attach an image or melody to an S! Mail.
Create Message Window
q From Create Message Window, select
w Select Address ➡[
Files➡[
t Select Text ➡[➡Enter text➡[
Attachments Menu
Set Address Menu
w Select Data Folder ➡[➡Phone
e Select Phone Number or Email ➡[➡
Memory or Memory Card ➡[
Enter a phone number/e-mail address
➡[
y Press J (Send)➡OK➡[
• If you select Notify Only Once in the
sending confirmation/completed window,
the window will not appear from the next
time.
4-4
823T824T̲web̲04.indd 4-4
08.8.12 4:11:08 PM
e Select a folder➡[➡Select a file➡[
Feeling Mail
Feeling Mail notifies the recipient of message
arrival by special graphics expressing the sender's
mood in Information Prompt, as well as by
vibration and External Lights.
• Actions when Feeling Mail arrives vary
according to the recipient's handset.
• Some files may not be able to be attached to
Feeling ➡[
messages. To find out whether a file can be
attached or not, check Details of the file
(page 2-31).
Send HTML mail to change font size, font color,
background color, add moving text, insert images,
etc.
Example:
Changing the font size and background color, and
inserting a picture
q
From Create Message Window, select
Text ➡[
w Press K➡GraphicMail ➡[
4
Messaging
q From Create Message Window, select
Graphic Mail
w Select a pictograph➡[
Graphic Mail Window
• To decorate text using a Graphic Mail
• If you send a message with Feeling Mail
graphics to a handset that doesn't support
Feeling Mail, a regular pictograph appears in
the subject field on the recipient's handset.
template:
Press K➡Templates➡[➡Phone
Memory or Memory Card➡[➡
Select a template➡[➡YES➡[➡
Edit text➡[
4-5
823T824T̲web̲04.indd 4-5
08.8.12 4:11:09 PM
Sending Messages
e Select Font Size➡[
y Select a background color➡[
Sending SMS
Send short text messages to other SoftBank
handsets using phone numbers as address.
q Press J➡Create New ➡[
4
Messaging
r Select a font size➡[➡Enter text
u Press K➡GraphicMail ➡[➡Picture
➡[➡Phone Memory or Memory
Card➡[
t Press K➡GraphicMail ➡[➡
ScreenColor➡[
i Select a folder➡[➡Select an image
➡[
Create Message Window
w Select Text ➡[➡Enter text➡[
e Select Address ➡[
Set Address Menu
4-6
823T824T̲web̲04.indd 4-6
08.8.12 4:11:09 PM
r Select Phone Number ➡[➡Enter a
phone number➡[
More Features
Creating Messages
(E page 4-13)
Attaching Files
(E page 4-14)
Graphic Mail Functions
Book:
Select Phone Book➡[➡Select an
entry➡[➡Select a phone number➡[
t Press J (Send)➡OK➡[
• If you select Notify Only Once in the
sending confirmation/completed window,
the window will not appear from the next
time.
Message Creation Settings
(E page 13-14)
• Add Recipients to Simple Input List
• Set Groups
• Set a Signature
• Set Default Mail Type
• Show/Hide Notification When Mail Type is
Switched
Outgoing Messages
(E page 13-15)
• Show/Hide Sending Confirmation Window
• Set Vibration When Sending is Confirmed
• Check Delivery
• Set Server Storage Period of Sent Messages
• Set Message Priority
• Set Time for Delivering Messages to Recipients
• Save a Reply Address
• Edit SMS Center Number (+819066519300)
4
Messaging
• To select a phone number from Phone
(E page 4-15)
Outgoing Message Functions
(E page 4-15)
4-7
823T824T̲web̲04.indd 4-7
08.8.12 4:11:10 PM
Incoming Messages
Opening New Messages
4
Messaging
When a message arrives, ringtone sounds and
animation plays. Incoming messages are saved to
Received.
Check any unread messages from Information
Prompt.
• By default, S! Mail retrieval is set to
Immediate. The complete incoming message
and attachments are automatically downloaded.
Change settings to Phone # Only (autodownload messages from SoftBank handsets)
or Deferred (select messages to download)
(page 13-16).
• When there are several unread Feeling Mails,
graphics expressing the sender's mood of the
most recently received Feeling Mail appear in
the background of Information Prompt.
q Information Prompt appears
e Select a folder➡[➡Select a message Checking Received Messages
➡[
• To retrieve new messages from the server:
Press jJ➡Retrieve New ➡a[
• If Priority is set to Pause, incoming
messages are notified by a confirmation
window during handset use (except in
Standby). Select Read Now or Later. To
delete a message without reading it, select
Delete.
• While watching TV, if a confirmation window
appears to notify of an incoming message,
select Read Now or Later. When Later is
selected, handset receives the message after
ending TV.
q Press J➡Message Box ➡[➡Received
w Select a folder➡[➡Select a message
➡[
• It may be impossible to open/play a file
unless you obtain a content key (content
license) depending on the file.
w Select New Messages ➡[
4-8
823T824T̲web̲04.indd 4-8
08.8.13 3:30:15 PM
Replying to Messages
Create Message Window opens and the recipient's
address is automatically set.
• When replying to an S! Mail, the subject to
which Re: is prefixed is automatically inserted
in the subject field.
More Features
Receiving Messages
(E page 4-16)
Server Operations
(E page 4-16)
4
Example: Replying by creating new text
➡[➡J (Reply)
e Select Blank➡[
(E page 13-15)
• Set Font Size
• Set Scroll Unit
• Show/Hide Address and Subject When
Messaging
q Press J➡Message Box ➡[➡Received
w Select a folder➡[➡Select a message
Display Settings
Sending/Receiving Messages
Incoming Messages
(E page 13-16)
• Set New Message Retrieve Mode
• Set Automatic Display of Picture Files
• Set Automatic Playback of Sound Files
• Set Spam Filter
3D Pictograms
(E page 13-16)
• Set Automatic Playback of 3D Pictograms
• Set Font and Background Colors for 3D
Pictograms
• To reply to the sender of a message with
multiple addresses, select To Sender or
To All.
• To reply by quoting the received message
text, select With Text; to reply by referring
to the received text, select Refer.
823T824T̲web̲04.indd 4-9
4-9
08.8.13 3:30:16 PM
Organizing/Using Messages
Received and sent messages are saved to the
Received and Sent message folders respectively.
Unsent draft messages are saved to Drafts, and
undelivered (delivery failed) messages are saved
to Unsent.
q Press J➡Message Box ➡[
• About Auto-delete
4
Messaging
If Message Box memory is full, the oldest
message is deleted when receiving/sending
a new message. Set Protect (page 4-17) to
save important messages. Alternatively, set
Auto-delete (page 13-17) to Do not Set.
However, when memory is full, a warning
appear on Display. Delete
and
unnecessary messages to receive new
messages (page 4-18).
• When unable to receive S! Mail notifications
due to insufficient memory, delete
unnecessary messages. Once memory space
becomes available, S! Mail notifications are
redelivered by Retry function. Alternatively,
retrieve Mail List (page 4-16) to receive
notifications. For details on redelivery of
S! Mail notifications, contact SoftBank
General Information (page 14-46).
Message Box Window
w Select Received or Sent ➡Select a
folder➡[
①
②
③
Message List Window
①Message Status
Unread Message
Read Message
Unread Message with Attachments
Replied Unread Message
Forwarded Unread Message
Replied & Forwarded Unread Message
Unread S! Mail Notification
Read S! Mail Notification
Replied Unread S! Mail Notification
Forwarded Unread S! Mail Notification
Replied & Forwarded S! Mail Notification
Sent Message with Unread Delivery
Report
Sent Message with Delivery Being
Confirmed
Sent Message without Delivery
Confirmed
Forwarded Sent Message without
Delivery Confirmed
Sent Message of Which Delivery to Some
Recipients is Failed
Forwarded Sent Message of Which
Delivery to Some Recipients is Failed
Unsent Message with Delivery Failed
Unsent Message Waiting for Delivery
Message Being Sent
Draft Message
4-10
823T824T̲web̲04.indd 4-10
08.8.13 3:30:16 PM
②S! Mail/SMS
S! Mail
SMS
SMS on USIM Card
③Priority/Protection
Received and sent messages can be sorted into
folders under Received and Sent of Message Box
according to the conditions you set.
q Open Message Box➡Select a folder➡
K➡Sort Setting➡[
w Select a criterion➡[➡Specify
conditions➡[
• Select Person to set an individual entry in
Phone Book as the sorting condition.
• Select Group to set a Group entry in
Phone Book as the sorting condition.
• Select Address to set the specified
addresses, regardless of whether they are
saved to Phone Book, as the sorting
condition.
• Select Phone Book to set those
addresses that are either saved or not
saved to Phone Book as the sorting
condition.
• Select Ku-man to set messages from
Ku-man as the sorting condition.
• Select Idokoro to set Departure Mail,
Arrival Mail, and Simple Notice as the
sorting condition.
4
Messaging
High/Protected
High/Not Protected
Normal/Protected
Low/Protected
Low/Not Protected
Sorting Messages
4-11
823T824T̲web̲04.indd 4-11
08.8.13 3:30:17 PM
Organizing/Using Messages
More Features
Organizing Messages
(E page 4-17)
Using Messages
(E page 4-18)
4
Messaging
Message Box Settings
(E page 13-17)
• Do Not Auto-delete Old Messages
• Switch Between Folder View and All Message
View
• Switch Between Mixed View and Separate View
Message List View Settings
(E page 13-17)
• Switch Message List Views
• Split Message List Window
Message List Window Settings
(E page 13-18)
• Filter Messages
• Create a New Phone Book Entry with a Phone
Number/E-mail Address
• Add a Phone Number/E-mail Address to a
Phone Book Entry
• Switch Between Unread and Read
• Switch All Messages in a Folder Between
Unread and Read
Mini Tool Setting in Message List Window
(E page 13-18)
• Set Mini Tool in Message List Window
4-12
823T824T̲web̲04.indd 4-12
08.8.13 3:30:18 PM
Advanced Features
Sending Messages
Creating Messages
From ➡ Create Message Window page 4-4
Set Address Menu page 4-4
Specify Recipients Quickly
[Simple Input]
Insert Your Name and Other Information
Automatically
[Insert]
Save a Recipient's Address to Phone Book
[To Phone Book]
Create Message Window Text➡[➡K➡Insert
➡[➡Phone Book, My Details, Phrases,
Emoticon, Signature, Notepad, Message
Box or URL History ➡[➡Do the respective
operations
[➡Select an address➡K➡Save Sender ➡
[➡Add New or Add ➡[
[To/Cc/Bcc]
Add Recipients
Send a Message from Sent Log/Received
Log
[Sent Log/Received Log]
• For details on how to enter addresses, see
Set Address Menu Sent Log or Received Log➡
Delete Recipients
[Delete/Select Multi/Delete All]
[Add Address]
Create Message Window Select the address field➡
K➡Add Address➡[➡Select an address➡
[➡J
page 4-4.
■Deleting One Entry
Send a Message to a Group
[Group]
• You can select addresses saved to a group
(page 13-14).
Set Address Menu Group➡[➡Select a group➡
[
823T824T̲web̲04.indd 4-13
4
entering other items.
Set To/Cc/Bcc
to Simple Input list (page 13-14) and enter
them.
Set Address Menu Simple Input ➡[➡Select an
entry➡[
[➡Select an entry➡[
• See "Creating New Entries" (page 2-17) for
Create Message Window Select the address field➡
[➡Select an address➡K➡Delete➡[➡
One➡[
■Deleting Multiple Entries
Create Message Window Select the address field➡
[➡K➡Delete➡[➡Select Multi ➡[
➡Select addresses➡[➡J
■Deleting All Entries
Create Message Window Select the address field➡
K➡Delete All ➡[
Create Message Window Select the address field➡
[➡Select an address➡K➡To/Cc/Bcc➡
[➡To, Cc or Bcc➡[➡J
• To: The recipient's address.
• Cc: Copies of a message sent to the address in
the To field are sent to other addresses.
Addresses entered in the Cc (carbon copy)
field are revealed to other recipients.
• Bcc: Addresses entered in the Bcc (blind
carbon copy) field are not revealed to other
recipients.
Messaging
• You can select addresses that you have saved
Create Message Window Select the address field➡
4-13
08.8.13 3:30:18 PM
Advanced Features
• If the text exceeds the maximum number of
Save All Addresses to a Group
[To Group]
Create Message Window Select the address field➡
K➡To Group ➡[ (twice)➡Select a group➡
[➡Enter a group name➡[
4
Edit Text
Messaging
Create Message Window Select the text➡[➡Edit
the text➡[
[Edit Text]
characters allowed in SMS, a confirmation
window appears. If you select Cut to Fit
SMS after selecting Change, the maximum
amount of text from the beginning is remained
and the excess is deleted.
• If you change the mail type to SMS, the
following items are deleted.
E-mail address, Cc and Bcc setting, Subject,
Attached file, Graphic Mail template and
settings, Feeling Mail setting
■Switching to S! Mail
Delete Text
[Clear Text]
Create Message Window Select the text➡K➡
Clear Field ➡[
Change Mail Type
[Mail Type]
■Switching to SMS
Create Message Window Type➡[➡SMS➡[
• If a message contains something that cannot
be sent by SMS, a confirmation window
appears. The contents which cannot be sent
will be deleted if you select Change.
Create Message Window Type➡[➡S! Mail ➡
[
• By performing the following operations, you can
also change the mail type from SMS to S! Mail
automatically. If these items are deleted, the
mail type returns to SMS automatically.
Add an e-mail address, Set Cc/Bcc, Enter
subject, Attach a file, Set Feeling Mail
• If you press K and select Templates or
GraphicMail while entering text, or if you
enter text that exceeds the maximum number
of characters allowed in SMS and press [, a
confirmation window telling the message
cannot be sent as SMS appears. Select
Change to S!Mail, Cut to Fit SMS, or
Edit Message.
Attaching Files
From ➡ Create Message Window page 4-4
Attachments Menu page 4-4
Shoot Picture or Video Attachments
[Take Picture/Record Video]
■Picture
Attachments Menu Take Picture➡[➡Frame
subject in Display➡[(twice)
■Video
Attachments Menu Record Video ➡[➡Frame
subject in Display➡[(three times)
Set an Attachment to Open Automatically
(Recipient's Handset)
[Auto Play]
• If there are more than one attached file, you
can set just one to play back.
Create Message Window Attachments➡[➡
Select an attached file➡K➡Auto Play ➡[
➡ON/OFF➡[➡ON➡[➡Display or
Do not Display ➡[
• To put a caption to the attached file, select
Display and enter a caption for the file.
4-14
823T824T̲web̲04.indd 4-14
08.8.12 4:11:15 PM
Graphic Mail Functions
From ➡ Create Message Window page 4-4
Graphic Mail Window page 4-5
■Deleting One Decoration
Outgoing Message Functions
Graphic Mail Window Cancel ➡[➡Delete by
Each➡[➡Select a decoration➡[➡J
Save without Sending
■Deleting All Decorations
Other Decorations
[Graphic Mail]
■Changing Font Color
■Blinking/Scrolling/Swinging Text
Graphic Mail Window Blink, Telop or Swing➡
[➡Enter text
Change Decorations
[Change/Delete Graphic Mail Settings]
Create Message Window Options➡[➡Expiry
➡[➡Select an expiry time➡[
Graphic Mail Window Sound ➡[➡Phone
Memory or Memory Card ➡[➡Select a
sound file➡[
Save Graphic Mail Templates
[Save Template]
■Inserting My Pictograms
Graphic Mail Window MyPictograms➡[➡
Select a My Pictogram➡[
Create Message Window H or K➡Preview➡[
Insert a Graphic Mail Template
[Switch Templates]
■Inserting Sound
Graphic Mail Window Partition ➡[
[Preview]
Specify Server Storage Period
[Expiry Time]
Create Message Window Select text➡K➡Switch
Templ.➡[➡Switch➡[➡Phone
Memory or Memory Card ➡[➡Select a
template➡[➡Edit text➡[
■Inserting a Line in Text
4
Check Preview
Create Message Window Select text➡[➡Enter
text➡J➡Start ➡[➡Select the end➡[➡
Graphic Mail ➡[➡Set/delete decorations
■Aligning Text
Graphic Mail Window LineUp ➡[➡Select a
character position➡[➡Enter text
Create Message Window K➡To Drafts ➡[➡
Save➡[
Create Message Window Select text➡K➡Save
Template➡[➡Enter a title➡[➡Phone
Memory or Memory Card ➡[
• Templates can only be saved when the text has
been decorated with Graphic Mail settings.
Messaging
Graphic Mail Window Font Color ➡[➡Select a
color ➡[➡Enter text
Graphic Mail Window Cancel ➡[➡Delete All
➡[➡YES➡[
[Save to Drafts]
Check Delivery
[Delivery Check]
Create Message Window Options➡[➡
DeliveryCheck ➡[➡ON➡[
Specify Message Delivery Time
[Delivery Time]
Create Message Window Options➡[➡Delivery
Time➡[➡Select a delivery time➡[
• This procedure is only available with S! Mail.
4-15
823T824T̲web̲04.indd 4-15
08.8.12 4:11:16 PM
Advanced Features
Set Message Priority
[Priority]
Create Message Window Options➡[➡Priority
➡[➡Select a priority➡[
• This procedure is only available with S! Mail.
4
Activate Reply to Function
Messaging
➡[➡Activate ➡[
[Reply to]
Create Message Window Options➡[➡Reply to
• Save a Reply address in advance (page 13-15).
• This procedure is only available with S! Mail.
Delete a Sent Message Checked on the
Recipient's Side Automatically
[Self-delete]
Create Message Window Options➡[➡
Self-delete➡[➡ON➡[
• This procedure is only available with S! Mail.
Incoming Messages
Receiving Messages
• When you select Select Multi, do the
following.
Select messages➡[➡J
Manually Retrieve Complete S! Mail
[Retrieve Mail]
Forward Server Messages
[Forward Server Mail]
Select S! Mail notification➡[➡Retrieve
Mail➡[
J➡Server Mail ➡[➡Select a message➡
K➡Divert ➡[➡Keep or Do not Keep ➡
[➡Enter an address➡J
Forward Continuation of S! Mail
[Forward Mail]
• When Do not Keep is selected, the forwarded
message is deleted from the server.
Select S! Mail notification➡K➡Divert ➡
[➡Server Mail ➡[➡Keep or Do not
Keep ➡[➡Enter an address➡J
• For details on how to enter addresses, see
page 4-4.
Delete Server Messages
[Delete/Select Multi/Delete All]
Server Operations
■Deleting One Message
Use Mail List
[Update Mail List/Retrieve Mail]
Select a message➡K➡Delete➡[➡One➡
[➡Server Mail or Notif./Server ➡[➡
YES➡[
• For details on how to enter addresses, see
page 4-4.
J➡Server Mail ➡[
J➡Server Mail ➡[
■Retrieving and Updating Mail List
J➡Update➡[
■Receiving Messages on Mail List
Select a message➡K➡Retrieve➡[➡One,
Select Multi or All ➡[
4-16
823T824T̲web̲04.indd 4-16
08.8.12 4:11:16 PM
■Deleting Multiple Messages
K➡Delete➡[➡Select Multi ➡[➡
Server Mail or Notif./Server ➡[➡Select
messages➡[➡J➡YES➡[
Organizing/Using Messages
From ➡ Message Box Window page 4-10
Message List Window page 4-10
Edit a Folder Name
[Rename Folder]
Message Box Window Select a folder➡K➡
Rename Folder ➡[➡Enter a folder name➡
Organizing Messages
[
Set Security to Message Box
[Security Lock]
Protect Messages
[Protect/Select Multi/Protect All]
J➡Message Box ➡K➡Security Lock ➡
[➡Enter Handset Code➡Lock ➡[
■Protecting One Message
Check Server Status
[Mailbox Volume]
J➡Server Mail ➡[➡K➡Mailbox Vol.
➡[
• To update the amount of server space, press
J (Update).
• If the server usage exceeds 80%, a warning
window appears. Retrieve messages stored on
the server (page 4-16) or delete them (page
4-16).
• To view messages, do the following.
J➡Message Box ➡[➡Enter Handset
Code➡Select a folder➡[➡Select a message
➡[
Message List Window Select a message➡K➡
Protect ➡[➡ One➡[➡Protect ➡[
■Protecting Multiple Messages
4
Messaging
■Deleting All Messages
K➡Delete➡[➡All Read Mail or All ➡
[➡Server Mail or Notif./Server ➡[➡
Enter Handset Code➡YES➡[
Message List Window K➡Protect ➡[➡Select
Multi ➡[➡Protect ➡[➡Select messages
➡[➡J
Set Folder Security
[Security Lock]
• Set to require Handset Code entry to view
messages in the selected folder. However,
folder security cannot be set to General
folder.
Message Box Window Select a folder➡K➡
Security Lock ➡[➡Enter Handset Code➡
Lock ➡[
■Protecting All Messages
Message List Window K➡Protect ➡[➡All ➡
[➡Protect ➡[ (twice)
4-17
823T824T̲web̲04.indd 4-17
08.8.12 4:11:17 PM
Advanced Features
Delete Messages
[Delete/Select Multi/All in Folder/
Delete All]
■Deleting One Message
Message List Window Select a message➡K➡
Delete➡[➡ One➡[➡YES➡[
4
■Deleting Multiple Messages
Messaging
Message List Window K➡Delete➡[➡Select
Multi ➡[➡Select messages➡[➡J➡
YES➡[
Using Messages
■Making a Video Call to a Phone Number
Voice Call ➡[➡K➡Video Call➡[
Forward Messages
[Forward Mail]
• When forwarding an S! Mail, the subject to
which Fw: is prefixed is automatically inserted
in the subject field.
Message List Window Select a message➡K➡
Divert ➡[
■Deleting All Messages in a Folder
Call Sender/Recipient
[Call Sender/Call Address]
Message Box Window K➡Delete➡[➡All in
Folder ➡[➡Enter Handset Code➡YES➡
Message List Window Select a message➡K➡Call
Sender or Call Address➡[➡N
[
■Deleting All Received/Sent Messages
Message Box Window K➡Delete➡[➡All ➡
[➡Enter Handset Code➡YES➡[
Check Delivery Report
[Check Delivery Report]
Message List Window Select a message that has the
delivery check icon ➡[
Use Links
[Call/Create Message/Save Sender/
Start Navi Appli/Access URL]
Message List Window Open a message that has a
link➡Select a link➡[
• Available links are shown in blue.
■Calling a Phone Number
Voice Call ➡[➡N
■Making an S! Circle Talk Call to a Phone
Number
Voice Call ➡[➡K➡Circle Talk➡[➡J
■Sending a Message to a Phone Number/
E-mail Address
Create Mail ➡[➡ Create➡[➡Create
Message Window opens
■Saving a Phone Number/E-mail Address
to Phone Book
Save Sender ➡[➡Add New or Add ➡[
➡Phone Book Entry Window opens
• See "Creating New Entries" (page 2-17) for
entering other items.
■Starting Navi Appli from Location
Information
Navi Appli ➡[➡Launch ➡[
■Saving Location Information to My
Locations
To Locations ➡[
• See “Save Location Information to My
Locations” (page 9-27) for following
operations.
■Accessing the Internet
By Yahoo! Keitai or By PC Browser ➡[
4-18
823T824T̲web̲04.indd 4-18
08.8.12 4:11:17 PM
Save Attached Files
Copy Text
[Text Copy]
Message List Window Open a message that has an
attachment➡Select a file➡[➡Save➡[➡
Enter a file name➡[➡Phone Memory or
Memory Card ➡[➡Select a folder➡[
• Some files cannot be saved depending on the
file type.
• To open/play an attached file, select a file and
select View or Play. Some files may not be
shown/played properly on handset.
• When a received message has more than 20
attached files, all files after the 20th file cannot
be opened/played.
Message List Window Open a message➡K➡Text
Copy ➡[➡Move cursor to one end of the
text range to copy➡[➡Specify the range➡
[
Move SMS Messages to USIM Card or
Handset
[Move]
Message List Window Open a message➡K➡
Move➡[➡To Folder, To Phone or To
USIM➡[
Move Messages to a Different Folder
[Move Folder]
■Moving One Message
Message List Window Select a message➡K➡
Move Folder ➡[➡ One➡[➡Select a
destination folder➡[
4
■Moving Multiple Messages
Message List Window K➡Move Folder ➡[
➡Select Multi ➡[➡Select messages➡
[➡J➡Select a destination folder➡[
■Moving All Messages in a Folder
Messaging
[Save Attachments]
Message List Window K➡Move Folder ➡[
➡All ➡[➡Select a destination folder➡[
Check Message Details
Edit and Send Unsent Messages
[Edit Unsent Messages]
J➡Unsent ➡[➡Select a message➡[
➡Select an item➡[➡Edit the item➡[➡
J➡OK➡[
• Press J (OK) after editing the address.
[View Details]
Message List Window Open a message➡K➡View
➡[➡View Details➡[
Change Order of Messages
[Sort by]
Message List Window K➡Sort by ➡[➡Select a
criterion➡[
4-19
823T824T̲web̲04.indd 4-19
08.8.12 4:11:18 PM
4
Messaging
4-20
823T824T̲web̲04.indd 4-20
08.8.12 4:11:19 PM
5
Internet
Internet ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 5-2
About the Internet ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 5-2
Yahoo! Keitai ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 5-3
Accessing Yahoo! Keitai･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 5-3
PC Site Browser ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 5-4
Accessing PC Sites ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 5-4
Web Page Operations ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 5-5
Bookmarks/Saved Pages ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 5-6
Bookmarks ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 5-6
Saved Pages････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 5-6
Advanced Features ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 5-7
823T824T̲web̲05.indd 5-1
08.8.12 4:11:41 PM
Internet
About the Internet
More Features
Access the Mobile Internet via Yahoo! Keitai (SoftBank's mobile portal site). Also browse the Internet
using PC Site Browser.
Internet
5
Internet
Yahoo! Keitai
PC Site Browser
Access Mobile
Internet Sites
Access PC Sites
Security Settings
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
(E page 13-19)
Send/Block Manufacture Number
Configure Send Referer Setting
Enable/Disable Cookies
Configure Script Settings
Check Root Certificates
Set Authentication
Set SSL Communication
• About Security
Handset uses SSL/TLS (a protocol for sending encrypted data) to protect against dangers on the
Internet such as eavesdropping, tampering and spoofing. Root certificates necessary for SSL/TLS are
saved on handset.
• When a security notice appears, subscribers must decide for themselves whether or not to open the
page. Opening secure pages constitutes agreement to the terms of SSL/TLS usage.
• SOFTBANK MOBILE Corp., VeriSign Japan K.K., Cybertrust Japan Co., Ltd., Entrust Japan Co., Ltd.,
GlobalSign K.K., RSA Security Japan Ltd. and Secom Trust Systems Co., Ltd. cannot be held liable
for any damages associated with the use of SSL/TLS.
• In a 3G High Speed area, you can receive at a maximum speed of 3.6 Mbps and send at a
maximum speed of 384 kbps. Note that transfers of large files may result in high transmission fees.
5-2
823T824T̲web̲05.indd 5-2
08.8.12 4:11:42 PM
Yahoo! Keitai
Accessing Yahoo! Keitai
Accessing Web Pages from History
q
q Press K
More Features
Press and hold K➡History➡[
Connecting/Browsing
• To disconnect during communication, press
(E page 5-7)
K (Cancel).
History Menu
w Select a title ➡[
q Press and hold K➡Enter URL➡[
Web Page
w Select an item ➡[
e To stop viewing the web page, press
5
Internet
Accessing Web Pages by Entering URLs
Universal Settings for Yahoo! Keitai and
PC Site Browser
(E page 13-20)
• Clear Cache
• Delete All Cookies
• Clear Authentication Info
• Return Browser Settings, Bookmarks, and
Saved Pages to Default
• Restore Settings and Stored Information to
Default
Yahoo! Keitai Settings
(E page 13-20)
• Set Storage Location of Downloaded Contents
L/O➡YES➡[
URL Window
w Select Direct Entry➡[➡Enter a URL
➡[（twice）
5-3
823T824T̲web̲05.indd 5-3
08.8.12 4:11:43 PM
PC Site Browser
Accessing PC Sites
q Press and hold K➡J（
Accessing Web Pages from History
）
q
More Features
From PC Browser Menu, select History
Connecting/Browsing
➡[
(E page 5-7)
PC Site Browser
History Menu
w Select a title ➡[➡Always Ask or Ask
Once Only➡[
5
Internet
PC Browser Menu
w
Select Homepage➡[➡Always Ask or
Ask Once Only➡[
• If you select Ask Once Only, the
confirmation window about display and
transmission fees will not appear from the
next time.
Accessing Web Pages by Entering URLs
q From PC Browser Menu, select Enter
URL➡[
(E page 5-7)
Universal Settings for Yahoo! Keitai and
PC Site Browser
(E page 13-20)
• Clear Cache
• Delete All Cookies
• Clear Authentication Info
• Return Browser Settings, Bookmarks, and
Saved Pages to Default
• Restore Settings and Stored Information to
Default
PC Site Browser Settings
(E page 13-20)
• Do Not Show Alert When Switching Browsers
URL Window
w
Web Page
Select Direct Entry➡[➡Enter a URL
➡[（twice）➡Always Ask or Ask Once
Only➡[
• Some websites may not be shown correctly
or it may take time to open depending on
the site.
5-4
823T824T̲web̲05.indd 5-4
08.8.12 4:11:44 PM
Web Page Operations
Scrolling Pages
When the whole page is not shown on the
browser screen, the scroll bar appears on the right
or bottom of the screen. View the remaining part
using G/F to scroll the screen.
Moving Cursor
To select items, use G/F to move cursor.
Websites you have retrieved are temporarily
stored. Press J (Back) to return to the previous
page. Press K and select Forward to go to the
next page.
When there are entry fields and selectable items
on the screen, operate as follows.
①
② ①Text Entry Field
Select □ and press
お名前
年齢
[. A text entry
１０代
window opens. Enter
性別
text and press [.
男
女
②Menu List
Select □ and press
資料請求
[ to open menu list.
送信
キャンセル
Select an item and press
[.
③Command Button
and press
Select
③
④⑤
[ to execute the
indicated command.
④Checkbox
and press [. The checkbox changes to
Select
, indicating that the item is selected.
⑤Radio Button
and
Select one from a range of items. Select
press [. The radio button changes to ,
indicating that the item is selected.
More Features
Using Web Pages
(E page 5-7)
Web Page Settings
(E page 13-21)
Change Font Size
Change Scroll Unit
Change Text Encoding Type
Adjust Sound Playback Volume
Do Not Download Images and Melodies from
Web Pages
• Set Security Lock
•
•
•
•
•
5
Internet
Going to Previous Page/Next Page
Text Entry & Item Selection
• The above screenshot is an example image.
5-5
823T824T̲web̲05.indd 5-5
08.9.2 11:10:55 AM
Bookmarks/Saved Pages
Bookmarks
If you bookmark frequently accessed pages, you
will be able to access them quickly and easily.
Using Bookmarks
q Press and hold K➡Bookmarks➡[
• To access a web page from a PC site
bookmark:
Press and hold K➡J（
Bookmarks➡[
Saving a Bookmark
5
q Open a page➡K➡Bookmarks➡[
w Select Save➡[
Internet
e Press J (Edit) ➡Select the title field
➡[➡Edit the title➡[
r Press J (OK) ➡[
• Select a folder when adding the bookmark
to one of folders you created.
）
➡
q Press and hold K➡Saved Pages➡[
• To view saved pages of PC sites:
Press and hold K➡J (
Pages➡[
) ➡Saved
Saved Pages List Menu
• If you are not editing the title or URL, press
[ (Save).
Viewing Saved Pages
Bookmarks List Menu
w
Select a title ➡[
w Select a title ➡[
More Features
Saved Pages
If you save frequently accessed information
(pages) to Saved Pages, the information can be
viewed without accessing the Internet later.
Bookmarks and Saved Pages
(E page 5-9)
Saving Pages
q Open a page ➡K➡Saved Pages
➡[
w Select Save➡[➡Enter a title➡[
• Some pages may not be saved because of
copyright restrictions, etc.
• If you save a page with the same URL as a
page already saved in Saved Pages, it is
saved as a different page.
5-6
823T824T̲web̲05.indd 5-6
08.8.12 4:11:46 PM
Advanced Features
Internet
Using Web Pages
Switch Browsers
Connecting/Browsing
Web Page K➡Change View➡[➡Current
Page or Linked Page➡[➡Always Ask or Ask
Once Only➡[
• If you select Ask Once Only, the confirmation
window will not appear from the next time.
Delete Records from History
[Delete/Select Multi/Delete All]
PC Site Browser
From ➡ History Menu page 5-3, 5-4
URL Window page 5-3, 5-4
Web Page page 5-3, 5-4
Switch Screens
■Deleting Multiple Records
Web Page K➡Tool➡[➡PC Screen or
Small Screen➡[
[PC Screen/Small Screen]
History Menu K➡Delete➡[➡All➡[➡
Enter Handset Code➡YES➡[
[Zoom]
Web Page K➡Tool➡[➡Zoom➡[➡
Select a magnification/shrinkage percentage ➡
[
Use Once Entered URLs
[URL History]
URL Window URL History➡[➡Select a
record➡[ (twice)
Copy Text
Web Page K➡Text Copy➡[➡Move cursor
to one end of the text range to copy➡[➡
Specify the range➡[
• Only characters and pictographs can be copied.
5
Send a URL Link via Mail
[Send URL]
Web Page K➡Tool➡[➡Send URL➡[
Enlarge/Reduce a Page
■Deleting All Records
Web Page K➡Reload Page➡[
Internet
History Menu Select a record➡K➡Delete➡
[➡One➡[➡YES➡[
History Menu K➡Delete➡[➡Select Multi
➡[➡Select records➡[➡J➡YES➡[
[Reload Page]
[Text Copy]
From ➡ Web Page page 5-4
■Deleting One Record
Refresh
View Pages in Landscape or Portrait
[Landscape/Portrait]
Search Text in Web Pages
[Page Search]
Web Page K➡Tool➡[➡Page Search➡
[➡Enter text➡[➡Select a search method
➡[➡Up or Down, or ON or OFF➡[➡
J
Web Page K➡Tool ➡[➡Landscape or
Portrait ➡[
5-7
823T824T̲web̲05.indd 5-7
08.8.12 4:11:46 PM
Advanced Features
Use Files
[File Playback/Save File/File Details]
Open a page that has a file ➡K➡Saving
Mode➡[➡Select a file➡[
■Playing/Opening a File
5
Play/View ➡[
• Some files may not be played/shown properly
on handset.
■Saving a File
Internet
Save ➡[➡Phone Memory or Memory
Card➡[➡Select a folder➡[
• Some files may not be saved because of
copyright restrictions, etc.
■File Properties
File Details ➡[
■Saving a File
Save➡[
• See page 4-19 for how to save files.
• Some files may not be saved because of
copyright restrictions, etc.
■File Properties
File Details ➡[
■Saving and Setting a File as Ringtone
Set Ringtone➡[➡Select a type of incoming
event➡[ (twice)
■Saving and Setting a File as Wallpaper
Set Wallpaper➡Select a folder➡[
Use Text in Web Pages
[Use Phone Number/E-mail Address/URL]
• Only underlined items are available.
Use Files from Links in Web Pages
[File Playback/Save File/File Details/
Set Ringtone/Set Wallpaper]
Open a page that has a file ➡Select a link ➡[
■Playing/Opening a File
Play/View ➡[
• Some files may not be played/shown properly
on handset.
■Making a Call/Adding to Phone Book
Web Page Select a link➡[➡Call or To Phone
Book➡[
■Sending a Message/Adding to Phone
Book
Web Page Select a link ➡[➡As Mail or To
Phone Book➡[
Save a Page to Event
[To Event]
Web Page K➡Tool➡[➡To Event➡[➡
Save the event (page 9-4)
Save a Page to My Locations
[To Locations]
Web Page K➡Tool➡[➡To Locations➡
[➡Save the location information (page 9-27)
View Page Properties
[Page Details]
Web Page K➡Tool➡[➡Details➡[➡
Page Details➡[
Check Server Certificate for a Page
[Session Info.]
Web Page K➡Tool➡[➡Details➡[➡
Session Info.➡[
Jump to Top or End of a Page
[Jump]
Web Page K➡Tool➡[➡Jump➡[➡To
Top or To End➡[
■Accessing a Website
Web Page Select a link ➡[
5-8
823T824T̲web̲05.indd 5-8
08.8.12 4:11:47 PM
Search for a Page by Keyword
[Web Search]
Web Page K➡Tool➡[➡Web Search➡[
➡Enter a keyword➡[ (twice)
Bookmarks and Saved Pages
From ➡ Bookmarks List Menu page 5-6
Saved Pages List Menu page 5-6
Delete Bookmarks/Saved Pages
[Delete/Select Multi/Delete All]
View a Frame in Whole Screen
[Frame In]
Web Page Select a frame ➡K➡Tool➡[➡
Frame In➡[
K➡Tool➡[➡Frame Out➡[
Bookmarks List Menu K➡Create Folder ➡[➡
Enter a folder name ➡[
Move Bookmarks to a Specified Folder
[Move/Select Multi/Move All]
Bookmarks List Menu / Saved Pages List Menu Select a
title ➡K➡Delete➡[➡One➡[
➡YES➡[
■Moving One Bookmark
■Deleting Multiple Entries
■Moving Multiple Bookmarks
Bookmarks List Menu / Saved Pages List Menu K➡
Delete➡[➡Select Multi➡[➡Select
titles➡[➡J➡YES➡[
Bookmarks List Menu K➡Move➡[➡Select
Multi➡[➡Select bookmarks➡[➡J➡
Select a folder➡[
■Deleting All Entries
■Moving All Bookmarks
Bookmarks List Menu / Saved Pages List Menu K➡
Delete➡[ ➡All➡[➡Enter Handset Code
➡YES➡[
Bookmarks List Menu K➡Move➡[➡All➡
[➡Select a folder➡[
Bookmarks List Menu Select a bookmark➡K➡
Move➡[➡One➡[➡Select a folder➡[
5
Internet
■Returning to All-Frames Screen
■Deleting One Entry
Create a Folder to Organize Bookmarks
[Create Folder]
Send a Bookmark via Mail
Change Titles
[Edit Title]
■Changing a Bookmark Title
Bookmarks List Menu Select a bookmark ➡K➡
Edit➡[➡Select the title field➡[➡Edit the
title➡[➡J
[As Mail]
Bookmarks List Menu Select a bookmark➡K➡As
Mail➡[
■Changing Title of a Saved Page
Saved Pages List Menu Select a saved page ➡K➡
Rename➡[➡Edit the title➡[
823T824T̲web̲05.indd 5-9
5-9
08.8.12 4:11:48 PM
5
Internet
5-10
823T824T̲web̲05.indd 5-10
08.8.12 4:11:48 PM
6
TV
TV ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 6-2
About TV ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 6-2
Watching TV ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 6-3
Channel Setup ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 6-3
Watching TV ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 6-4
View Timer ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 6-6
Setting View Timer ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 6-6
Advanced Features ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 6-7
823T824T̲web̲06.indd 6-1
08.8.12 4:21:32 PM
TV
About TV
Precautions
Handset supports One Seg Digital TV for cellular phones and information terminals.
For more information on One Seg services, visit the Association for Promotion of Digital Broadcasting
Website:
http://www.dpa.or.jp (PC)
http://www.dpa.or.jp/1seg/k/ (Mobile Site) (Japanese)
• Digital TV supports reception in Japan only. Other countries use different broadcast systems and
frequencies, and so Digital TV reception is not possible outside of Japan.
One Seg
6
TV
One Seg is a digital TV broadcasting
service for mobile devices. It uses one
segment of the terrestrial digital band to
allow you to watch TV and data broadcasts
you enjoy at home on your handset.
Data Broadcasts
Enjoy data broadcasts along with watching
programs. You can access related information
and even participate in programs.
View Timer
Use the timer to book programs you want to
view. Use Program Guide to set the timer.
• Never use TV while riding a bicycle or
motorcycle, or while driving a car. Doing so can
make it difficult to hear sounds around you, or
TV image and audio may distract you creating a
risk of accident. Even while walking, pay
attention to the traffic around you when using
TV. Be especially careful in the vicinity of railway
crossings and pedestrian crosswalks.
• TV image and audio may be affected if
messages are received while you are using TV.
• SoftBank is not liable for any loss or alteration
of data or settings saved by you due to
accident, malfunction or repair of handset.
When handset is replaced for repair or changed
to a new model, captured pictures, TV links and
other information saved on handset cannot be
transferred.
• You cannot watch TV if your handset does not
have a USIM Card installed or if your contract
with SoftBank expires.
• Channels allocated by channel settings are
based on information as of April 2008.
Whenever there is a change in the regional
broadcasting channels, use Scan to update the
channel settings.
Enjoy watching TV in
widescreen.
6-2
823T824T̲web̲06.indd 6-2
08.8.12 4:21:33 PM
Watching TV
Channel Setup
Because the channels that can be received depend
on your location, the first thing you should do
before using TV is to configure its reception
channel settings.
q Press H➡[
e Select an area ➡[➡ Select a
prefecture ➡[
• For some prefectures, select a regional
subdivision as well. If you select
Hokkaido for the area, select a city.
• Broadcast Signals
• To automatically configure channel
settings:
Select Scan➡[
・Extend TV Antenna when using TV.
・TV Antenna is only for receiving television
signals. You should keep it stowed
whenever you are not watching TV.
・Never try to adjust the angle or apply
excessive force by holding the tip of TV
Antenna. Doing so may cause TV Antenna
to bend.
・When using TV Antenna, extend it as far as
it will go. Note, however, that the best
image and audio reception may be possible
with TV Antenna stowed if you are very
close to the broadcast source.
• Battery Level
Use of TV is not possible when the battery
level is at , except during charging. TV will
turn off automatically if the battery level
drops to while you are using it.
• About Charging
You can use TV while charging the battery.
・Watching TV while charging may result in
longer charging time or unfinished
charging.
・Locating AC Charger (sold separately) cord
too close to TV Antenna while charging
may affect TV image.
6
TV
w Select Manual ➡[
Image/audio quality may be poor in the
following areas due to inadequate signal
reception.
・Areas far away from or extremely close to
the broadcast source
・Mountain areas or places beside tall
buildings
・Inside of a moving train or car,
underground, in a tunnel, etc.
・Near high-tension electrical wires, neon
lighting, wireless stations, railway lines,
highways, etc.
・Other areas where there is a large number
of signal obstructions, or areas that are cut
off from the signal
• About TV Antenna
6-3
823T824T̲web̲06.indd 6-3
08.8.12 4:21:34 PM
Watching TV
Watching TV
• Do not remove the battery while TV is in
operation. Channel settings, broadcast
memory, TV links, and other data may be
altered or deleted.
q Press H
Using Data Broadcasts
TV starts up in Data Broadcast Mode. In the data
broadcast area you can access a variety of
information relating to the program.
TV View Operations
6
TV
TV Screen
• TV starts up in full screen. Press H to
toggle view screens.
w Select channels using keypad
• Select channel 10 by pressing *,
channel 11 by 0, and channel 12 by
#.
Direct channel selection is unavailable
when keypad operations are used by the
data broadcaster while viewing in Data
Broadcast Mode.
• To change channels one by one, press D/
C. To automatically search for receivable
channels, press and hold D/C.
e To end TV, press O➡YES➡[
*1*2
Adjust Volume
A/B
Toggle View
Screens
H
Show Channel
Information
S (press and hold)
Capture Pictures
R
End TV
*3
L /O
*1 Functions assigned to E are different in
Landscape View (page 2-2).
*2 Moves cursor in Data Broadcast Mode.
*3 You cannot end TV in Data Broadcast Mode.
Data Broadcast Mode
• In the data broadcast area, use G to
move cursor and scroll pages.
• Press H while in Data Broadcast Mode to
show a data broadcast in full screen. To
return to the previous view and toggle
screens, press H.
• Press J (To TV) to switch to Image Mode.
Press J (ToData) in Image Mode to return
to Data Broadcast Mode.
• Receiving data broadcasts does not incur
transmission fees. However, you will be
charged if you use a service that connects
you to the Internet.
• Data broadcasts are unavailable in Landscape
View.
6-4
823T824T̲web̲06.indd 6-4
08.8.12 4:21:34 PM
Image and Sound
Using Program Guide
Image Mode Views
Press H to toggle view screens.
(E page 13-28)
Electronic Program Guide (EPG) S! Appli lets you
select a program and activate TV.
q Press [➡TV➡[➡Program Guide
➡[
④
①
②
③
⑤
Program Guide appears. For following
operations, see Program Guide help.
(E page 13-29)
• Set Data Communication Confirmation
More Features
⑥
④
Landscape View
Functions for Area and Channel Settings
(E page 6-7)
Functions While Watching TV
(E page 6-7)
Functions for Data Broadcasts
(E page 6-7)
Window
Set Secure Connection Confirmation Window
Set Memory Access Confirmation Window
Delete Broadcast Data
Set Location Information Send Setting
Set Whether or Not to Send Manufacture
Number
• Set Content Storage Location
•
•
•
•
•
6
TV
Image Mode in Portrait View
Set Brightness
Set Image Quality
Set Image Sharpness
Set Economy Mode
Set Subtitles
Set Audio Output
Data Broadcasts
•
•
•
•
•
•
TV View Screen Setting
(E page 13-28)
• Set TV Start-up View
Settings for Watching TV
(E page 13-28)
• Channel List Name
• Auto-off Timer
④
Full Screen View
① Station Name
③ Channel Number
⑤ Volume
② Program Title
④ Subtitle Area
⑥ Key Guide
6-5
823T824T̲web̲06.indd 6-5
08.8.12 4:21:35 PM
View Timer
Setting View Timer
e Select Channel➡[➡Channel List➡
[➡Select a station ➡[
• Configure channel settings in advance (page
6-3).
q Press [➡TV➡[➡Timer➡[
• The first time you use the timer, a warning
appears. Press B (twice) to select OK. If
you select NO in the confirmation
window, the warning will not appear from
the next time.
6
• Select Direct Input to directly input a
channel number.
r
Select Start Date➡[➡Enter a start
date and time ➡[➡Select End Date
➡[➡Enter an end date and time
• The view timer cannot be activated in the
following situations.
・If handset power is turned off
・In Card Reader mode
End any active functions before the view
time.
More Features
➡[
t Select Do not Repeat➡[➡Select a
Functions for View Timer
(E page 6-8)
TV
repeat method➡[➡Enter a repeat
duration ➡[
y Press J (OK)
Timer List Window
w Press J（Create）➡Manual➡[
When View Time is Near
Five minutes before the view timer is activated,
the notification window appears*, the alarm
sounds, and handset vibrates.
* The actual notification window may look
different from the following.
Settings for View Timer
(E page 13-30)
• Set Alarm Volume for Timer Notification
• Set Vibration for Timer Notification
• When handset is closed, a notification
message appears on External Display.
6-6
823T824T̲web̲06.indd 6-6
08.8.12 4:21:36 PM
Advanced Features
TV
From ➡ TV Screen page 6-4
Data Broadcast Mode page 6-4
Timer List Window page 6-6
Functions for Area and Channel Settings
Functions While Watching TV
Functions for Data Broadcasts
Select a Channel from Channel List
[Select Station]
Save/Use TV Links
TV Screen K➡Settings➡[➡Set Channels
➡[➡J➡Select a channel ➡[
■Saving a TV Link
Check Keys for Operating TV
Add a Reception Area
[Key Guide]
[Add Channel List]
TV Screen K➡Settings➡[➡Set Channels
➡[➡Empty➡[➡Manual➡[➡Select
an area➡[➡Select a prefecture ➡[
subdivision as well. If you select Hokkaido for
the area, select a city.
■Configuring Channel Settings
Automatically
TV Screen K➡Settings➡[➡Set Channels
➡[➡Empty➡[➡Scan➡[
Switch Reception Areas
[Switch Channel Lists]
TV Screen K➡Settings➡[➡Set Channels
➡[➡Select a channel list➡[
Data Broadcast Mode Select an item such as Save
TV Links➡[
• The actual procedure depends on the program.
For details, see the information within the data
broadcast.
■Accessing a Website from a TV Link
Capture a Picture
[Capture]
TV Screen View a program ➡K➡Capture➡
[➡YES➡[
• Captured pictures are saved in Pictures of
handset Data Folder.
• Except for your own personal enjoyment, any
use of captured pictures that infringes upon the
copyrights of copyright holders is prohibited.
• Due to copyright restrictions, you may not be
able to capture pictures of certain programs.
[➡TV➡[➡TV Links➡[➡Select a TV
link ➡[
6
TV
• For some prefectures, select a regional
TV Screen K➡Key Guide➡[
[Save/Use TV Links]
• To view a Memo, do the following.
[➡TV➡[➡TV Links➡[➡Select a
Memo ➡J
• The following icons appear to indicate TV link
types.
TV Links
Valid
Expired
Memo
Link communication
contents
Mobile contents
PC contents
• An Internet connection confirmation window
may appear depending on the TV link. If you
select Ask Once Only, the confirmation
window will not appear from the next time.
823T824T̲web̲06.indd 6-7
6-7
08.8.12 4:21:37 PM
Advanced Features
Functions for View Timer
Use Program Guide to Set View Timer
[Set Timer by Program Guide]
Timer List Window J➡Program Guide➡[➡
S! Appli starts ➡Select a program ➡Set the view
timer
Check/Edit/Delete Timer Information
[Check/Edit/Delete Timer Information]
6
■Checking Timer Information
TV
■Editing Timer Information
Check/Delete Timer Results
[Check/Delete Timer Results]
■Checking a Timer Result
[➡TV➡[➡Timer Results➡[➡Select
an entry ➡[
■Deleting a Timer Result
[➡TV➡[➡Timer Results➡[➡Select
an entry ➡K➡Delete➡[➡YES➡[
Timer List Window Select an entry ➡[
Timer List Window Select an entry ➡[➡J➡
Select an item ➡[➡Edit the item➡J
■Deleting a Timer Entry
Timer List Window Select an entry ➡K➡Delete➡
[➡YES➡[
• When the timer is set to repeat, a confirmation
window appears.
6-8
823T824T̲web̲06.indd 6-8
08.8.12 4:21:37 PM
7
823T824T̲web̲07.indd 7-1
Camera/Picture Editing
Camera･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 7-2
Basics ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 7-2
Taking Pictures ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 7-3
Camera Modes ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 7-3
Taking a Picture ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 7-3
Recording Videos ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 7-5
Video Modes ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 7-5
Recording a Video ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 7-5
Camera Functions ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 7-7
Delay Timer ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 7-7
Frame Setting (Still Picture) ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 7-7
Multi Shots (Still Picture) ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 7-7
Picture Editing ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 7-8
Basic Operations for Picture Editing ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 7-8
Changing Size ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 7-9
Picture Effects ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 7-9
Compounding Pictures ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 7-9
Advanced Features ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 7-10
08.8.12 4:22:07 PM
Camera
Basics
• Pictures are saved in JPEG format, and
videos in MPEG-4 format.
Use handset camera to take pictures and record videos.
7
• To avoid camera shake, hold handset firmly.
• Fingerprints or grime may affect focus. Wipe
Image Sizes
Shooting Modes
Select from a variety of sizes, from
handy-size pictures or videos perfect for
Sha-mail or Movie Sha-mail to high
resolution images, to fit your needs.
Use the delay timer, take pictures with
frames or other effects, or take
continuous shots.
Auto Focus
Picture Editing
When you press the shutter key, the
camera automatically detects the distance
to the subject and focuses.
Compose and edit images by adding
stamps or text to pictures you have
taken.
Camera/Picture Editing
Shoot Pictures/
Videos
Non-SoftBank
Mobile Phones
the lens with a soft cloth.
• Do not block the lens with your fingers or
strap when shooting pictures/videos.
Send by Sha-mail/
Movie Sha-mail
SoftBank
Handsets
PCs
7-2
823T824T̲web̲07.indd 7-2
08.8.12 4:22:07 PM
Taking Pictures
Camera Modes
■Mobile
Take pictures to set as wallpaper, etc.
■Digital
Take high-quality pictures to output to external
devices such as PC.
w Frame subject in Display➡[/R
Autofocus adjustment occurs prior to taking
a picture (focus frame appears).
The shutter clicks, and the preview window
appears.
Taking a Picture
q Press [➡Camera➡[➡Mobile or
Toggle Camera Modes
2
Zoom Adjustment
A/B*
Exposure Adjustment
D/C*
Mobile Light On/Off
*
Icons On/Off
0
Key Guide On/Off
1
* Functions assigned to E are different in
Landscape View (page 2-2).
Digital➡[
• Press R in Standby to activate
Viewfinder in the last Camera mode.
7
Press L➡YES➡[
e Press [/R
If Storage is set to Phone Memory, the
picture is saved to Pictures in Data Folder,
and Viewfinder reappears. If it is set to
Memory Card, a picture taken in Mobile
mode is saved to Pictures, one taken in
Digital mode to Digital Camera, and
Viewfinder reappears.
Camera/Picture Editing
Preview Window
• To delete the picture you have taken:
Viewfinder
Viewfinder Operations
• Capturing images in low-lighting may
compromise image quality. Capture images
in adequate lighting or use Mobile Light.
7-3
823T824T̲web̲07.indd 7-3
08.8.12 4:22:08 PM
Taking Pictures
More Features
Functions for Taking Pictures
(E page 7-10)
Common Functions After Shooting
Pictures/Videos
(E page 7-10)
7
Camera/Picture Editing
Settings for Shooting Pictures/Videos
(E page 13-25)
• Save Pictures/Videos Automatically
• Change Storage Location
• Set Image Quality
• Set White Balance
• Adjust Color Control
• Set Picture/Video Effects
• Adjust Flicker
• Set Shortcuts While Shooting Pictures/Videos
• Set File Name
Settings for Taking Pictures
(E page 13-26)
• Set Focus Mode
• Change Shutter Sound
• Add Date Stamps
• Set Guidelines
• Take a Picture for a Phone Book Entry
7-4
823T824T̲web̲07.indd 7-4
08.8.12 4:22:09 PM
Recording Videos
Video Modes
Recording a Video
■Video
Recorded videos are automatically saved to the
Videos folder in handset or memory card.
Record long videos.
■Video Mail
Shoot videos to send as attachments.
■Short Video
Shoot MPEG-4 videos and send to MPEG-4
compatible SoftBank handsets (PDC).
w Frame subject in Display➡[/R
Start tone sounds, and recording begins.
q Press [➡Camera➡[➡Video, Video
Mail or Short Video➡[
• Press and hold R in Standby to activate
Video Viewfinder in the last Video mode.
• In Video or Video Mail mode, press J
(Pause) to pause, then J (Record) to
resume recording.
Camera/Picture Editing
Video Viewfinder
7
7-5
823T824T̲web̲07.indd 7-5
08.8.12 4:22:09 PM
Recording Videos
e Press [/R
End tone sounds, and the first frame of the
recording appears.
Video Viewfinder Operations
Toggle Video Modes
3
Zoom Adjustment
A /B *
Exposure Adjustment
D /C *
Mobile Light On/Off
*
Icons On/Off
0
Key Guide On/Off
1
* Functions assigned to E are different in
Landscape View (page 2-2).
7
Preview Window
• To delete a video recorded in Video Mail
Camera/Picture Editing
or Short Video mode:
Press L➡YES➡[
• Videos recorded in Video mode are
automatically saved. To delete the
recording:
Press K➡Delete➡[➡YES➡[
r Press [/R
Files are saved in the location specified in
Storage and Video Viewfinder reappears.
More Features
Common Functions After Shooting
Pictures/Videos
(E page 7-10)
Settings for Shooting Pictures/Videos
(E page 13-25)
• Save Pictures/Videos Automatically
• Change Storage Location
• Set Image Quality
• Set White Balance
• Adjust Color Control
• Set Picture/Video Effects
• Adjust Flicker
• Set Shortcuts While Shooting Pictures/Videos
• Set File Name
Settings for Recording Videos
(E page 13-27)
• Do Not Record Sound
• Enlarge Video Viewfinder
• Change Start/End Tone
• Set Preview On/Off
• Set Recorded Video as a Ringtone Pattern
7-6
823T824T̲web̲07.indd 7-6
08.8.12 4:22:10 PM
Camera Functions
Delay Timer
Frame Setting (Still Picture) Multi Shots (Still Picture)
This feature allows you to take a picture or start
recording after [/R is pressed and a specified
time elapses.
q Activate Viewfinder➡K➡Add Frame
q Activate Viewfinder/Video Viewfinder
w Select Phone Memory or Memory Card
➡K➡Picture or Movie➡[
w
Select Delay Timer➡[
➡[
• Zoom is unavailable when the delay timer is
activated.
➡[
• To cancel the frame, select OFF.
e Select Pictures➡[
r Select a frame➡[ (twice)
cannot use Add Frame.
w Select a speed➡[
• When Camera mode is set to Digital, you
cannot use Multi Shots.
• Night mode is unavailable during Multi
Shots.
7
Camera/Picture Editing
e
q Activate Viewfinder➡K➡Multi Shots
➡[
• When Camera mode is set to Digital, you
Select seconds➡[
Take nine pictures in succession.
7-7
823T824T̲web̲07.indd 7-7
08.8.12 4:22:10 PM
Picture Editing
Images that have been captured and stored in
Data Folder or memory card can be edited.
The following types of files can be edited: JPEG
files of 2 Mbytes or less, PNG files of 1 Mbyte or
less.
Images that are larger than W240×H400 (W400
×H240) are reduced to W240×H400. A picture
that is smaller than W16×H16 cannot be edited.
• When saving edited image, select Save as
New to save as new file. If Overwrite is
selected, the original file cannot be restored.
• If Data Folder is full, delete unnecessary files
from Data Folder before editing a picture.
7
Basic Operations for Picture Editing
e Press K
q Press [➡Tools➡[➡Useful Tools➡
[➡Edit Picture➡[
r Select an edit type➡[➡Perform edit
operations
w Select Edit➡[➡Phone Memory or
Memory Card➡[➡Pictures or
Digital Camera➡[➡Select a picture
Camera/Picture Editing
➡[
t Press J（OK）➡Overwrite or Save as
New➡[
• When you edit pictures in Digital
Camera folder, the edited files cannot be
saved in Overwrite mode.
Picture Editing Window
7-8
823T824T̲web̲07.indd 7-8
08.9.2 11:12:26 AM
Changing Size
Picture Effects
Compounding Pictures
q In Picture Editing Window, press K➡
q In Picture Editing Window, press K➡
Compound two pictures.
Picture Size➡[
Effects➡[
q In Picture Editing Window, press K➡
Overlay➡[
w Select Phone Memory or Memory Card
➡[➡Pictures➡[➡Select a picture
w Select a picture size ➡[
• After selecting a size, use E to adjust the
position of the picture to clip.
• To adjust the width or height:
e Press K (Cut)➡[
Editing is completed.
• Use F to change the effect level in
Twinkle, Whitening, Change Color,
Shade Off, Pinch, and Brush Up.
e Press [
Editing is completed.
➡[
• Use F to adjust the translucency rate.
e Press [
Editing is completed.
7
More Features
Additional Picture Editing Functions
(E page 7-11)
Camera/Picture Editing
Press J (Resize)➡Fit to Width or Fit to
Length➡[
• To rotate the picture:
Press J (Resize)➡Rotate Image➡[
w Select an effect ➡[
7-9
823T824T̲web̲07.indd 7-9
08.8.12 4:22:11 PM
Advanced Features
Camera
Shoot with Focus Locked
[Auto Focus Lock]
From ➡ Viewfinder page 7-3
Preview Window page 7-3, 7-6
Video Viewfinder page 7-5
Functions for Taking Pictures
Quickly Focus on Nearby Subjects
[Macro]
Viewfinder K➡Function➡[➡Focus Mode
➡[➡Macro➡[
7
Shoot Scenery without Autofocus
Camera/Picture Editing
Viewfinder K➡Function➡[➡Focus Mode
➡[➡Infinity➡[
[Infinity]
• The focus mode setting (page 13-26) must be
Auto in order to use Auto Focus Lock.
Viewfinder Frame subject in Display➡H➡
Re-compose the image➡[/R➡[/R
• The focus frame turns from white to green
when focus was successful and it turns red
when focus has failed.
• After focusing on a subject, press H again to
re-focus on the subject.
Change Size of Pictures to Take
[Picture Size]
Viewfinder K➡Picture Size➡[➡Select a
picture size➡[
• For details on picture sizes, see page 14-20.
Take Night Scene Pictures
[Night]
Viewfinder K➡Night➡[➡ON➡[
• Night mode is unavailable during Multi Shots
(page 7-7).
Common Functions After Shooting
Pictures/Videos
View a Picture/Video in Data Folder
[View Picture/Video]
Viewfinder / Video Viewfinder K➡Data Folder➡
[➡Select a picture or video➡[
• To use the full screen, press J (Full) while
viewing a picture.
• To show the key guide, press 1 while
playing a video.
Send a Picture/Video via Mail
[As Mail]
• If Auto Save (page 13-25) is set to OFF, a
picture or video can be sent immediately after
it is taken or recorded.
• Videos recorded in Video mode cannot be
sent.
Preview Window J
• For details on creating S! Mail, see page 4-4.
Take Pictures with Beautiful Skin Tones
[Brush Up Mode]
Viewfinder K➡Brush Up➡[➡ON➡[
7-10
823T824T̲web̲07.indd 7-10
08.8.12 4:22:12 PM
Send a Picture/Video to Another Handset
[Via Infrared/Via Bluetooth®]
• If Auto Save (page 13-25) is set to OFF, a
picture or video can be sent immediately after
it is taken or recorded.
• Videos recorded in Video mode cannot be
sent.
Preview Window K➡Send via➡[➡Via
Infrared or Via Bluetooth➡[
• For sending by infrared communication, see
page 12-2. For sending by Bluetooth®
communication, see page 12-6.
Additional Picture Editing Functions
From ➡ Picture Editing Window page 7-8
Add Text to a Picture
[Add Text]
Picture Editing Window K➡Add Text➡[➡
Select a font size ➡[➡Enter text ➡[➡E
to adjust the position➡[➡J➡Overwrite or
Save as New➡[
■Changing Font Color
While selecting a position, J➡A/B➡[
■Changing Border Color
While selecting a position, J➡D/C➡[
[Add Frame]
Picture Editing Window K➡Add Frame➡[➡
Phone Memory or Memory Card➡[➡
Select a frame➡[➡E to adjust the position
➡[➡J➡Overwrite or Save as New➡[
[Add Stamp]
Picture Editing Window K➡Add Stamp➡[➡
Phone Memory or Memory Card➡[➡
Select a stamp➡[➡E to adjust the position
➡[➡J（twice）➡Overwrite or Save as
New➡[
• If the size of a stamp is larger than the picture,
the stamp cannot be added.
Rotate a Picture
[Rotate Image]
Picture Editing Window K➡Rotate Image➡[
➡J (
)/K (
) ➡[➡J➡
Overwrite or Save as New➡[
Apply a Mosaic to Part of a Picture
[Mosaic]
Picture Editing Window K➡Mosaic➡[➡E to
adjust the position➡[➡F to change the
texture➡[➡J➡Overwrite or Save as
New➡[
7
Camera/Picture Editing
Add a Frame to a Picture
Add a Stamp to a Picture
7-11
823T824T̲web̲07.indd 7-11
08.8.12 4:22:12 PM
Advanced Features
Mix Pictures to Create Wallpaper
[Wallpaper]
[➡Tools➡[➡Useful Tools➡[➡Edit
Picture➡[➡Wallpaper➡[➡Select [1]➡
[➡Phone Memory or Memory Card➡[
➡Select a picture➡[➡E to compose the
image➡[➡Select [2] to [4] and repeat the
operations➡J➡Phone Memory or Memory
Card➡[
• To unset a picture, press K (Delete).
7
Brighten Dark Areas of a Picture
[Change Bright]
Camera/Picture Editing
[➡Tools➡[➡Useful Tools➡[➡Edit
Picture➡[➡Change Bright➡[➡
Phone Memory or Memory Card➡[➡
Select a picture➡[➡F to adjust the
brightness➡[➡Overwrite or Save as New
➡[
• A picture cannot be saved if its brightness is
set to 0 %.
7-12
823T824T̲web̲07.indd 7-12
08.8.12 4:22:13 PM
8
823T824T̲web̲08.indd 8-1
Media Player/S! Appli
Playing Music and Videos ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 8-2
About Music/Video Playback ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 8-2
Obtaining Music and Videos ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 8-3
Playing Music･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 8-4
Playing Music with Music Player ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 8-5
Playing Videos ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 8-5
Playlists ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 8-7
Using Playlists ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 8-7
S! Appli ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 8-8
Using S! Appli ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 8-8
Downloading S! Appli ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 8-8
Starting S! Appli ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 8-8
Advanced Features ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 8-10
08.8.12 4:22:38 PM
Playing Music and Videos
About Music/Video Playback
Music and videos stored on handset are played and managed with Media Player.
• Access Web pages to get music/video files.
• See page 14-20 for a list of file types that can be played with Media Player.
• Use Earphone-Microphone and a wireless device to play music files with Media Player via a wireless connection.
Play/Manage Music and Video Files
Yahoo! Keitai
Download
Play Music Files
Transfer music files
8
Media Player/S! Appli
PC
Create your own
playlists by artist and
album.
Record videos
Play Video Files
Handset
• Media Player cannot be used when battery power is low. Charge the battery to use Media Player.
8-2
823T824T̲web̲08.indd 8-2
08.8.12 4:22:39 PM
Obtaining Music and Videos
Download music and video files from Yahoo!
Keitai, etc.
• You can connect handset to your PC with the
USB cable and transfer music files to handset.
For details on transferring music files, see page
12-8.
q Press [➡Media Player➡[
Streaming
Access Web pages for streaming music/video files.
• Packet transmission fees apply even if playback
is paused because handset continues network
communication.
q Press [➡Media Player➡[
w Select Streaming➡[➡Enter URL➡
Streaming from Links in Messages and Web Pages
Stream content by selecting a link.
q Select a link in S! Mail/SMS➡[➡By
Yahoo! Keitai or By PC Browser➡[
• To stream from a link on a Web page:
Select a link➡[
• Operations may vary depending on the
website.
[➡Enter a URL➡[
Streaming from Bookmarked Pages
Access the bookmarked Web pages for streaming.
q Press [➡Media Player➡[
w Select Streaming➡[➡Bookmarks
Videos➡[➡YES➡[
• Follow the onscreen instructions.
➡[
e Select a bookmark➡[
Streaming from Recent URLs
q Press [➡Media Player➡[
w Select Streaming➡[➡Recent➡[
e Select a title➡[
8
Media Player/S! Appli
w Select Audio or Videos➡[
e Select Download Music or Download
8-3
823T824T̲web̲08.indd 8-3
08.8.12 4:22:40 PM
Playing Music and Videos
Playing Music
• When you close handset while playing music
with Media Player, Music Player appears on
External Display.
q Press [➡Media Player➡[➡Audio
➡[
e Select a music file➡[
• If a music file includes a jacket photo, the
jacket photo appears when the file is
selected in the list window. Press 8
during playback to switch the jacket photo.
• To end Media Player, press O.
Music File Playback Window
①
②
③
④
⑤
⑫
⑬
⑭
⑥ ⑦ ⑧⑨ ⑩ ⑪
Music File Playback Window
Audio Menu Window
8
w Select All Music➡[
Media Player/S! Appli
All Music List Window
• Select Disc Search to show all music files
by artist and album.
• Select Artist, Album or Folder to show
music files by artist, album or folder,
respectively.
①Title
②Artist Name/Album Name
③Playback Image
④Play Mode
All
Repeat
Repeat All
Random
Current Only
⑤File Number/Total Number of Files
⑥Key Guide
⑦Web Link
⑧Playback Volume
⑨Voice Cancel
⑩Surround
⑪Equalizer
⑫Playback Status
Play
Fast Forward
Pause
Rewind
Buffering
Stop
⑬Elapsed Playback Time/Total Playback Time
⑭Progress Bar
8-4
823T824T̲web̲08.indd 8-4
08.8.12 4:22:40 PM
Operations While Playing/Paused
Playing Music with Music Player
Playing Videos
Return to the
Beginning of a File/
Skip to Previous File
*/D
If you close handset while playing music with
Media Player, Music Player will be activated
automatically to continue playback.
q Press [➡Media Player➡[➡Videos
Skip to Next File
#/C
Fast Forward
Press and hold
C
Press and hold
Rewind
D
Adjust Volume
G
Key Guide
1
➡[
Activating Music Player
q Close handset while playing music files
with Media Player
• When battery level is low, Music Player
Video Menu Window
won't launch.
Music Player Playback Window
① ②
w Select Videos➡[➡Phone Memory or
Memory Card➡[
8
③
① Play mode
② Playback status
③ Title, artist name and album name run in a
ticker from right to left.
Video List Window
e
Select a video file➡[
Media Player/S! Appli
Ｔｒａｃｋ０
Music Player Playback Window
8-5
823T824T̲web̲08.indd 8-5
08.8.12 4:22:42 PM
Playing Music and Videos
Video File Playback Window
①
Operations While Playing/Paused
Skip to Previous File
*/D
Skip to Next File
#/C
Fast Forward
②
Rewind
⑦
⑧
⑨
③
④ ⑤⑥
Video File Playback Window
8
Media Player/S! Appli
①File Name/Artist Name
②Video
③File Number/Total Number of Files
④Key Guide
⑤Web Link
⑥Playback Volume
⑦Playback Status
Press and hold
C while playing
Press and hold
D while playing
Adjust Volume
G
Key Guide
1
More Features
Functions for Music/Video Playback
(E page 8-10)
Playback Features（Music）
(E page 8-10)
Playback Features（Video）
(E page 8-10)
Functions for Music/Video Files
(E page 8-10)
Settings for Playing Music
(E page 13-31)
• Set Audio Output
• Set Wallpaper During Playback
Play
Fast Forward
Pause
Rewind
Buffering
Stop
⑧Elapsed Playback Time/Total Playback Time
⑨Progress Bar
8-6
823T824T̲web̲08.indd 8-6
08.8.12 4:22:42 PM
Playlists
Using Playlists
Create a list of your favorite songs and play them
as a set. Add music files to playlists by all tracks at
once, by artist, or by album.
t Select a music file➡[
• To select other files, repeat this step.
w Select a playlist➡K➡Rename➡[
e Edit the playlist name ➡[
q Press [➡Media Player➡[➡Audio
More Features
➡[➡Playlist➡[
Memory or Memory Card➡[
e Enter a playlist name ➡[➡YES➡[
y Press J (Create)
q Press [➡Media Player➡[➡Audio
(E page 8-11)
Playlist Window
8
Media Player/S! Appli
Playlist Creation Window
r
Functions for Playlists
Playing a Playlist
➡[➡Playlist➡[
Select All Music➡[
• To select music files by artist or by album:
Select Artist or Album➡[➡Select an
artist or album➡[
q Press [➡Media Player➡[➡Audio
➡[➡Playlist➡[
Adding Songs to a Playlist
w Press K➡New Playlist➡[➡Phone
Changing a Playlist Name
w Select a playlist ➡J (Play)
8-7
823T824T̲web̲08.indd 8-7
08.8.12 4:22:43 PM
S! Appli
Using S! Appli
Downloading S! Appli
Starting S! Appli
Download S! Appli from S! Appli sites on the
Internet. Downloading incurs the same amount of
transmission fees as when you use the Internet.
• For details, contact SoftBank General
Information (page 14-46).
• You can download and use only S! Appli that
are specially designed for SoftBank handsets.
q Press [➡S! Appli➡[➡Library
q Press [➡S! Appli➡[➡Library
➡[
➡[
• To switch to memory card Library, press
J(
).
w Select an S! Appli➡[
• When you use a Network S! Appli, a
S! Appli Library
w Select More S! Appli➡[➡YES➡
8
[➡Select an S! Appli➡Download
transmission fee is charged each time the
application connects to the network.
• When using a Network S! Appli while
Access under Security is set to Blanket,
handset automatically connects to the
network without alert.
➡[
Media Player/S! Appli
e Select Phone Memory or Memory Card
➡[
Downloading begins.
• A confirmation window appears when the
download is completed.
Pausing/Resuming/Ending S! Appli
q While an S! Appli is running, press O
w Select Pause, Resume or End➡[
• If battery level is low, the application may
not be completely downloaded.
• If you replace USIM Card, downloaded
applications will no longer be available.
8-8
823T824T̲web̲08.indd 8-8
08.8.12 4:22:44 PM
Resuming/Ending Paused S! Appli
q
More Features
Press [➡S! Appli➡[➡Library
➡[
S! Appli
(E page 8-12)
w Select Resume or Exit➡[
Operational Settings
(E page 13-32)
Change Sound Effect Volume
Set Backlight
Set Flashing of Backlight
Set Vibration
Set Priority While Running S! Appli
Other Settings
(E page 13-32)
• Set Confirmation Window for Making Calls or
Network Connection
• Update S! Appli Information on Memory Card
• View S! Appli License Information
• Check S! Appli Root Certificates
•
•
•
•
•
8
Media Player/S! Appli
8-9
823T824T̲web̲08.indd 8-9
08.9.2 11:14:00 AM
Advanced Features
Media Player
From ➡ All Music List Window
Music File Playback Window
Video Menu Window
Video List Window
Video File Playback Window
Playlist Window
8
page 8-4
page 8-4
page 8-5
page 8-5
page 8-6
page 8-7
Playback Features (Music)
Playback Features (Video)
Play Songs in Random Order
[Random Play]
Window Size
Music File Playback Window While a file is playing/
paused➡K➡Play Mode➡[➡Random➡
Video File Playback Window While a file is playing/
paused➡K➡Normal Screen or Full Screen
[
➡[
[Normal Screen/Full Screen]
Media Player/S! Appli
Functions for Music/Video Playback
Repeat
Specify a Point to Start Playback
[Search Time]
Music File Playback Window While a file is playing/
paused➡K➡Play Mode➡[➡Repeat or
Repeat All➡[
Sort Music/Video Files
Change Sound Quality
[Surround/Equalizer/Voice Cancel]
[➡Select a criterion➡[
Music File Playback Window While a file is playing/
paused➡K➡Surround, Equalizer or Voice
Cancel➡[➡Select a sound effect, ON or
OFF➡[
Video List Window Select a file➡K➡Change
View➡[➡Sort by➡[➡Select a criterion➡
Music File Playback Window / Video File Playback Window
While a file is playing/paused➡K➡Search
Time➡[➡Enter a start position (time)➡[
Access Recently Played Files
[Recent]
Playlist Window / Video Menu Window Recent➡[
➡Select a file➡[
[Repeat Play]
Functions for Music/Video Files
[Sort by]
■Music Files
All Music List Window Select a file➡K➡Sort by➡
■Video Files
[
Run Media Player in Background
[Multitask]
Music File Playback Window While a file is playing/
paused➡J
8-10
823T824T̲web̲08.indd 8-10
08.8.12 4:22:45 PM
Send Music/Video Files to Another Handset
[Send File]
[➡Data Folder➡[➡Ring Song・Tone,
Music or Videos➡[➡Select a music or video
file➡K➡Send➡[➡Select a transmission
method➡[
• For sending by infrared communication, see
page 12-2. For sending by Bluetooth®
communication, see page 12-6.
Functions for Playlists
From ➡ Music File Playback Window page 8-4
Playlist Window page 8-7
Add a Song Being Played to a Playlist
[To Playlist]
Music File Playback Window While a file is playing/
paused➡K➡To Playlist➡[➡Select a
playlist➡[
Change Playing Order of a Playlist
[Change Order]
Playlist Window Select a playlist➡[➡Select a
file➡J➡Select a position➡[
Delete Songs from a Playlist
[Remove Tracks]
Playlist Window Select a playlist➡[➡K➡
Remove Tracks➡[➡One➡[➡YES➡
[
View Music/Video File Properties
[Details]
All Music List Window / Video List Window Select a file
➡K➡Details➡[
Add a Song Being Played to My Library
[To My Library]
Music File Playback Window While a file is playing/
paused➡Press and hold H
• To delete multiple music files, select Select
Multi, select files you want to delete, and
press J.
• If you delete all files on a playlist, the playlist
will be deleted, too.
Add Songs to a Playlist
Copy a Playlist
[Copy Playlist]
Playlist Window Select a playlist➡K➡Copy➡
[➡Phone Memory or Memory Card➡[
Delete a Playlist
[Delete Playlist]
Media Player/S! Appli
[Add Tracks]
Playlist Window Select a playlist ➡[➡K➡Add
Tracks➡[➡All Music➡[➡Select a
music file➡[➡J
• To select music files by artist or album, select
Artist or Album and select an artist or album,
respectively.
8
Playlist Window Select a playlist ➡K➡Delete➡
[➡YES➡[
8-11
823T824T̲web̲08.indd 8-11
08.8.12 4:22:45 PM
Advanced Features
S! Appli
Move S! Appli
[Move/Select Multi/Move All]
From ➡ S! Appli Library page 8-8
■Moving One Application
■Deleting One Application
Set an S! Appli as Screensaver
[S! Appli Screensaver Settings]
S! Appli Library Select an application➡K➡Move
➡[➡One➡[➡YES➡[
➡[➡One➡[➡YES➡[
[➡S! Appli➡[➡Settings➡[➡
Screensaver➡[
■Moving Multiple Applications
■Deleting Multiple Applications
■Selecting an S! Appli
S! Appli Library K➡Move➡[➡Select Multi
➡[➡Select applications➡[➡J➡YES➡
S! Appli Library K➡Delete➡[➡Select Multi
➡[➡Select applications➡[➡J➡YES➡
Screensavers➡[➡Select an S! Appli➡[
[
[
➡YES➡[
■Moving All Applications
■Deleting All Applications
S! Appli Library K➡Move➡[➡All➡[➡
Enter Handset Code➡YES➡[
• Screensaver settings will be canceled if an
S! Appli set as Screensaver is moved to
memory card.
• Some preinstalled S! Appli cannot be moved
depending on the application. Some S! Appli
cannot be moved to memory card depending
on the application.
• If there is the same S! Appli on handset and
memory card, the S! Appli will be overwritten.
S! Appli Library K➡Delete➡[➡All➡[➡
Enter Handset Code➡YES➡[
• If a preinstalled S! Appli is deleted, Reset All
does not restore the application.
■Setting S! Appli Start Time
K➡Start Time➡[➡Enter a time before
S! Appli starts➡[
8
Delete S! Appli
[Delete/Select Multi/Delete All]
• Even if there is an incoming call, Answering
Media Player/S! Appli
Machine will not operate when an S! Appli is
set as Screensaver or when Voice Call of
Calls&Alarms (page 13-32) is set to Continue
Apps.
• Some Screensaver S! Appli may pause when
the time set for Power Saving (page 13-5) is
reached depending on the application.
• Some S! Appli cannot be set as Screensaver
depending on the application.
S! Appli Library Select an application➡K➡Delete
View S! Appli Properties
[Details]
S! Appli Library Select an S! Appli➡K➡Details
➡[
8-12
823T824T̲web̲08.indd 8-12
08.8.12 4:22:46 PM
823T824T̲web̲09.indd 9-1
9
Tools
Tools ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 9-2
About Tools ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 9-2
Calendar/Tasks ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 9-4
Saving Events･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 9-4
Time Table ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 9-7
Creating a Time Table ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 9-7
Notepad････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 9-8
Using Notepad･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 9-8
Voice Recorder ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 9-9
S! GPS Navi ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 9-10
Using S! GPS Navi ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 9-10
Idokoro Mail ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 9-12
Using Idokoro Mail ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 9-12
Alarms ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 9-14
Using Alarms ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 9-14
World Clock ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 9-15
Calculator/Dictionary ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 9-16
Using Calculator ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 9-16
Using Dictionaries ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 9-16
Kitchen Timer ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 9-17
Measuring Time ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 9-17
S! Quick News ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 9-18
Checking for Information Updates ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 9-18
S! Information Channel ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 9-19
Browsing Updated Information ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 9-19
Document Viewer ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 9-20
Viewing PC Files ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 9-20
Electronic Books ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 9-21
Using BookSurfing® ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 9-21
Barcode Reader ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 9-22
Scanning QR Codes ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 9-22
Ku-man's Room (Japanese) ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 9-23
Opening Ku-man's Room･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 9-23
Advanced Features ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 9-24
08.8.12 4:23:14 PM
Tools
About Tools
You can use the following useful functions.
Information
Management
Tools
Manage information
on handset.
Calendar
View Calendar and save events.
Use information stored in the
events to make calls and create
messages.
S! Quick News
Check various pieces of
information delivered at a
regular interval and S! Loop
items from Active Window.
9
Tools
S! Information Channel
Information
Browsing
Tools
View and check all kinds
of information.
Automatically download
subscribed information. Use
Weather Indicator that posts
weather forecast in Standby.
Tasks
Time Table
Save tasks with time limit.
Set the alarm for deadline, or
organize tasks to check based
on whether they are Completed,
Not Completed or Overdue.
Notepad
Create a time table and check
your class schedule.
Voice Recorder
Save notes. You can access
saved notes while entering text.
This is especially useful if oftenused phrases and memos are
saved.
Record and play back sounds.
The recordings can be sent
via mail and set as ringtone.
Document Viewer
Electronic Books
®
View PDF, Microsoft Office
Word, Excel, and Power Point®
documents.
Use BookSurfing® to view
electronic books, comics, and
albums.
9-2
823T824T̲web̲09.indd 9-2
08.8.12 4:23:15 PM
Lifestyle
Support
Tools
Other Tools
Barcode Reader
Ku-man's Room (Japanese)
Scan QR codes with the camera, Visit Ku-man's Room to change
and use scanned information.
his outfit or receive messages
from him.
These tools support
everyday life.
S! GPS Navi
Idokoro Mail
Alarms
World Clock
Uses positioning information
to show your location on a
map or the best route to your
destination.
Sends messages to inform
others when you have entered
or left a specific area.
An alarm sounds at a specified
time. You can set the alarm to
sound only on a specific day of
the week and set the snooze
function.
View dates and times of cities
around the world. It is also
possible to show the current
times of two cities (countries)
in Standby.
Dictionary
Three useful dictionaries,
Japanese, English-Japanese
and Japanese-English, are
available on handset.
Kitchen Timer
Set an alarm to sound after
a specific time expires.
Tools
Calculator
Includes basic arithmetic
operations, percentages, and
memory. You can also calculate
currency conversions.
9
9-3
823T824T̲web̲09.indd 9-3
08.8.12 4:23:16 PM
Calendar/Tasks
Saving Events
Opening Calendar
q Press and hold A
Saving an Event
q From Calendar Window, select the date
y Select Alarm➡[➡ON➡[
to save an event➡J (Create)
Event Alarm Setting Window
u Select Time➡[➡Enter a date and
Create Event Window
Calendar Window
•"
9
" and/or the start time, event title and
stamp icon are shown on the date that has
events.
• Press * or # to switch to the
previous or next window.
Tools
w Press H to select a view format
• Switch between Monthly View, Monthly &
Event View, Weekly View, 4 Month View
and All View.
Jumping to a Specified Date
q In Calendar Window, press K➡Jump
➡[
w Enter a date➡[
w Select Title➡[➡Enter a title➡[
e Select the start date and time field➡
[➡Date&Time or Date Only ➡[➡
Enter a date and time➡[
• Enter a time in the 24-hour system.
• Enter only a date, when you select Date
Only.
r Select End Date➡[➡Enter a date
and time➡[
• Enter a time in the 24-hour system.
• If Date Only is selected for the start date
and time, this field cannot be entered.
t Select Contents➡[➡Enter details of
time➡[➡J（OK）
• Enter a time in the 24-hour system.
i Press J (OK)➡OK➡[
• If you select Notify Only Once when a
confirmation window appears telling that
the alarm will not start if the power is
turned off, this window will not appear
from the next time.
Alarm Time Operations
The alarm stops automatically after a set ring time,
but you can also stop it manually.
q Press any key while the alarm is
sounding
• To view the event details, press J (View)
after stopping the alarm.
the event➡[
9-4
823T824T̲web̲09.indd 9-4
08.9.2 11:14:38 AM
Checking an Event
Deleting an Event
q From Calendar Window, select the date q From Daily View Window, select the
to check➡[
• From All View Window, select an event and
press [ to open Event Details Window.
event to delete
w Press K➡Delete➡[
e Select One➡[➡YES➡[
• To delete all events for the day:
Select For this Day➡[➡YES➡[
e Select Title➡[➡Enter a title➡[
r Select Deadline➡[➡Enter a date
and time➡[
• Enter a time in the 24-hour system.
t Select Contents➡[➡Enter details of
the task➡[
y Select Alarm➡[➡ON➡[
Deleting All Previous Events
q From Calendar Window, select the next
day of the event to delete
Daily View Window
w Select an event➡[
w
Press K➡Delete➡[➡Before Today
➡[➡YES➡[
Saving Tasks
u Select Time➡[➡Enter a date and
time➡[➡J（OK）
• Enter a time in the 24-hour system.
i Press J (OK)➡OK➡[
9
Tools
q Press [➡Tools➡[➡Tasks➡[
w Press K➡Create New➡[
Task Alarm Setting Window
• If you select Notify Only Once when a
confirmation window appears telling that
the alarm will not start if the power is
turned off, this window will not appear
from the next time.
Event Details Window
New Task Window
9-5
823T824T̲web̲09.indd 9-5
08.8.12 4:23:17 PM
Calendar/Tasks
Alarm Time Operations
The alarm stops automatically after a set ring time,
but you can also stop it manually.
q Press any key while the alarm is
sounding
• To view the task details, press J (View)
after stopping the alarm.
Checking Tasks
q Press [➡Tools➡[➡Tasks➡[
9
Tasks Window
Tools
• To change the view format:
Press K➡Change View➡[➡Select a
view format➡[
• To change the status of a task:
Select a task➡J (Status)➡Select the
status➡[
Deleting a Task
• Set Link Information (Message/Web Page/
Image)
q From Tasks Window, select the task to
• Set a Location
w Press K➡Delete➡[➡One➡[➡
(E page 13-39)
• Set Start-up View of Calendar
• Change Font Color of Events
• Lock Calendar
delete
YES➡[
More Features
Functions for Calendar
(E page 9-24)
Functions for Saving Events/Tasks
(E page 9-24)
Functions for Saving Events
(E page 9-25)
Functions for Saving Tasks
(E page 9-25)
Functions for Checking/Managing Events
(E page 9-25)
Functions for Checking/Managing Tasks
(E page 9-26)
Settings for Calendar
Settings for Saving Tasks
(E page 13-39)
Change Alarm Volume
Change Vibration
Set an Image to Appear at Set Time
Set a Stamp Icon
Set Task Priority
Set Task Status
Settings for Tasks
(E page 13-40)
• Lock Tasks
•
•
•
•
•
•
Settings for Saving Events
(E page 13-38)
• Change Alarm Volume
• Change Vibration
• Set an Image to Appear at Set Time
• Set a Stamp Icon
• Set Category
• Set a Phone Number/E-mail Address/URL
9-6
823T824T̲web̲09.indd 9-6
08.8.12 4:23:17 PM
Time Table
Creating a Time Table
A time table from Monday to Saturday can be
created.
Subjects and classrooms of up to eight periods per
day, and font colors can be entered/specified.
q Press [➡Tools➡[➡Useful Tools➡
[➡Time Table➡[
e Select Subject➡[➡Enter a subject
➡[
• To enter a classroom, teacher or memo:
Select an item➡[➡Enter information
More Features
Time Table Functions
(E page 9-26)
➡[
• To specify the background or font color:
Select BG Color or Font Color ➡[➡
Select a background or font color➡[
r Press J (OK)
Time Table Settings
(E page 13-40)
• Set Start/End Time of a Period
• Reset Time Settings to Default
Checking Time Table
q From Time Table Window, select a
period➡[
Time Table Window
w
Select a period➡K➡Edit ➡[
Deleting a Class from Time Table
q From Time Table Window, select the
w Press K➡Delete➡[➡One➡[➡
YES➡[
9
Tools
period to delete
9-7
823T824T̲web̲09.indd 9-7
08.8.12 4:23:18 PM
Notepad
Using Notepad
q Press [➡Tools➡[➡Notepad ➡[
Deleting a Notepad
q
From Notepad List Window, select a
notepad
w Press K➡Delete➡[➡One➡[➡
More Features
Notepad Functions
（E page 9-26)
YES➡[
Notepad List Window
w
e Enter contents➡[
Select a blank notepad➡[
Setting Category
9
q From Notepad List Window, select the
Tools
notepad to set an icon for➡K➡Set
Category➡[
w Select a category➡[
The icon of the selected category appears.
Viewing Notepad
q From Notepad List Window, select a
notepad➡[
9-8
823T824T̲web̲09.indd 9-8
08.8.12 4:23:18 PM
Voice Recorder
• Use Voice Recorder exercising common morals
and manners.
• Note that recording of some concerts and
shows is not allowed even for personal use.
• If handset receives a call during recording,
recording ends and data is automatically saved
in order to give priority to the call. If you don't
want to receive calls during recording, set
handset to Offline Mode.
q Press [➡Tools➡[➡Useful Tools➡
[➡Voice Recorder ➡[
w Select Record➡[ (twice)
q From Voice Recorder Window, select
Recordings➡[
w Select Phone Memory or Memory
Card ➡[
Voice Recorder Recording Window
• Sound is recorded through the
microphone.
• Press J (Pause) to pause recording. To
resume recording, press [. To save the
recording data, press J (Save).
• When the remaining time available for
recording is less than 10 seconds,
flashes.
Voice Recorder Window
Playing Recordings
e Press [
• Use G during playback to adjust the
volume.
More Features
Voice Recorder Functions
(E page 9-27)
9
Tools
Sounds recorded with Voice Recorder are
automatically saved in the Ring Song・
Tone folder.
e Select a file➡[
9-9
823T824T̲web̲09.indd 9-9
08.8.12 4:23:19 PM
S! GPS Navi
Using S! GPS Navi
About S! GPS Navi
S! GPS Navi uses location information obtained
from the GPS satellite and by communication with
base stations.
View on the map where you are, and send your
location information to compatible SoftBank
handsets.
The navigation application (Navi appli) is
preinstalled on handset. For details, contact
SoftBank General Information (page 14-46).
Starting Navi Appli
Use Navi appli to retrieve information about your
current location or check the route to your
destination.
q Press [➡Tools➡[➡S! GPS Navi
➡[
9
Locate other people or detect the approximate
position of your handset in case it is lost.
q From S! GPS Navi Window, select Ichi
Navi➡[
• Follow the onscreen instructions.
• To use Ichi Navi, the person requesting
location information must join the service.
• Before receiving a request for location
• When signal reception of the GPS satellite is
Tools
poor, handset position is determined by base
station information. However, the margin of
error may vary from a few hundred meters to
several kilometers in radius, depending on
the base station's location/signal strength.
• When you cannot confirm the right location,
move to a place where you can see the sky.
• SoftBank accepts no liability for any
damages arising from use of the location
information provided.
• Positioning cannot be performed by handset
while Positioning Lock is in use.
Using Ichi Navi
S! GPS Navi Window
w Select Navi Appli ➡[
Checking Your Current Position
q From S! GPS Navi Window, select Locate
information, you need to sign up on Yahoo!
Keitai the people you allow to request
location information (people you inform of
your location).
• Ichi Navi is not effective in areas that are out
of signal range.
• You need to apply and make settings in
advance so that you can search for a lost
handset from a PC.
Me➡[
• Confirmation window appears. Select Ask
Once Only to always send location
information without confirmation.
• When the location information send setting
(LocationProperty) is set to Do not Send,
the current position cannot be checked. Set
to Always Ask or Send.
9-10
823T824T̲web̲09.indd 9-10
08.9.2 11:16:27 AM
More Features
Functions for S! GPS Navi
(E page 9-27)
Settings for S! GPS Navi
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
(E page 13-41)
Save a Map URL
Edit Map URL Display Name
Edit Map URL
Delete a Map URL
Set Map URL
Set Navi Appli
Lock Positioning
Set Location Information Send Setting
9
Tools
9-11
823T824T̲web̲09.indd 9-11
08.8.12 4:23:20 PM
Idokoro Mail
Using Idokoro Mail
Inform other people of your arrival in or departure
from a specified area. Send your location
information by a simple operation (Simple Notice).
Saving People to Recipients List
q Press [➡Tools➡[➡Useful Tools➡
[➡Idokoro Mail➡[➡Enter
Handset Code
• When signal reception from the GPS satellite
9
Tools
is poor, handset position is determined by
base station information. However, the
margin of error may vary from a few hundred
meters to several kilometers in radius,
depending on the base station's location/
signal strength.
• When you cannot confirm the right location,
move to a place where you can see the sky.
• SoftBank accepts no liability for any
damages arising from use of the location
information provided.
• Positioning cannot be performed by handset
while Positioning Lock is in use.
• Transmission fees apply for sending mail
notifications and using positioning service.
• Idokoro Mail is unavailable while using
handset abroad.
Saving Locations to Areas List
q From Idokoro Mail Window, select
Areas List ➡[
• If Recipients List has no entry, a message
appears. Save addresses to Recipients List
to use Idokoro Mail.
w Select an area list item➡[
Idokoro Mail Window
w Select Recipients List ➡[➡Select a
list item➡[
Area Settings Window
e Select Area Name➡[➡Enter an area
name➡[
r Select Set Location➡[➡Current➡
[➡Start positioning
Recipient Window
e Select Recipient ➡[➡Select an entry
from Phone Book➡[➡Select a phone
number or e-mail address➡[
r Select each mail notification➡[➡Yes
or No➡[➡J (OK)
• To specify from Location Logs or My
Locations:
Select Location Logs or My Locations
➡[➡Select location information➡[
• To specify from Phone Book:
Select Phone Book➡[➡Select a
Phone Book entry that has location
information➡[
9-12
823T824T̲web̲09.indd 9-12
08.8.12 4:23:20 PM
t Select Launch Setting➡[➡Select
Date➡[➡Date➡[➡Enter a date➡
[➡Arrivals Time or Departures Time
➡[➡ON➡[➡Enter a start time
and duration➡[➡J (OK)
• To specify a day of the week:
Select Weekly ➡[➡Select Arrive or
Depart for a day of the week➡[➡ON
➡[➡Enter a start time and duration➡
[➡J (OK)
y Press J (OK)
Mail Notifications
Automatically Sending Notifications
When the specified time comes, your current
position is obtained using GPS and it is compared
with location information of the saved area. When
your departure or arrival is confirmed, a mail
notification is sent. When your departure or arrival
cannot be confirmed in the specified time period
or positioning cannot be performed because you
are out of range, a mail notification is
automatically sent.
Manually Sending Notifications (Simple Notice)
Send a Simple Notice to preset recipients
(Recipients must be set to Yes in Recipient
Window).
• Side Key must be set to SimpleNotice in
advance (page 2-4).
closed
Functions for Idokoro Mail
(Epage 9-28)
9
Tools
q Press and hold R while handset is
More Features
9-13
823T824T̲web̲09.indd 9-13
08.8.12 4:23:21 PM
Alarms
Using Alarms
r Select Once➡[➡Select a repeat
interval➡[
• When you select Weekly, do the
following.
Select day(s) of the week➡[➡J (OK)
Setting an Alarm
q Press [➡Tools➡[➡Alarms➡[
t Select Snooze➡[➡ON or OFF➡[
➡Enter a time between alarm tones
➡[
y
Alarm List Window
w Select an alarm➡[
Press J (OK)➡OK➡[
• If you select Notify Only Once when a
confirmation window appears telling that
the alarm will not start if the power is
turned off, this window will not appear
from the next time.
Alarm Time Operations
9
Tools
The alarm stops automatically after a set ring time,
but you can also stop it manually.
Set Alarm Window
e Select Time➡[➡Enter a time➡[
• Enter a time in the 24-hour system.
q Press any key while the alarm is
sounding
When Snooze is Set
If Snooze is set to ON, the alarm plays in specified
intervals up to five additional times.
To stop Snooze and return to Standby:
Stop the alarm➡Stop Snooze➡[➡YES
Canceling an Alarm
q From Alarm List Window, select the
alarm to cancel
w Press J (ON/OFF)
Deleting an Alarm
q From Alarm List Window, select the
alarm to delete
w Press K➡Reset ➡[➡YES➡[
More Features
Alarm Functions
(Epage 9-28)
Alarm Settings
(E page 13-42)
• Change Alarm Volume
• Change Vibration
• Set an Image to Appear at Set Time
➡[
9-14
823T824T̲web̲09.indd 9-14
08.8.12 4:23:21 PM
World Clock
Handset shows the time of the city set as Main
City. If you set City 1 and City 2, and set WorldDigital or World-Analog as Standby clock (page
2-8), the dates and times of both City 1 and City 2
are shown in Standby.
Viewing World Clock
Setting World Clock
In World Clock Window, move cursor (yellow line)
on the map to view dates, times and time
differences of major cities. The time zones of City
1 and City 2 are indicated in green and red lines,
respectively.
Setting City 1/City 2
q Press [➡Tools➡[➡Useful Tools➡
q Press [➡Settings➡[➡Phone
[➡World Clock➡[
Settings➡[➡Clock➡[➡World
Clock➡[
More Features
World Clock Functions
(E page 9-28)
World Clock Settings
(E page 13-42)
• Set a City by GMT Time Difference
• Set Daylight Saving Time (DST)
World Clock Window
World Clock Setting Window
select a city➡[
• To switch Daylight Saving Time (DST) on or
off, press J (DSTon) or J (DSToff).
9
Tools
w Select City 1 or City 2➡[➡F to
w Use F to select a city
Switching Main City
q From World Clock Setting Window,
select Set as Main City ➡[
w Select City 1 or City 2➡[
9-15
823T824T̲web̲09.indd 9-15
08.8.12 4:23:22 PM
Calculator/Dictionary
Using Calculator
• Other Options by Pressing kK in
q Press [➡Tools➡[➡Calculator
➡[
Calculator Window
Operations in Calculator Window
Enter Numbers
9
0 to 9
Tools
＋
A
−
B
×
D
÷
C
＝
[
± (Switch ＋/−)
N
Tax
C (Clear)
. (Decimal)
EXIT
J
L
H
Calculator Window
・Converter: Enter the currency exchange
rate and then perform currency conversion
calculations.
・Clear All: Delete the input value and clear
memory.
・MS: Save the input value to memory.
・M+: Add the input value to the value
stored in memory.
・MR: Show the value stored in memory.
・%: Calculate a percentage.
・1/X: Calculate a reciprocal.
・SQRT: Calculate a square root.
・Set Tax Rate: Set the tax rate to be
calculated when you press jJ. Enter the
tax rate and press {[.
Using Dictionaries
Use Japanese, English-Japanese, and JapaneseEnglish dictionaries.
"Jispa" of Gakken Co., Ltd. is bundled
as Japanese dictionary, EnglishJapanese dictionary and JapaneseEnglish dictionary.
q Press [➡Tools➡[➡Dictionary
➡[
w Select Japanese, English-Japanese or
Japanese-English➡[
e Press H➡Enter a keyword➡[
r Select a word➡[
More Features
Functions for Calculator
(E page 9-29)
O
9-16
823T824T̲web̲09.indd 9-16
08.8.12 4:23:22 PM
Kitchen Timer
Measuring Time
q Press [➡Tools➡[➡Useful Tools➡
[➡Kitchen Timer ➡[
w Enter a countdown time➡[
e Press [
When Set Time is Over
The alarm sounds and External Lights flash.
To stop the alarm, press a key from [, 0 to
9, *, #, O, or L. Press R when
handset is closed.
• Press [ (Stop) during the count to
temporarily stop the timer. To restart, press
[ (Start).
9
Tools
9-17
823T824T̲web̲09.indd 9-17
08.8.12 4:23:23 PM
S! Quick News
Check various pieces of the latest news delivered
by information service providers and S! Loop items
from Active Window by automatic updates
recurring every period of time as you have
specified.
Checking for Information Updates
Registering Contents
q Press [➡Entertainment➡[➡
S! Quick News➡[
e Select Add News or S! Loop➡[➡
YES➡[
r Select contents ➡[
• Follow the onscreen instructions to register
More Features
Functions for S! Quick News
(E page 9-29)
contents.
Checking for Updates
q Select contents from News List Window
or S! Loop List Window ➡[
w Select the item to check ➡[
• Press J to check the previous update and
Active Window Settings
•
•
•
•
(E page 13-8)
Show All Information or Only Unread One
Set Ticker Speed
Show/Hide Images
Restore Settings and Registered Contents of
S! Quick News to Default
K to check the next update.
9
S! Quick News Window
Tools
w
Select News List or S! Loop List➡[
News List Window
S! Loop List Window
9-18
823T824T̲web̲09.indd 9-18
08.8.12 4:23:23 PM
S! Information Channel
Browsing Updated Information
Subscribe to contents and receive automatic
updates. Content updates are received during the
night.
• Packet transmission fees apply to use
S! Information Channel.
Subscribing/Canceling Subscription
Access a special site to register or cancel
transmission of information and select programs.
• Transmission fees apply while you are connected
to the Internet.
q Press [➡Entertainment ➡[➡
Info Channel ➡[
Checking Content Updates
q
From Info Channel Window, select
What's new?➡[
More Features
S! Information Channel
(E page 9-29)
Checking from Information Prompt
q When Information Prompt appears➡
Info Channel ➡[
Using Weather Indicator
S! Information Channel Settings
(E page 13-43)
• Do Not Show Weather Indicator in Standby
• Set Notification of Weather Forecast Updates
Weather Indicator posts the weather forecast in
the current area in Standby. The indicator is
updated automatically.
• A separate subscription is required to use
Weather Indicator.
Checking Weather Forecast
Weather ➡[
9
Tools
q From Info Channel Window, select
Info Channel Window
w
Select Reg./Cancel ➡[➡YES➡[
• Follow the onscreen instructions.
Weather Indicator Menu
w Select Weather ➡[
• You can view the weather forecast by
selecting Weather Indicator and pressing
[ from Active Window (page 2-9).
9-19
823T824T̲web̲09.indd 9-19
08.8.12 4:23:24 PM
Document Viewer
Viewing PC Files
®
You can view Microsoft Office Word, Excel,
PowerPoint® and PDF files on handset.
• The following formats® (extensions) are
supported: Microsoft Word (.doc), Microsoft®
Excel (.xls), Microsoft® PowerPoint® (.ppt), and
PDF (.pdf).
q
Press [➡Tools ➡[➡Doc Viewer ➡
[➡Phone Memory or Memory Card
➡[
Operations While Viewing Files
Scroll up, down, left, right
E
Enlarge page
[
J
Reduce page
Show with actual size
1
Show entire page*
2
Rotate 90 degrees right
3
Go to previous page/sheet/
slide
4
*
9
Tools
w Select a file➡[
Show bookmarks
5
Go to next page/sheet/slide
6
Go to first page/sheet/slide
7
Search
8
Go to last page/sheet/slide
9
Go to specific page/sheet/
slide
0
* Available only when viewing PDF files.
• Some document file contents may look
different from how they appear on your PC.
• Some document files may take a long time
to appear.
9-20
823T824T̲web̲09.indd 9-20
08.8.12 4:23:24 PM
Electronic Books
Using BookSurfing®
BookSurfing® is a viewer for electronic comic
books, electronic photo albums and other
electronic publications (CCF files).
You can enlarge or reduce images, scroll pages,
and use sound, vibration and other effects to
enhance your reading experience.
• Some electronic books may require a content
key for viewing.
• Titles of unsupported file formats are not
shown.
q Press [➡Entertainment ➡[
w Select BookSurfing➡[
• For following operations, see BookSurfing®
help.
9
Tools
9-21
823T824T̲web̲09.indd 9-21
08.8.12 4:23:25 PM
Barcode Reader
Scanning QR Codes
w Select Scan➡[
About QR Codes
Checking Saved Data
q From Scan Data Window, select
Scanned Data➡[
Scan QR codes with handset
camera, and save scanned data.
Connect to Web pages, send
messages or create Phone Book
entries from scanned URLs or
contact information.
w Select QR code data➡[
More Features
Scanning QR Codes
• Dirty or dark QR codes may not be scanned.
• Some QR codes may not be scanned
depending on the size or version.
Scanning a QR Code
9
q Press [➡Tools➡[➡Useful Tools➡
[➡Scan Data➡[
Scanning Window
e
(E page 9-30)
Frame a QR code in Display➡[
• Use F to adjust the exposure.
• When the QR code is made up of several
data areas, select YES to scan the other
data areas. When all the areas are
scanned, the QR code data is shown.
Tools
Scan Data Window
Scan Results Window
r Press K➡Save➡[
9-22
823T824T̲web̲09.indd 9-22
08.8.12 4:23:25 PM
Ku-man's Room (Japanese)
Opening Ku-man's Room
q Press [➡ ｴﾝﾀﾃｲﾒﾝﾄ (Entertainment)➡
[➡くーまんの部屋 (Ku-man's Room)➡[
w Select 起動する (Open)➡[➡YES or NO
➡[
• You cannot open Ku-man's Room if the
interface language is set to English. Set 言
語選択 (Language) to 日本語 (Japanese).
About Ku-man's Room
④
⑤
①
②
⑥
⑦
⑧
Ku-man's Room
© Dora communications
Change posters.
②Change Clothes
Contains Ku-man's clothes.
③Treasure Chest
Contains Ku-man's treasures.
④Closet
It is decorated with many different types of
trophies.
⑤Take Pictures
Take photos of Ku-man. You and Ku-man can
appear in the same photo.
⑥Album
Albums with pictures of Ku-man.
⑦Change!
Standby Ku-man changes his outfit by putting
on a plush toy.
⑧Ku-man
Ku-man is a foot-loose and fancy free baby star
bear. He sometimes goes off on journeys.
Playing with Ku-man
Look in Ku-man's Treasure Chest, change the
outfit of Ku-man in Standby or take photos.
Example:
Changing the outfit of Ku-man in Standby
q
In Ku-man's Room, press [
Now you can operate Ku-man's Room.
w Press J（前へ (Previous)）/K（次へ
(Next)）to select へんし〜ん！ (Change!)➡[
e
Select an outfit➡[
• Ku-man in his room wears the clothes from
before the change.
Checking Messages from Ku-man
Ku-man sends mail after you open his room for
the first time, when he goes on trips and other
times.
Sometimes there are presents attached to
messages from Ku-man.
q In Ku-man's Room, press K➡くーまんメール
(Ku-man Mail)➡[
w Select a message➡[
9
More Features
Ku-man's Room (Japanese)
(E page 9-30)
Tools
③
①Poster
Setting Ku-man for Standby (Japanese)
(E page 13-43)
• Set Ku-man to Appear in Standby
9-23
823T824T̲web̲09.indd 9-23
08.8.12 4:23:26 PM
Advanced Features
Information Management Tools
From ➡ Calendar Window
Create Event Window
Event Alarm Setting Window
Daily View Window
Event Details Window
New Task Window
Task Alarm Setting Window
Tasks Window
page 9-4
page 9-4
page 9-4
page 9-5
page 9-5
page 9-5
page 9-5
page 9-6
Functions for Calendar
Change Color of Calendar Dates
[Set Holiday]
■Changing Color of a Date
9
Calendar Window Select a date➡K➡Set Holiday
➡[➡Current Day➡[➡Select a color or
Deactivate ➡[
Tools
■Changing Color of a Day of the Week
Calendar Window K➡Set Holiday ➡[➡
Select Week➡[➡Select a day of the week➡
[➡Select a color➡[➡J
Functions for Saving Events/Tasks
Set Alarm Tone
[Alarm Tone]
Notify of Events/Tasks for Today or
Tomorrow at a Specified Time
[Reminder]
Calendar Window / Tasks Window K➡Settings➡
Event Alarm Setting Window / Task Alarm Setting Window
Tone➡[
[➡Reminder ➡[➡ON➡[➡Time➡
[➡Enter a time➡[➡J
■Setting a Preinstalled Sound
Patterns or Melodies ➡[➡Select an alarm
tone➡[➡J (twice)➡OK➡[
■Setting Today/Tomorrow
■Setting a File in Data Folder/Memory
■Setting a Preinstalled Alarm Tone
Card
Phone Memory or Memory Card➡[➡
Select a file➡[ (twice)➡J (twice)➡OK➡
Set Alarm➡[➡Tone➡[➡Patterns or
Melodies➡[➡Select an alarm tone➡[➡
J (twice)
[
• Enter a time in the 24-hour system.
Today➡[➡Today or Tomorrow➡[➡J
■Setting a File in Data Folder/Memory
■Setting Time Reader
Time Reading➡[➡J (twice)➡OK➡[
Set Alarm Ring Time
[Duration]
Event Alarm Setting Window / Task Alarm Setting Window
Duration➡[➡Enter a ring time➡[➡
J (twice)➡OK➡[
Card as Alarm Tone
Set Alarm➡[➡Tone➡[➡Phone
Memory or Memory Card➡[➡Select a file
➡[ (twice)➡J (twice)
■Setting Alarm Volume
Set Alarm➡[➡Volume➡[➡Set volume
level➡[➡J (twice)
■Setting Vibration
Set Alarm➡[➡Vibration➡[➡Select a
vibration pattern➡[➡J (twice)
9-24
823T824T̲web̲09.indd 9-24
08.9.2 11:17:23 AM
■Setting Alarm Ring Time
Functions for Saving Events
Set Alarm➡[➡Duration➡[➡Enter a
ring time➡[➡J (twice)
Save Periodic Events
■Setting Alarm Repeats
Once➡[➡Select an item➡[➡J
Hide Special Events/Tasks
[Hide]
Create Event Window / New Task Window Options➡
[➡Show/Hide➡[➡Hide➡[
Edit a Saved Event
[Edit Event]
[Repeat Setting]
Create Event Window Options➡[➡Repeat for
➡[➡Daily, Weekly, Monthly, Yearly or
End of Month➡[➡Enter a repeat duration
➡[
• If you set a start date to the last day of a
Functions for Saving Tasks
Edit a Saved Task
[Edit Task]
Tasks Window Select a task➡K➡Edit➡[➡
Select an item➡[➡Edit the item➡[➡J
➡Overwrite or Save as New➡[➡OK➡
[
Functions for Checking/Managing Events
Use Event Information
[Call/Create Message/Access URL]
9
Tools
month, you can set Repeat for to End of
Month.
• To repeat infinitely, enter "00".
• If you set Monthly for the 30th or 31st, the
repetition is only set for months that include
that date.
• If an event set to repeat daily, weekly, etc. is
deleted, a message asks if you wish to cancel
repeat features. Select Do not Repeat to
delete the event for that day only.
• Canceling a single date of a periodic event
may not be effective if the event is sent as
vObject (page 2-32) and received by another
device.
Daily View Window Select an event➡K➡Edit ➡
[➡Select an item➡[➡Edit the item➡[
➡J➡Overwrite or Save as New➡[➡OK
➡[
■Calling or Sending a Message to a Phone
Number
Event Details Window Select a phone number ➡[
(twice)➡Voice Call or Create Mail➡[
• When you select Voice Call, do the following.
K➡Voice Call or Video Call➡[
9-25
823T824T̲web̲09.indd 9-25
08.8.12 4:23:27 PM
Advanced Features
■Sending a Message to an E-mail Address
Event Details Window Select an e-mail address➡
[ (twice)
■Connecting to a URL
Event Details Window Select a URL➡[ (twice)➡
YES➡[
Use Link Information of an Event
[To Messages/To Saved Pages/To Pictures]
Event Details Window To Messages, To Saved
Pages or To Pictures➡[
Use Information Stored in Contents
[Call/Create Message/Save Sender/Access URL]
[Delete All]
Calendar Window K➡Delete➡[➡All➡[
➡Enter Handset Code➡YES➡[
Functions for Checking/Managing Tasks
Use Task Information
[Call/Create Message/Save Sender/Access URL]
Tasks Window Select a task➡[➡Select the
Contents field➡[➡Select information➡
[➡Voice Call, Create Mail, Save Sender,
By Yahoo! Keitai or By PC Browser ➡[
Delete Multiple Tasks
[Select Multi]
Event Details Window Select the Contents field➡
9
[➡Select information➡[➡Voice Call,
Tools
Create Mail, Save Sender, By Yahoo! Keitai
or By PC Browser ➡[
Time Table Functions
Delete All Events
[Select Multi]
Calendar Window H➡Switch to All View➡K➡
Delete➡[➡Select Multi➡[➡Select
events➡[➡J➡YES➡[
Copy a Class on Time Table
[Copy]
Time Table Window Select a period➡K➡Copy➡
[➡Select a destination period➡[➡J
• To copy to multiple periods, repeat selecting a
destination period and pressing [ as many
times as required.
Delete All Classes from Time Table
[Delete All]
Time Table Window K➡Delete➡[➡All➡[
➡Enter Handset Code➡YES➡[
Tasks Window K➡Delete➡[➡Select Multi
➡[➡Select tasks➡[➡J➡YES➡[
Notepad Functions
Delete All Tasks
Edit a Notepad
[Delete All]
Delete Multiple Events
From ➡ Time Table Window page 9-7
Tasks Window K➡Delete➡[➡All➡[➡
Enter Handset Code➡YES➡[
• When Change View is not set to All View,
you cannot delete all tasks.
From➡ Notepad List Window page 9-8
[Edit Notepad]
Notepad List Window Select a notepad with
contents stored➡J➡Edit the notepad➡[
➡YES➡[
Delete All Notepads
[Delete All]
Notepad List Window K➡Delete➡[➡All➡
[➡Enter Handset Code➡YES➡[
9-26
823T824T̲web̲09.indd 9-26
08.8.12 4:23:28 PM
Voice Recorder Functions
From ➡ Voice Recorder Window page 9-9
Change Storage Location of Recordings
[Select Storage]
Voice Recorder Window Record➡[➡K➡
SelectStorage ➡[➡Phone Memory or
Memory Card➡[
• A memory card must be inserted to configure
these settings.
Lifestyle Support Tools
Functions for S! GPS Navi
From ➡ S! GPS Navi Window page 9-10
Delete Location Logs
[Delete/Delete All]
S! GPS Navi Window Location Logs➡[➡Select
a log➡K➡Delete➡[
Send Current Position by Mail
[Location Mail]
■Deleting One Entry
Delete➡[➡YES➡[
S! GPS Navi Window Location Mail➡[
■Deleting All Entries
Delete All➡[➡Enter Handset Code➡YES
Check Location Logs
➡[
[Location Logs]
S! GPS Navi Window Location Logs➡[➡Select
a log➡[
• If is shown to the left of the log, it means
the positioning was successful; means a
failure.
S! GPS Navi Window Location Logs➡[➡Select
a log➡K➡Open Map, Go to, Location
Mail, To Locations or To Phone Book➡[
S! GPS Navi Window My Locations➡[➡Select
an empty item➡[➡Save location information
➡[➡Enter a title➡[
9
Tools
Use Location Logs
[Open Map/Start Navi Appli/Send Message/
To Locations/To Phone Book]
Save Location Information to My
Locations
[My Locations]
9-27
823T824T̲web̲09.indd 9-27
08.8.12 4:23:29 PM
Advanced Features
Functions for Idokoro Mail
Alarm Functions
From ➡ Idokoro Mail Window page 9-12
Delete People from Recipients List
[Delete/Delete All]
Change Alarm Ring Time
From➡ Alarm List Window page 9-14
Set Alarm Window page 9-14
Change an Alarm Name
[Alarm Name]
■Deleting One Entry
Idokoro Mail Window Recipients List ➡[➡
Select an entry➡K➡Delete➡[➡YES➡
Set Alarm Window Select an alarm name➡[➡
Enter an alarm name➡[➡J➡OK➡[
Edit an Alarm
Change Alarm Tone
Alarm List Window Select an alarm➡[➡Select
an item➡[➡Edit the item➡[➡J➡OK➡
[
■Deleting All Entries
Idokoro Mail Window Recipients List ➡[➡K
➡Delete All➡[➡Enter Handset Code➡
YES➡[
[Duration]
Set Alarm Window Alarm Tone➡[➡Duration
➡[➡Enter a ring time➡[➡J (twice)➡
OK➡[
[Alarm Tone]
Set Alarm Window Alarm Tone➡[➡Tone➡
[
[Edit Alarm]
[
Delete All Alarms
[Reset All]
■Setting Time Reader
Delete Area Lists
[Delete/Delete All]
9
■Deleting One Entry
Tools
Idokoro Mail Window Areas List ➡[➡Select an
entry➡K➡Delete➡[➡YES➡[
■Deleting All Entries
Idokoro Mail Window Areas List ➡[➡K➡
Delete All➡[➡Enter Handset Code➡YES
➡[
Time Reading➡[➡J (twice) ➡OK➡[
■Setting a Preinstalled Sound
Patterns or Melodies ➡[➡Select an alarm
tone➡[➡J (twice) ➡OK➡[
■Setting a File in Data Folder/Memory
Card
Phone Memory or Memory Card➡[➡
Select a file➡[ (twice) ➡J (twice) ➡OK➡
[
Alarm List Window K➡Reset All➡[➡Enter
Handset Code➡YES➡[
World Clock Functions
From ➡ World Clock Setting Window page 9-15
Edit a City Name
[Rename City]
World Clock Setting Window City 1 or City 2➡[
➡F to select a city➡K➡Rename City➡
[➡Enter a city name➡[
9-28
823T824T̲web̲09.indd 9-28
08.8.12 4:23:29 PM
Functions for Calculator
■Setting News/S! Loop to Update
From ➡ Calculator Window page 9-16
Calculate Currency Conversion
[Converter]
Calculator Window K➡Converter ➡[➡
Exchange Rate➡[➡Main Currency or
Sub Currency ➡[➡Enter a rate➡[➡
L (three times)➡Enter an amount➡K➡
Converter ➡[➡To Main or To Sub ➡[
Functions for S! Quick News
From ➡ S! Quick News Window page 9-18
News List Window page 9-18
S! Loop List Window page 9-18
Update Lists Automatically
[Auto Refresh]
■Setting Flash News to Update
Automatically
Select a time interval for automatic updates ➡
[➡B➡[➡YES➡[
[
Delete Registered Contents and Items
[Delete/Delete All]
Prompt
Information Prompt appears➡Info Channel ➡
[➡YES➡[
■Deleting One Entry
News List Window / S! Loop List Window K➡Delete
➡[➡One➡[➡YES➡[
■Deleting All Entries
News List Window / S! Loop List Window K➡Delete
➡[➡All➡[➡Enter Handset Code➡YES
➡[
From ➡ Info Channel Window page 9-19
Weather Indicator Menu page 9-19
Download Unreceived Information
[Get Latest]
Info Channel Window Get Latest ➡[➡YES➡
A connection is established to the redelivery
page.
• You can download only the latest information.
Content cannot be downloaded on nondelivery days.
■Requesting Redelivery from Information
Check Past Updates
[History]
9
Tools
S! Quick News Window Settings ➡[➡Auto
Refresh➡[➡Flash News, News or
S! Loop ➡[
S! Information Channel
Automatically
Automatic ➡[➡B➡[➡YES➡[
• S! Quick News (Flash News) and S! Loop List
updates do not take place during late hours at
night.
• Automatic updates may not occur if handset is
outside the service area or signal reception is
poor.
• If automatic updates stop for some reason,
performing a manual update (page 2-9) can
restart the automatic updates.
• Automatic updates are unavailable while using
handset abroad.
Info Channel Window History➡[➡Select
information➡[
Update Weather Forecast Manually
[Update Weather Forecast]
Weather Indicator Menu Update➡[➡YES➡[
9-29
823T824T̲web̲09.indd 9-29
08.8.12 4:23:30 PM
Advanced Features
Scanning QR Codes
From ➡ Scan Results Window page 9-22
Use Scanned Data
[Call/Send Message/To Phone Book/
Access URL]
Scan Results Window Select information➡[➡
Call, Send Message or To Phone Book➡[
• When a URL is scanned, select YES after
selecting a URL.
Ku-man's Room (Japanese)
From ➡ Ku-man's Room page 9-23
Check What You can Do in Ku-man's Room
[Help]
Ku-man's Room K➡ヘルプ (Help)➡[
Paste Scanned Data into Message Text
[To Message]
Scan Results Window K➡To Message➡[
9
Use Location Information
[Start Navi Appli/To Locations]
Tools
Scan Results Window K➡Go to or To Locations
➡[
9-30
823T824T̲web̲09.indd 9-30
08.8.12 4:23:31 PM
10
823T824T̲web̲10.indd 10-1
Communication Services
S! Town (Japanese)/S! Loop (Japanese) ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････ 10-2
S! Friend's Status ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 10-3
About S! Friend's Status ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 10-3
Using S! Friend's Status･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 10-4
S! Circle Talk ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 10-6
About S! Circle Talk ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 10-6
Using S! Circle Talk ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 10-7
Advanced Features ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 10-9
08.8.12 4:23:52 PM
S! Town (Japanese)/S! Loop (Japanese)
Using S! Town
Communication Services
10
S! Town is an online 3D virtual space. Go online to
chat, shop, etc.
• When you use S! Town for the first time, a user
registration (free) and profile registration are
required. Please read and agree to the terms of
service before the registration.
• Packet transmission fees apply to use S! Town.
The fees may be expensive.
• If you subscribe to Website access restrictions,
you cannot use S! Town.
Using S! Loop
Use S! Loop to keep a diary on the web or
exchange information via BBS.
q Press [➡Communications➡[
w Select S! Loop➡[➡YES➡[
q Press [➡Communications➡[
w Select S! Town➡[
• You can cancel S! Town service by
selecting S!ﾀｳﾝ (S! Town) from ﾏｲﾒﾆｭｰ
(My Menu) of Yahoo! Keitai.
• Upgrade notification may appear when
you start S! Town. Follow the onscreen
instructions to upgrade S! Town.
• About Library
Downloaded S! Appli that expand the
functions of S! Town are automatically
stored in Library. To check S! Appli in Library:
Press a[➡Communications➡[
a ➡
S! Town➡J
j (Libr.)
10-2
823T824T̲web̲10.indd 10-2
08.8.12 4:23:53 PM
S! Friend's Status
About S! Friend's Status
Share your current mood and availability to receive calls, messages or S! Circle Talk calls with your friends who are on your S! Friend's Status Members List.
It is possible to check statuses of your S! Friend's Status members from Standby after adding them to Active Window.
• A separate subscription and fees are required to use S! Friend's Status.
S! Friend's Status
View the mood and status of your friends.
Status of Ann
S! Friend's Status
compatible handset
Ask me
Calls ● Answer OK
● Replay OK
Mail
S! Circle Talk ● Join OK
S! Friend's Status
compatible handset
Communication Services
Update My Status
10
See you there!
Communications
S! Friend's Status
compatible handset
• S! Friend's Status is unavailable if IP Service is set to OFF.
• S! Friend's Status is unavailable while using handset abroad.
10-3
823T824T̲web̲10.indd 10-3
08.8.12 4:23:53 PM
S! Friend's Status
Using S! Friend's Status
Setting Your Own Status (My Status)
q Press and hold *
Communication Services
10
e Select an Answer Status ➡[➡Select
an item➡[
• To change all your Answer Statuses at
once:
Press K (All) ➡Select an item➡[➡
Check the settings ➡[
• To customize All Answer Statuses Settings:
Press K (All) ➡Customize➡[➡
J (Edit) ➡Customize the settings➡
J (Save) ➡[
r Select the Comment field➡[➡Enter
My Status Window
• You can set My Status from Active Window
(page 2-8).
• When My Status is offline, switch to online
by selecting YES in the confirmation
window.
• To go offline:
➡[➡Offline➡[➡
Select
J (Update)
w Select a status such as ごきげん (Good
mood) ➡[➡Select an item➡[
a comment➡[
t Press J (Update)
• If you switch to offline, you and other people
cannot check each others' current statuses.
Also, you cannot create S! Friend's Status
Members List or initiate S! Circle Talk.
Adding Members
When you add a person to your S! Friend's Status
Members List, an invitation is sent.
• You can only add friends who have a SoftBank
handset that supports S! Friend's Status to your
S! Friend's Status Members List.
• To create S! Friend's Status Members List, set
My Status to Online.
• When the person accepts your invitation, you
receive a Saving Completed notification, and
you and the person can check out each other's
status.
q Press [➡Communications➡[➡
Friend Status➡[
w Press J (Add) ➡Phone Book or Direct
Input➡[
• If you select Phone Book, you can search
Phone Book entries on handset (not those
on USIM Card or memory card).
e Select a member or enter a phone
number➡[
• To select a group:
Select ➡[➡Select a group➡[
r Press J (Save) ➡YES➡[
A Saving Request notification is sent to the
person, and Waiting appears in S! Friend's
Status Members List Window.
10-4
823T824T̲web̲10.indd 10-4
08.8.12 4:23:55 PM
• You will receive a Saving Failed notification
when the other person's S! Friend's Status
Members List already contains 30 people.
Checking a Member's Status
q
Press [➡Communications➡[➡
Friend Status➡[
q Information Prompt appears➡
Notification➡[
w
Select a Saving Request notification➡
[➡YES➡[
• If you select NO, a Saving Failed
notification is returned to the other person
and the person is not saved to S! Friend's
Status Members List.
S! Friend's Status Members List Window
w Use F to select a group
e Use G to select a member➡[
S! Friend's Status Functions
(E page 10-9)
Settings for S! Friend's Status
(E page 13-44)
• Edit Status Settings of My Status
• Save Members to Active Window
• Ignore Saving Requests from People Not in
Phone Book
• Ignore All Saving Requests
Settings for S! Friend's Status/S! Circle
Talk
(E page 13-44)
• Disable S! Friend's Status/S! Circle Talk
Communication Services
Adding a Member from Saving Request
If someone wants to add you to his/her S! Friend's
Status Members List, you will receive a Saving
Request notification. If you accept, the other
person is saved to S! Friend's Status Members List
and you and the person can check out each
other's status.
More Features
10
• If you select NO and a Saving Failed
notification is returned to the other person, you
cannot send the person an invitation to
S! Friend's Status Members List for 24 hours.
• Although you select NO and a Saving Failed
notification is returned to the other person, if
the person does not receive the notification
because he/she is outside the service area or
offline for more than 24 hours, you will
receive another Saving Request notification
when the person comes online.
S! Friend's Status Details Window
10-5
823T824T̲web̲10.indd 10-5
08.8.12 4:23:56 PM
S! Circle Talk
About S! Circle Talk
• S! Circle Talk is unavailable if IP Service is set
S! Circle Talk is a walkie-talkie style communication service. Talk one-on-one or with a group of people
(up to ten people) using S! Circle Talk compatible SoftBank handsets.
Press and hold the key to talk (one person at a time) and release the key when finished talking. Check
each participant's status and see who is currently talking in S! Circle Talk window.
• You must subscribe to S! Friend's Status to use S! Circle Talk. Transmission fees apply for using
S! Circle Talk.
S! Circle Talk
to OFF.
• S! Circle Talk is unavailable if S! Friend's
Status is set to Offline. Switch to Online
(page 10-4) to use S! Circle Talk.
• S! Circle Talk is unavailable during voice or
video calls. Also, you cannot receive another
S! Circle Talk call during S! Circle Talk.
• S! Circle Talk is unavailable while using
handset abroad.
Communication Services
Talk one-on-one or with a group of people using
S! Circle Talk compatible SoftBank handsets.
S! Circle Talk
compatible handset
10
Speak to
All Members
You can also hear other
members speak.
S! Circle Talk
compatible handset
S! Circle Talk
compatible handset
10-6
823T824T̲web̲10.indd 10-6
08.8.12 4:23:57 PM
Using S! Circle Talk
Adding Members
Adding a Person
q Press [➡Communications➡[➡
Circle Talk➡[
• A confirmation window appears the first
time you start.
• If no one is on S! Circle Talk Members List,
press J (Add).
q From Add Members Menu, select
Group➡[➡Create New➡[
w
Initiating S! Circle Talk
q Enter a phone number, and then press
and hold R
• To call from S! Circle Talk Members List:
Press [➡Communications➡[➡
Circle Talk➡[➡Select a member or
group➡ J (CT)/R
Select Empty➡[➡Phone Book,
Friend Status or Direct Input➡[
• If you select Phone Book, you can search
Phone Book entries on handset (not those
on USIM Card or memory card).
e Select a member or enter a phone
number➡[
• To save more members, repeat w and e.
• If you want to change a member's phone
Add Members Menu
e Select Personal➡[➡Phone Book,
Friend Status or Direct Input➡[
• If you select Phone Book, you can search
Phone Book entries on handset (not those
on USIM Card or memory card).
r
Select a member or enter a phone
number➡[
number, select a member and press [
twice.
r Press J (Add) ➡Enter a group name
➡[
Adding a Group from S! Friend's Status Members List
• Save members other than yourself to an
S! Friend's Status group in advance.
q From Add Members Menu, select
Group➡[➡Friend Status➡[
w
w Press and hold R to talk
• Talk when Myself appears.
• Initiator can talk as soon as S! Circle Talk
is connected.
Myself disappears after 30 seconds
and the floor is released.
• Only one person can talk at a time.
•
Communication Services
w Press K➡Add Members➡[
Creating a Group
Organize entries by group and make an S! Circle
Talk call to a group of people.
10
e To sign off, press O➡YES➡[
• When only one person remains, S! Circle
Talk ends automatically.
Select a group ➡[
10-7
823T824T̲web̲10.indd 10-7
08.8.12 4:23:58 PM
S! Circle Talk
Joining S! Circle Talk
q
Press [ (Answer) when S! Circle Talk
invitation arrives
S! Circle Talk is connected.
• To reject the connection, press
K (Reject).
• Alternatively, press N or R to
answer.
Communication Services
10
S! Circle Talk Operations
More Features
Calling Another Member
q During S! Circle Talk, press K➡Add
S! Circle Talk Functions
(E page 10-10)
➡[
w Select Members List➡[➡Select a
Settings for S! Friend's Status/S! Circle
Talk
(E page 13-44)
• Disable S! Friend's Status/S! Circle Talk
member ➡[
• To call a person from S! Friend's Status
Members List:
Select Friend Status➡[➡Select an
entry➡[
• To call a person from Phone Book:
Select Phone Book➡[➡Select an
entry➡[➡Select a phone number
➡[
• To enter a phone number directly:
Select Direct Input➡[➡Enter a
phone number➡[
Adjusting Speaker (Earpiece) Volume
q During S! Circle Talk, use G
Toggling Audio Output (Earpiece/Speaker)
q During S! Circle Talk, press J (
/
)
10-8
823T824T̲web̲10.indd 10-8
08.8.13 3:31:53 PM
Advanced Features
Communications
■Deleting All Members
S! Friend's Status Functions
From ➡
S! Friend's Status Members List Window page 10-5
S! Friend's Status Details Window page 10-5
Add a Member
Select a member other than yourself (My Status)
➡K➡Delete➡[➡All➡[➡Enter
Handset Code➡YES➡[
• After a member is deleted from S! Friend's
Status Members List, you cannot send/receive
a Saving Request notification to/from that
person for 24 hours.
[Add Members]
Delete Members
[Deletion Request]
S! Friend's Status Members List Window Select a group
■Deleting One Member
Select a member➡K➡Delete➡[➡One➡
[➡YES➡[
■Deleting Multiple Members
Select a member other than yourself (My Status)
➡K➡Delete➡[➡Select Multi➡[➡
Select members➡[➡J➡YES➡[
[Rename]
S! Friend's Status Members List Window Select a group
➡K➡Rename➡[➡Edit the group name➡
[
Update S! Friend's Status Manually
[Status Update]
S! Friend's Status Members List Window K➡Settings
Move Members to a Different Group
[Change Group]
➡[➡Status Update➡[
S! Friend's Status Members List Window Select a group
Check a Notification
[Notification]
■Moving One Member
Select a member ➡K➡Change Group➡
[➡One➡[➡Select a group➡[
■Moving Multiple Members
Select a member other than yourself (My Status)
➡K➡Change Group➡[➡Select Multi
➡[➡Select members➡[➡J➡Select a
group➡[
■Moving All Members
Select a member other than yourself (My Status)
➡K➡Change Group➡[➡All➡[➡
Select a group➡[
S! Friend's Status Members List Window K➡
Notification➡[
Contact a Member According to His/Her
Current Status
[Call/Send Mail]
Communication Services
S! Friend's Status Members List Window Select a
member other than yourself (My Status)➡K➡
Add Members➡[
• See “Adding Members” (page 10-4) for
following operations.
Edit a Group Name
10
■Making a Voice Call/Video Call
S! Friend's Status Details Window Select the call
answer status➡[➡K➡Voice Call or Video
Call➡[
■Sending a Message
S! Friend's Status Details Window Select the mail
answer status➡[➡Create a message ➡J
• For details on creating messages, see pages
4-4 and 4-6.
10-9
823T824T̲web̲10.indd 10-9
08.8.12 4:24:00 PM
Advanced Features
■Initiating S! Circle Talk
S! Circle Talk Functions
S! Friend's Status Details Window Select the S! Circle
Talk answer status➡[
Edit S! Circle Talk Members List
Delete a Group or Person from S! Circle Talk
Members List
[Delete/Select Multi/Delete All]
[Edit Group]
[➡Communications➡[➡Circle Talk➡
[➡Select a group➡K➡Edit Group➡[
■Editing Group Name
Rename➡[➡Edit the group name➡[
Communication Services
10
■Adding Members
Change Member➡[➡Empty➡[➡
Phone Book, Friend Status or Direct Input
➡[➡Select a member or enter a phone
number➡[➡J
■Changing a Member's Phone Number
Change Member➡[➡Select a member ➡
[ (twice)➡Enter a phone number➡[➡J
[➡Communications➡[➡Circle Talk➡
[
■Deleting One Entry
Select a member or a group ➡K➡Delete➡
[➡One➡[➡YES➡[
■Deleting Multiple Entries
K➡Delete➡[➡Select Multi➡[➡Select
members or groups➡[➡J➡YES➡[
■Deleting All Entries
K➡Delete➡[➡All➡[➡Enter Handset
Code➡YES➡[
■Deleting a Member
Change Member➡[➡Select a member➡
K➡Delete➡[➡YES➡[➡J
■Deleting All Members
Change Member➡[➡K➡Delete All➡
[➡Enter Handset Code➡YES➡[
10-10
823T824T̲web̲10.indd 10-10
08.8.12 4:24:02 PM
11
Security
Changing Handset Code ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 11-2
Prohibiting/Limiting Use ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 11-3
Protecting Handset Information ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 11-4
Advanced Features ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 11-5
823T824T̲web̲11.indd 11-1
08.7.29 2:18:47 PM
Changing Handset Code
• Do not forget your Handset Code and do not
reveal it to others. Write down your Handset
Code.
q Press [➡Settings➡[➡Security➡
[➡Change Password➡[
w Enter current Handset Code
e Enter new Handset Code
Security
11
r Re-enter new Handset Code for
confirmation
11-2
823T824T̲web̲11.indd 11-2
08.7.29 2:18:48 PM
Prohibiting/Limiting Use
Activating PIN Settings
Prohibiting Handset Use
Keypad Lock
Set to require PIN entry to use handset when
handset is turned on with USIM Card inserted in
it.
Set Password Lock to prevent others from using
your handset. When Password Lock is activated,
Handset Code entry is required to use handset.
Disable all keys to prevent unintentional
operations while your handset is in your bag or
pocket.
q Press [➡Settings➡[➡Security
q From Security Setting Window, select
q Press and hold [
➡[
Password Lock➡[➡Enter Handset
Code
• To cancel Keypad Lock, press and hold [
while it is set.
• Keypad Lock cannot be set when Bluetooth®/
infrared communication is activated.
• When Keypad Lock is set, Information
Security Setting Window
w
Select PIN Settings➡[➡ON/OFF➡
[➡ON➡[
Prompt does not appear.
• Phone Closed: Locks handset when you
close it.
• Power Saving: Locks handset when Display
is turned off for Power Saving.
• Power Off: Locks handset when it is turned
on.
• To cancel Password Lock, enter Handset
Code to unlock it temporarily, and then set
Password Lock to OFF.
• Phone Closed locks handset when you
close it in Standby. Power Saving locks
handset when Display is turned off after a
certain period of time (as set in the power
saving settings) has passed in Standby.
• You cannot make one-touch calls from
Earphone-Microphone when Password Lock
is activated.
Security
e Enter PIN➡[
w Select an item➡[➡ON➡[
11
11-3
823T824T̲web̲11.indd 11-3
08.7.31 1:34:24 PM
Prohibiting/Limiting Use
Using Secure Remote Lock
By using Secure Remote Lock service, if your
handset is lost or stolen, you can lock handset
functions remotely from a PC or mobile phone.
Once the lock is set, all key operations are
disabled except for turning the power on, making
emergency calls and calling SoftBank Customer
Center (157).
For more information on conditions for using
Secure Remote Lock, go to http://www.softbank.jp
or access My SoftBank from your handset.
Protecting Handset Information
Prohibiting Use of Phone Book and
Other Features
Set Function Lock to prevent unauthorized access
to Phone Book, Calendar, Tasks, Call Log and
Sent/Received Log. When Function Lock is set,
Handset Code must be entered to access these
functions/features.
q From Security Setting Window, select
Function Lock➡[➡Enter Handset
Code
Accessing My SoftBank from a Mobile Phone
q Press K➡ﾒﾆｭｰﾘｽﾄ (Menu List)➡[➡
Viewing Secret Data
Phone Book entries saved as secret (page 2-18)
can be viewed.
q From Security Setting Window, select
Secret Mode➡[➡Enter Handset
Code
w Select Show ➡[
• Secret Mode is set to Hide when handset is
turned off.
My SoftBank➡[
More Features
Security
w
Select a function ➡[➡Lock➡[
Functions for Prohibiting/Limiting Use
(E page 11-5)
11
11-4
823T824T̲web̲11.indd 11-4
08.7.29 2:18:49 PM
Advanced Features
Security
Functions for Prohibiting/Limiting Use
From ➡ Security Setting Window page 11-3
Change PIN/PIN2
[Change PIN/PIN2]
• Set PIN Settings to ON before you change PIN.
• Do not forget your PIN and do not reveal it to
others. Write down your PIN.
Security Setting Window PIN Settings➡[➡
Change PIN or Change PIN2➡[➡Enter
current PIN/PIN2➡[➡Enter new PIN/PIN2➡
[➡Re-enter new PIN/PIN2 for confirmation➡
[
Restrict Access to the Internet by Inputting
URLs
[Web]
Security Setting Window Restricted Mode➡[➡
Web➡[➡Enter Internet Security Code (page
1-14) ➡[➡Set Regulation➡[➡ON➡
[
■When Internet Security Code is Not
Registered
Security Setting Window Restricted Mode➡[➡
Web➡[ (twice)➡Enter Internet Security Code
➡[➡Re-enter Internet Security Code for
confirmation ➡[➡Do not Save➡[
• To register a clue to your Internet Security
Code, select Save and enter a clue.
[Cancel PIN Lock]
While PIN/PIN2 Lock is set, do an operation that
requires PIN/PIN2 entry➡Enter PUK/PUK2 ➡
[➡Enter new PIN/PIN2➡[➡Re-enter new
PIN/PIN2 for confirmation ➡[
• If Personal Unblocking Key (PUK) is incorrectly
entered ten times in a row, USIM Card is
locked (USIM lock). If USIM lock is set, it
cannot be canceled. Contact SoftBank General
Information (page 14-46).
Security Setting Window Restricted Mode➡[➡
Web➡[➡Enter Internet Security Code➡[
➡Change Password ➡[ (twice)➡Enter
new Internet Security Code➡[➡Re-enter new
Internet Security Code for confirmation ➡[➡
Do not Save➡[
• To register a clue to your Internet Security
Code, select Save and enter a clue.
Security
■Changing Internet Security Code
Cancel PIN Lock
11
11-5
823T824T̲web̲11.indd 11-5
08.7.29 2:18:49 PM
Security
11
11-6
823T824T̲web̲11.indd 11-6
08.7.29 2:18:50 PM
12
823T824T̲web̲12.indd 12-1
File Transfer/Backup
Infrared ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 12-2
About Infrared ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 12-2
Using Infrared ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 12-2
Bluetooth® ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 12-4
About Bluetooth® ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 12-4
Using Bluetooth® ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 12-5
PC Connection ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 12-8
About PC Connection ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 12-8
Memory Card Backup ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････12-10
About Memory Card Backup ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 12-10
S! Addressbook Back-up ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････12-12
About S! Addressbook Back-up･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 12-12
Using S! Addressbook Back-up ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 12-13
Advanced Features ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････12-14
08.8.12 4:24:26 PM
Infrared
About Infrared
Send/receive Phone Book entries, events, pictures
taken with the camera and other data to/from
other infrared compatible devices (PCs, handsets).
• Bring Infrared Port of handset to within 20 cm
of the infrared port of the destination device
and align both ports. Make sure no objects are
placed between them.
q Press [➡Settings➡[➡Connectivity
Precautions
File Transfer/Backup
12
Activating Infrared
Set handset so that it can be connected to other
compatible devices via infrared.
• A dirty Infrared Port may cause an infrared
communication failure. If Infrared Port is dirty,
gently wipe it with a soft cloth while making
sure not to scratch the port.
• Do not move the devices until the file transfer is
complete.
• Direct sunlight or fluorescent light may interfere
with infrared communication.
• If a voice/video call arrives while handset is
sending/receiving files via infrared, the fixed
incoming image appears and the fixed melody
ringtone sounds. If you answer the call, file
transfer is canceled.
• When sending/receiving vObjects, some
information may be altered or may not be
received.
• You cannot use Bluetooth® communication or
USB functions other than the charge function
during infrared communication.
• S! Friend's Status and S! Circle Talk are
unavailable while transferring files even if IP
Service is set to ON.
Using Infrared
➡[➡Infrared➡[
Within 20cm
Infrared Menu
w
e Select ON➡[
Select ON/OFF➡[
• To cancel infrared standby status, select
Authentication Password
The authentication password (four digits) is for
sending and receiving all data by infrared
communication.
When sending or receiving all data, the same
authentication password needs to be entered on
both sending and receiving devices.
OFF.
• Infrared communication is unavailable when
Offline Mode is set to ON.
• If handset does not communicate via infrared
in three minutes after Infrared has been set
to ON, the infrared standby status is
canceled automatically.
Transferring Files
Sending a File
q Access a function that supports
infrared
12-2
823T824T̲web̲12.indd 12-2
08.8.12 4:24:26 PM
w Select a file➡K➡Send ➡[
• Select Send vCard to access from Phone
Book.
e
Select Via Infrared ➡[
• Files without transfer permission and files in
Saved Pages cannot be sent.
• Removal of memory card during file transfer
from memory card may result in loss or
damage of files on memory card.
Receiving Files
Handset can receive files when the Infrared setting
is ON.
Sending All Phone Book Entries/Calendar & Task Data
All Phone Book entries on handset, events on
Calendar and tasks can be sent to other infrared
compatible handsets. Enter the same
authentication password on both sending and
receiving devices.
q From Infrared Menu, select Transfer
All ➡[
w Enter Handset Code
e Select Phone Book or Cal./Tasks➡[
• When sending Phone Book entries, a
q In Standby, receive a connection
request
w Select YES➡[
• To reject reception of files, select NO.
• When handset receives a Phone Book
entry, event, task or notepad, select YES
to save it to your Phone Book, Calendar,
Tasks or Notepad.
e Select Phone Memory or Memory Card
➡[
r
Enter the authentication password
q In Standby, receive a connection
request
w
Enter Handset Code➡Enter the
authentication password
e Select Add ➡[
• To overwrite all files:
Select Overwrite➡[➡YES➡[
• To cancel receiving files, select Discard.
• Handset cannot receive files except in
Standby.
More Features
Functions for Infrared Communication
(E page 12-14)
File Transfer/Backup
confirmation window appears asking if
you want to send images saved in Phone
Book. Select Without Image to send
Phone Book entries without images.
• When sending events/tasks, a confirmation
window appears. Select Without Past not
to send past events/tasks.
Receiving All Phone Book Entries/Calendar & Task Data
All Phone Book entries, events on Calendar and
tasks can be received from other infrared
compatible handsets. Enter the same
authentication password on both sending and
receiving devices.
Handset can receive files when the Infrared setting
is ON.
12
• Handset cannot receive files except in
Standby.
12-3
823T824T̲web̲12.indd 12-3
08.8.12 4:24:27 PM
Bluetooth®
About Bluetooth®
Transfer Phone Book entries, events and other files
in Data Folder between handset and other
Bluetooth® compatible devices (PCs, etc.). Also
use a handsfree compatible device to make
handsfree calls.
Frequency
File Transfer/Backup
12
The Bluetooth® system on handset uses the 2.4
GHz spectrum ranging from 2.402 GHz to 2.480
GHz. Other wireless devices may be using the
same frequency. In order to avoid radio
interference, note the followings:
• The Bluetooth® system on handset uses 2.4 GHz
spectrum. This spectrum is used by industrial,
scientific, and medical equipment (microwaves
etc.), other radio stations of the same kind,
premises radio stations for radio frequency
identification which require a license (used in
production lines etc.), license free specified low
power radio stations, and amateur radio
stations (hereafter "other radio stations").
1. Before using handset, make sure there are no
other radio stations nearby.
2. If radio interference occurs between handset
and other radio stations, change locations to
use handset, or stop using handset (stop
emitting radio waves) at once.
3. For details, contact SoftBank General
Information (page 14-46).
• Handset
2.4FH1
• S! Friend's Status and S! Circle Talk are
This wireless device uses
2.4 GHz spectrum. It
employs FH-SS modulation,
and causes interference
within a 10-meter radius.
Precautions
• Communication ®tests have not been performed
for all Bluetooth compatible devices. There is
no guarantee of connection with all Bluetooth®
devices.
• The security function used for wireless
communication complies with the standard
specifications of Bluetooth®. However, take care
when using Bluetooth® for data communication
because, in some cases, security may be
inadequate depending on the operating
environment and configuration.
• SoftBank accepts no liability whatsoever for any
data generated or information leaked during
Bluetooth® communication.
is
• If a voice/video call arrives while handset
sending/receiving files by Bluetooth®
connection, the fixed incoming image appears
and the fixed melody ringtone sounds. If you
answer the call, file transfer is canceled.
• When sending/receiving vObjects, some
information may be altered or may not be
received.
• You cannot use infrared communication and
USB functions other than the charge function
during Bluetooth® communication.
unavailable while transferring files even if IP
Service is set to ON.
• The Bluetooth® system on handset has been
certified to comply only with specifications of
Japanese Radio Law. Using Bluetooth® features
outside Japan may be punishable by law.
Authentication PIN Code
Authentication PIN code (Bluetooth Passkey) is a
4 to 16 digit number required to connect to a
compatible device. Code must be entered on both
devices before connection is established.
• You can set a different authentication PIN code
on each device.
12-4
823T824T̲web̲12.indd 12-4
08.8.12 4:24:28 PM
Using Bluetooth®
®
Use Bluetooth to connect handset to other
compatible devices. Transfer files and make dial-up
connections.
Activating Bluetooth®
Set handset so that it can be connected to other
compatible devices via Bluetooth® communication.
q Press [➡Settings➡[➡Connectivity
➡[➡Bluetooth➡[
w Select ON/OFF➡[
e Select ON➡[
• To cancel Bluetooth® standby status, select
OFF.
• Bluetooth® communication is unavailable
when Offline Mode is set to ON.
Finding and Pairing with a Device
Before establishing a Bluetooth® connection, you
need to search for, find and then pair with a
Bluetooth® compatible device.
Connecting to a Paired Handsfree Device
q From Bluetooth Menu, select Paired
Device➡[
q From Bluetooth Menu, select Search
Device➡[
Handset starts searching for Bluetooth®
devices and then the names and icons of
available devices appear.
• The device type icons are as follows:
PC
Audio device
Mobile phone
Peripherals
LAN
Printer
Headset
Other device
Handsfree device
w Select a device➡[➡Enter an
authentication PIN code➡[➡YES or
NO➡[
When handset is connected to another
Bluetooth® compatible device, the device is
registered in the paired device list.
• Enter the same authentication PIN code
(any 4 to 16 digits) on handset and the
Bluetooth® compatible device.
Paired Device List Window
w
Select a handsfree device➡K
• If a handsfree device is not registered,
press J (Search) and select a handsfree
device to register it to the paired device
list.
e Select Connect ➡[
File Transfer/Backup
Bluetooth Menu
Connecting to Bluetooth® Devices
12
• An authentication PIN code needs to be
entered within approximately 30 seconds for
security reasons.
12-5
823T824T̲web̲12.indd 12-5
08.8.12 4:24:28 PM
Bluetooth®
Transferring Files
Sending a File
q Access a function that supports
Bluetooth®
Receiving Files
Handset can receive files when the Bluetooth
setting is ON.
q In Standby, receive a connection
request➡YES➡[
w Select a file➡K➡Send ➡[
• If the device information of handset is not
• Select Send vCard to access from Phone
Book.
e Select Via Bluetooth➡[
r From Paired Device List Window, select
File Transfer/Backup
a device➡[
• If a receiving device is not registered,
select J (Search) and then select a
receiving device.
• Files without transfer permission and files in
Saved Pages cannot be sent.
• Removal of memory card during file transfer
from memory card may result in loss or
damage of files on memory card.
12
registered on the sending device, the same
authentication PIN code (any 4 to 16
digits) entry window appears. Enter the
same authentication PIN code on handset
and the Bluetooth® compatible device.
w
Select YES➡[
• To reject reception of files, select NO.
• When handset receives a Phone Book
entry, event, task or notepad, select YES
to save it to your Phone Book, Calendar,
Tasks or Notepad.
Sending All Phone Book Entries/Calendar & Task Data
All Phone Book entries on handset, events on
Calendar or tasks can be sent to other Bluetooth®
compatible handsets.
q From Bluetooth Menu, select Transfer
All ➡[
w Enter Handset Code
e Select Phone Book or Cal./Tasks➡[
• When sending Phone Book entries, a
confirmation window appears asking if
you want to send images saved in Phone
Book. Select Without Image to send
Phone Book entries without images.
• When sending events/tasks, a confirmation
window appears. Select Without Past not
to send past events/tasks.
a receiving device➡[
e Select Phone Memory or Memory Card r •Select
If a receiving device is not registered,
➡[
• Handset cannot receive files except in
Standby.
select J (Search) and then select a
receiving device.
• Enter the same authentication PIN code
(any 4 to 16 digits) on handset and the
Bluetooth® compatible device.
12-6
823T824T̲web̲12.indd 12-6
08.8.12 4:24:29 PM
Receiving All Phone Book Entries/Calendar & Task Data
All Phone Book entries, events on Calendar or
tasks can be received from another Bluetooth®
compatible handset.
Handset can receive files when the Bluetooth
setting is ON.
q In Standby, receive a connection
request➡YES➡[
• If the device information of handset is not
registered on the sending device, the same
authentication PIN code (any 4 to 16
digits) entry window appears. Enter the
same authentication PIN code on handset
and the Bluetooth® compatible device.
• To overwrite all files:
Select Overwrite➡[➡Enter Handset
Code➡YES➡[
• To cancel receiving files, select Discard.
• Handset cannot receive files except in
Standby.
Functions for Bluetooth® Communication
(E page 12-14)
Settings for Bluetooth® Communication
(E page 13-36)
• Check Details of a Paired Bluetooth®
Compatible Device
• Set a Bluetooth® Compatible Device as Trusted
Device
• Check Details of Handset
• Change Name of Handset
• Communicate Using a Handsfree Device
• Hide Handset
File Transfer/Backup
w Select Add ➡[
More Features
12
12-7
823T824T̲web̲12.indd 12-7
08.8.12 4:24:30 PM
PC Connection
About PC Connection
Use the USB cable to connect handset to a PC to
transfer music files. You can also check Data Folder
of handset on your PC.
Getting Started
• Install the USB Host Driver software before
File Transfer/Backup
connecting the USB cable. For details on the
installation procedure, refer to the USB Host
Driver Installation Guide on the supplied Utility
Software (CD-ROM).
• When using the USB cable to connect handset
to a PC, be sure to directly insert the plug of the
USB cable into a USB port of the PC.
• You cannot use USB functions other than ®the
charge function during infrared/Bluetooth
communication.
Configuring USB Connection Mode
Configure the mode for using the USB cable to
connect a PC to handset in Standby. Select Card
Reader to transfer music from a PC, and
Communication for a dial-up connection.
q Press [➡Settings➡[➡Connectivity
➡[➡USB➡[
w
Select Connection➡[➡
Communication, Card Reader or
Always Ask➡[
• Select Always Ask to choose the
connection mode whenever you connect
the USB cable in Standby.
Transferring Music from a PC to Memory Card
To transfer music files from a PC, use Card Reader
mode.
• Offline Mode is set while handset is in Card
Reader mode. In Offline Mode, handset cannot
make/receive calls, send/receive messages, nor
connect to Yahoo! Keitai. In this mode, all the
keys are disabled.
• Timer viewing of TV will not start in Card
Reader mode.
• Music files cannot be played on handset unless
they are transferred using music transfer
software.
• If handset is not in Standby when connecting
the USB cable, handset changes to
Communication mode even if Connection
has been set to Card Reader or Always
Ask.
12
12-8
823T824T̲web̲12.indd 12-8
08.8.12 4:24:30 PM
Switching to Card Reader Mode by Connecting the
USB Cable
q In Standby, connect handset to a PC
with the USB cable
• Open the cover of External Device Port and
plug in the connector of the USB cable
with the inscription facing down.
• If Connection is set to Always Ask, select
Card Reader.
handset does not change to Card Reader
mode when connecting the USB cable in
Standby.
• If handset is not in Standby when connecting
the USB cable, handset changes to
Communication mode even if Connection
has been set to Card Reader or Always
Ask.
q Set handset to Card Reader mode
w Follow the instructions on the PC
More Features
Functions for PC Connection
(E page 12-15)
Canceling Card Reader Mode
q Use the connected PCʼs function to
remove an external device
Settings for PC Connection
(E page 13-37)
• Use USB Cable for Charging
w Disconnect the USB cable from handset
File Transfer/Backup
• If Connection is set to Communication,
Transferring Data
12
12-9
823T824T̲web̲12.indd 12-9
08.8.12 4:24:30 PM
Memory Card Backup
About Memory Card Backup
Back up Phone Book entries, events and other
data to memory card, and restore as required.
Precautions
• Some data cannot be transferred to memory
card.
• Do not use a PC or other device to view or
File Transfer/Backup
change a backup file on memory card. The file
may be damaged.
• Copyrighted data may not be transferred to
memory card or restored to handset, or may be
deleted from memory card/handset after the
transfer.
• If the file name of data restored to handset is
more than 32 characters, characters that exceed
the limit are omitted when the file is
transferred.
• The security lock set to handset Data Folder will
not be reflected in the transferred data.
12
• About Backing Up Content Keys
・Since only a single content key backup file
can be saved to memory card, backing up
another content key will overwrite the
previously saved backup file. If you want to
maintain the previously backed up content
key, import the backup file from memory
card to handset and then perform the
backup operation again.
・The file whose content key has been
moved to memory card for backup will no
longer be available on handset.
・Importing a content key into handset adds
it to other content keys in handset. It does
not overwrite the current handset content
keys.
Backing Up Data to Memory Card
q Press [➡Settings➡[➡Backup
➡[
Backup Window
w Select Transfer All ➡[➡Backup
➡[
e Select the data to back up➡[
• To select other data, repeat this step.
• To select or unselect all data:
Press K➡Mark All or Unmark All
➡[
12-10
823T824T̲web̲12.indd 12-10
08.8.12 4:24:31 PM
r Press J (Trans.)➡B➡[➡Enter
Handset Code
• When transferring Phone Book entries, a
confirmation window appears asking if
you want to include images saved in
Phone Book. Select NO to transfer Phone
Book entries without images.
• When transferring events on Calendar or
tasks, a confirmation window appears
asking if you want to transfer past events/
tasks. Select Futures Only not to transfer
past events.
Restoring Data from Memory Card
q
From Backup Window, select Transfer
All ➡[➡Restore A or Restore B➡[
• If There are no data. appears, select
either Restore A or Restore B to restore
the data.
• To restore data from a non-3G model
SoftBank handset, select From non-3G.
More Features
Functions for Memory Card Backup
(E page 12-15)
w Select the data to restore➡[
Press K➡Mark All or Unmark All
➡[
e Press J (Read)➡[➡Enter Handset
Code
• To restore Phone Book/Events/Tasks/
File Transfer/Backup
• To select other data, repeat this step.
• To select or unselect all data:
12
Messages/Bookmarks/Notepad:
Select Add or Overwrite➡[ (twice)➡
Select data➡[
• If you select Add, you can add the data
without deleting data on handset.
12-11
823T824T̲web̲12.indd 12-11
08.8.12 4:24:31 PM
S! Addressbook Back-up
About S! Addressbook Back-up
S! Addressbook Back-up is a service that allows you to back up handset's Phone Book to a network server and synchronize it with the data on the server. It is
useful for recovering information if your handset is lost or damaged.
For details on S! Addressbook Back-up, access the following website.
http://www.softbank.jp/SAB
Back up to the server!
Restore to handset when necessary
Handset
File Transfer/Backup
12
12-12
PC
Synchronize handset Phone Book
with the server when necessary
Export the server Phone Book
to a PC→Edit→Save
S! Addressbook
Back-up Server
Your Personal
Phone Book
Storage Area
Phone Book
Precautions
• The following Phone Book items cannot be synchronized.
Be careful because the following Phone Book settings on handset are completely deleted when data is read from the server.
Ringtones/External Lights/Picture/Secret
• The server Phone Book is deleted when you end your S! Addressbook Back-up contract.
• Be careful about timing and synchronization type setting when you back up or read data on the server.
• If you synchronize Phone Book data with the synchronization type of Synchronize, From Client, or Backup after deleting all the Phone Book entries on
handset, the server Phone Book is deleted.
• If you synchronize Phone Book data with the synchronization type of Synchronize, From Server, or Restore after deleting all the Phone Book entries on
the server, Phone Book on handset is deleted.
823T824T̲web̲12.indd 12-12
08.8.12 4:24:32 PM
Using S! Addressbook Back-up
Synchronizing Phone Book
Connect to the network server so that Phone Book
data on handset and the server can be
complemented by each other.
• When synchronizing for the first time, the
Synchronize type is used regardless of the
synchronization type setting.
q Press [➡Phone Book ➡[➡Addr.
Setting Synchronization Type
Select from the following types.
From Client
Back up changes to the
information in handset
Phone Book.
From Server
Changes to the information
in the server Phone Book are
reflected to handset.
Backup
Delete the existing Phone
Book data on the server and
back up all Phone Book data
in handset to the server.
Restore
Delete the existing Phone
Book data in handset and
reflect all Phone Book data
on the server to handset.
Bkup➡[
S! Addressbook Back-up Window
w Select Start Sync➡[➡Start ➡[➡
Enter Handset Code
• Follow the onscreen instructions.
• Upon starting synchronization, handset
select Sync Settings➡[➡Select the
current Sync Type setting➡[
w Select a synchronization type➡[➡
J (Save)
More Features
Functions for S! Addressbook Back-up
(E page 12-16)
File Transfer/Backup
Synchronize
Back up changes in handset
Phone Book to the server
and download new
information in the server
Phone Book to handset
simultaneously.
q From S! Addressbook Back-up Window,
12
connects to the Internet. Transmission fees
apply during Internet connections. Ending
synchronization terminates the connection
automatically.
12-13
823T824T̲web̲12.indd 12-13
08.8.12 4:24:32 PM
Advanced Features
File Transfer/Backup
Functions for Infrared Communication
Send My Details
[Send My Details]
[➡Phone Book ➡[➡My Details➡[
➡J➡Via Infrared ➡[
Functions for Bluetooth® Communication
From ➡ Paired Device List Window page 12-5
Change a Paired Device Name
[Device Name]
File Transfer/Backup
12
Paired Device List Window Select a device➡K➡
Device Name➡[➡Enter a device name➡
[
Delete a Paired Device
[Delete Device]
Paired Device List Window Select a device➡K➡
Delete➡[➡YES➡[
Cut Off Connection to a Handsfree Device
[Disconnect]
• When accessing the Internet by connecting
Send My Details
[Send My Details]
[➡Phone Book ➡[➡My Details➡
[➡J➡Via Bluetooth➡[➡Select a
device➡[
Use Bluetooth® for Dial-up Connections
[Dial-up Connections]
handset to a PC or PDA (i.e. mobile data
communication), a large amount of data is often
transferred in a very short time resulting in high
packet transmission fees. You are recommended
to check the fees now and then during the
mobile data communication.
In Standby, receive a connection request from
another Bluetooth® compatible device➡YES➡
[➡Enter an authentication PIN code➡[
• Handset can use dial-up connections when the
Bluetooth setting (page 12-5) is ON.
• Enter the same authentication PIN code (any 4
to 16 digits) on handset and the Bluetooth®
compatible device to connect.
• Handset sends a message three times in three
minutes to the same device if the receiving
device does not respond.
• In a 3G High Speed area, you can receive at a
maximum speed of 3.6 Mbps and send at a
maximum speed of 384 kbps. Note that sending
or receiving very large files can result in high
transmission fees.
Paired Device List Window Select a handsfree device
➡K➡Disconnect ➡[
12-14
823T824T̲web̲12.indd 12-14
08.8.12 4:24:33 PM
Functions for PC Connection
Use USB Cable for Dial-up Connections
[Dial-up Connections]
From ➡ Backup Window page 12-10
Back Up/Restore Setting Data
[Relocate]
■Backing Up Setting Data
Backup Window Relocate➡[➡Enter Handset
Code➡Backup ➡[➡Select a setting data
item➡[➡J➡B➡[➡Enter a backup
file code➡Re-enter the code for confirmation➡
B (twice) ➡[
• To select more than one item, repeat selecting
an item and pressing [ as many times as
required.
• To select or unselect all items, do the
following.
While an item is selected, K➡Mark All or
Unmark All ➡[
• A backup file code is a four-digit number set at
each backup and required when restoring the
setting data to handset. Write down your
backup file codes and do not reveal them to
others.
Delete Backup Files
[Delete Data]
Backup Window Transfer All ➡[➡Delete
Data➡[
■Deleting Phone Book/Events/Tasks/
Messages/Bookmarks/Notepad
Select Data➡[➡Select a type of data➡[
➡Select a file➡[➡J➡YES➡[
• To select more than one file, repeat selecting a
file and pressing [ as many times as
required.
• To select or unselect all files, do the following.
While a file is selected, K➡Mark All or
Unmark All ➡[
■Deleting All Files
All ➡[➡YES➡[➡Enter Handset Code
File Transfer/Backup
You can connect handset to a PC with the USB
cable and access the Internet.
• Handset sends a message three times in three
minutes to the same device if the receiving
device does not respond.
• In a 3G High Speed area, you can receive at a
maximum speed of 3.6 Mbps and send at a
maximum speed of 384 kbps. Note that sending
or receiving very large files can result in high
transmission fees.
• When accessing the Internet by connecting
handset to a PC or PDA (i.e. mobile data
communication), a large amount of data is often
transferred in a very short time resulting in high
packet transmission fees. You are recommended
to check the fees now and then during the
mobile data communication.
Functions for Memory Card Backup
12
■Restoring Setting Data
Backup Window Relocate➡[➡Enter Handset
Code➡Restore or From non-3G➡[➡
Select a setting data item➡[➡Enter the
backup file code➡B (twice)➡[
12-15
823T824T̲web̲12.indd 12-15
08.8.12 4:24:33 PM
Advanced Features
Functions for S! Addressbook Back-up
From ➡ S! Addressbook Back-up Window page 12-13
Synchronize Phone Book Automatically
[Auto Sync]
S! Addressbook Back-up Window Sync Settings➡
[➡Select the current Auto Sync setting➡[
➡ON➡[➡Enter Handset Code
■Setting Synchronization Schedule
Weekly or Monthly ➡[➡Set a day of the
week/date/time➡[➡J
■Synchronizing Automatically After
File Transfer/Backup
12
Editing Phone Book
After Updated ➡[➡J
• If you select After Updated, synchronization
will be performed automatically after about ten
minutes whenever handset Phone Book is
edited.
View S! Addressbook Back-up History
[Sync Log]
S! Addressbook Back-up Window Sync Log ➡[➡
Select a log➡[
12-16
823T824T̲web̲12.indd 12-16
08.8.12 4:24:34 PM
13
823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-1
Customization
Display Settings ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 13-2
Incoming Event Settings ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 13-9
Sound Settings ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････13-11
Mail Settings ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････13-14
Internet Settings ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････13-19
Call Settings ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････13-22
Camera Settings ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････13-25
TV Settings ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････13-28
Media Player Settings ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････13-31
S! Appli Settings ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････13-32
Reset ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････13-33
Text Entry/Phone Book ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････13-34
File Transfer ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････13-36
Various Tools･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････13-38
Communications ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････13-44
08.8.12 4:25:01 PM
Display Settings
Menus, Incoming Images, etc.
Start Here [➡Settings➡[➡Display ➡[➡Main Screens➡[E
Set Menu Icons/Images
Preinstalled Icons/Images
EDeco
Saved Icons/Images (Data Folder)
EDeco
Keitaideco
EDeco
or Deco
➡[➡Original or Ku-man➡[ (twice)
or Deco ➡[➡Phone Memory➡[➡ Gamendeco➡[➡Select a
Gamendeco➡[ (twice) ➡YES➡[
or Deco
➡[➡Keitaideco➡[ (twice) ➡YES➡[
Set Incoming Call Image
Preinstalled Image
EIn-Calls➡[➡Voice Call or Video Call➡[➡Original or Ku-man➡[ (twice)
Saved Image (Data Folder/Memory Card)
EIn-Calls➡[➡Voice Call or Video Call➡[➡Phone Memory or Memory Card
➡[➡Select an image➡[➡E to compose the image➡K➡[
Keitaideco
EIn-Calls➡[➡Voice Call➡[➡Keitaideco➡[ (twice)
Set Incoming Message Image
Customization
13
Preinstalled Image
EMessages➡[➡Receiving or DeliveryCheck➡[➡Original or Ku-man➡
[ (twice)
Saved Image (Data Folder/Memory Card)
EMessages➡[➡Receiving or DeliveryCheck➡[➡Phone Memory or Memory
Card➡[➡Select an image➡[➡E to compose the image➡K➡[
Keitaideco
EMessages➡[➡Receiving➡[➡Keitaideco➡[ (twice)
• To set Keitaideco for menu icons/images or incoming call/message image, Keitaideco must be set in advance (page 2-32).
13-2
823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-2
08.8.12 4:25:01 PM
Start Here [➡Settings➡[➡Display➡[➡Main Screens➡[E
Set Download/Power-on/Power-off Screens
EDownload, Power On or Power Off➡[➡Original or Ku-man➡[ (twice)
Set Display Theme Collectively
EJ➡Original or Ku-man➡[
• If you receive a call from a person whose picture is saved to Phone Book and Picture under Caller Details is set to ON, the picture is shown regardless
of the incoming image settings. However, if you receive a call from a secret Phone Book entry when Secret Mode is set to Hide, the incoming image is
shown.
• If a video file is set as ringtone, the incoming image is not shown.
Mini Tool Settings
Select Calendar, Notepad, Weather News, information about songs during playback, or other information to appear on Mini Tool during operations or in
Standby.
• To show Mini Tool, Wide View must be set to OFF.
Start Here [➡Settings➡[➡Display➡[➡Mini Tool➡[E
Configure Mini Tool Settings
EMini Tool➡[➡Preset or Giant Date ➡[ (twice)
EMini Tool➡[➡Phone Memory ➡[➡Select an item➡[ (twice)
Start Here [➡Settings➡[➡Display➡[➡Wide View➡[E
Set Wide View
ESelect a window➡[➡ON or OFF➡[
• If you change the IdleScreen setting, reconfigure the wallpaper setting.
• IdleScreen is fixed to ON in Simple Mode.
Set Wide View Collectively
EJ➡Wide View ON or Wide View OFF➡[
Customization
Set a Preinstalled Content
Set a Saved Content (Data Folder)
13
13-3
823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-3
08.8.12 4:25:02 PM
Display Settings
Start Here [➡Settings➡[➡Display➡[➡Mini Tool➡[E
Set an Animation for Mini Tool
EMini Photo➡[➡Image➡[➡Images List➡[➡Select an image list➡[➡J
• Images must be saved to an image list in advance.
Set Images Saved to an Image List
EMini Photo➡[➡Image➡[➡Images List➡[➡Select an image list➡J➡
Select an item➡[➡Phone Memory or Memory Card➡[➡Select an image➡[
(twice) ➡J (twice)
Set Images in a Folder
EMini Photo➡[➡Image➡[➡Select Folder➡[➡Select a folder➡[➡J
Set Preinstalled Images
EMini Photo➡[➡Image➡[➡Preset➡[➡J
Incoming Caller Details
Start Here [➡Settings➡[➡Display➡[➡Caller Details➡[E
Set Caller Photo to Appear
EPicture➡[➡ON or OFF➡[
Set Caller Info to Appear in External Display
EExt. Display➡[➡ON or OFF➡[
• When Picture is set to ON, incoming image does not appear. However, if you receive a call from a secret Phone Book entry when Secret Mode is set to
Customization
Hide, the caller photo is not shown.
• If a video file is set as ringtone, the caller photo is not shown.
13
13-4
823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-4
08.8.12 4:25:03 PM
Font Settings
The font size and color for Display can be changed.
Start Here [➡Settings➡[➡Display➡[➡Font Settings➡[E
Set Font Size
EFont Size➡[➡Select a window➡[➡Select a font size➡[
Set Font Color
EFont Color➡[➡Select a font color pattern➡[
Set Font Sizes Collectively
EFont Size➡[➡J➡Select a font size➡[
Backlight Settings
Start Here [➡Settings➡[➡Display ➡[➡Backlight➡[E
EPower Saving➡[➡Select a time➡[
Set Keypad Lighting Time
EKeypad Light ➡[➡Enter a lighting time (0 to 15 seconds) ➡[
Set Display Lighting
EDisplays ➡[➡Lighting Time➡[➡Enter a lighting time (0 to 60 seconds) ➡[
➡Brightness➡[➡Select a level➡[
Set Media Player Lighting (During Video Playback
and Streaming)
EMedia Player➡[➡Always ON, Always OFF or Same as Phone➡[
Customization
Set Power Saving
13
13-5
823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-5
08.8.12 4:25:03 PM
Display Settings
Settings for External Lights
Start Here [➡Settings➡[➡Display ➡[➡External Light ➡[E
Set External Lights for Notifications
ENotification➡[➡Select a type of incoming event➡[➡Select a color or OFF➡[
Set External Lights for Incoming Events
EIllumination➡[➡Select an item➡[➡Preset or OFF➡[➡Select a pattern➡
[
Set External Lights for Incoming Messages
EIllumination➡[➡Message➡[➡Pattern ➡[➡Preset or OFF➡[➡Select
a pattern➡[
Set External Lights for Incoming Feeling Mail
EIllumination➡[➡Message➡[➡Feeling➡[➡ON or OFF➡[
• Priority is given to External Light setting for each Phone Book entry.
Settings for Twin Illuminations
Set Flash Pattern
Customization
[➡Settings➡[➡Display➡[➡Twin Illumi➡[➡Select a pattern➡[
• Press and hold R while handset is closed. Twin Illuminations flash for about three
minutes. Press R to turn off Twin Illuminations.
• Side Key must be set to Twin Illumi in advance.
Operator Name Setting
Show/Hide Operator Name in Standby
[➡Settings➡[➡Display➡[➡Operator Name➡[➡ON or OFF➡[
13
13-6
823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-6
08.9.2 11:18:46 AM
Interface Language
Switch Language
[➡Settings➡[➡Phone Settings➡[➡言語選択 (Language)➡[➡Select a
language➡[
• If you select Automatic, the language set on USIM Card is automatically selected.
Charging In Progress Image (Slideshow)
Start Here [➡Tools➡[➡Photo Stand ➡[E
Set Slideshow On/Off
EON/OFF➡[➡ON or OFF➡[➡Settings➡[➡Image➡[➡Images List ➡
[➡Select an image list➡[
• Images must be saved to an image list in advance.
EON/OFF➡[➡ON or OFF➡[➡Settings➡[➡Image➡[➡Images List
➡[➡Select an image list➡J➡Select an item➡[➡Phone Memory or Memory
Card➡[➡Select an image➡[ (twice) ➡J
Set Images in a Folder
EON/OFF➡[➡ON or OFF➡[➡Settings➡[➡Image➡[➡Select Folder
➡[➡Select a folder ➡[
Set Preinstalled Images
EON/OFF➡[➡ON or OFF➡[➡Settings➡[➡Image➡[➡Preset ➡[
Set Template
EON/OFF➡[➡ON or OFF➡[➡Settings➡[➡Templates➡[➡Select a
template➡[ (twice)
Set Duration
EON/OFF➡[➡ON or OFF➡[➡Settings➡[➡Duration➡[➡Enter time
➡[
Customization
Set Images Saved to an Image List
13
13-7
823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-7
08.8.12 4:25:04 PM
Display Settings
Active Window Settings
Configure settings for S! Quick News in Shortcut Mode (page 2-8).
Start Here A➡K➡Settings➡[➡Display➡[E
Show All Information or Only Unread One
EUnread/Read➡[➡Unread Only or Show All➡[
Set Ticker Speed
EScreen Speed➡[➡Select a speed➡[
Start Here [➡Entertainment ➡[➡S! Quick News➡[➡Settings➡[E
Show/Hide Images
EImage➡[➡Show or Hide➡[
Restore Settings and Registered Contents of
S! Quick News to Default
EReset➡[➡Enter Handset Code➡YES➡[
Customization
13
13-8
823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-8
08.8.12 4:25:04 PM
Incoming Event Settings
Response Settings for Incoming Calls
Start Here [➡Settings➡[➡Call Settings➡[➡Answer Type➡[E
Answer Incoming Calls by Opening Handset (Open to
Talk)
EOpen to Talk➡[➡ON➡[
Set Any Key Answer
EAny Keys➡[➡ON or OFF➡[
• If Any Key Answer is set to ON, you can answer incoming voice/video calls and S! Circle Talk
calls by pressing a key from 0 to 9, * or #, besides N, [ or H (for video
call).
Answering Machine Settings
Set Answering Machine Response Time
[➡Settings➡[➡Call Settings➡[➡Ans Machine➡[➡Set Duration➡
[➡Enter a response time➡[
Reject Settings
Reject Specific Incoming Calls
ESelect calls to reject➡[➡ON➡[
Reject Calls from Specified Phone Numbers
ESpecific #s➡[➡ON/OFF➡[➡ON➡[
Use Reject List (Save Numbers to Reject List)
ESpecific #s➡[➡Reject List➡[➡J➡Phone Book➡[➡Select an entry➡
[➡Select a phone number➡[ (twice)
Enter a Number
ESpecific #s➡[➡Reject List➡[➡J➡Phone Number➡[➡Enter a phone
number➡[ (twice)
Select a Number from Call Log
ESpecific #s➡[➡Reject List➡[➡J➡Call Log➡[➡Select a phone number➡
[ (twice)
Customization
Start Here [➡Settings➡[➡Call Settings➡[➡Reject Calls➡[➡Enter Handset CodeE
13
13-9
823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-9
08.8.12 4:25:04 PM
Incoming Event Settings
• If Call Barring (page 3-17) is set for incoming calls, Call Barring takes priority.
Priority Settings
Start Here [➡Settings➡[➡Priority➡[E
Set Priority
ESelect a function➡[➡Select a type of incoming event➡[➡Pause or Continue➡
[
Set Priority While Media Player is Playing
EMedia Player ➡[➡Continue or Pause➡[
Set Priority While Running S! Appli
ES! Appli ➡[➡Select a type of incoming event➡[➡Pause Apps or Continue
Apps➡[
Set Priority During S! Circle Talk
ECircle Talk➡[➡Pause or Continue➡[
Set Alarm Activation While Using TV
ETV➡[➡Alarm➡[➡Pause or Continue➡[
Customization
13
13-10
823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-10
08.8.12 4:25:05 PM
Sound Settings
Manner Mode
Start Here [➡Settings➡[➡Sounds➡[➡Manner Mode➡[E
Switch Manner Modes
ESwitch Mode➡[➡Select a mode➡[
Customize Original Mode
EOriginal Mode➡[➡Select an Original Mode➡[➡Select an item➡[➡Set each
item➡J
• For details on setting each item, see "Sound and Vibration".
Sound and Vibration
Start Here [➡Settings➡[➡Sounds➡[E
Set Ringtone
Set a Preinstalled Sound
EIncoming➡[➡Select a type of incoming event➡[➡Ringtone➡[➡Patterns or
Melodies➡[➡Select a ringtone➡[
Set a File in Data Folder/Memory Card
EIncoming➡[➡Select a type of incoming event➡[➡Ringtone➡[➡Phone
Memory or Memory Card➡[➡Select a file➡[ (twice)
correctly.
Set Downloaded Keitaideco Ringtone
EIncoming➡[➡Voice Call or Message➡[➡Ringtone➡[➡Keitaideco➡
[ (twice)
• Keitaideco must be set in advance (page 2-32).
Set Ringtone Volume
EIncoming➡[➡Select a type of incoming event➡[➡Ringtone Vol.➡[➡Set
volume level➡[
Customization
• If a play point is included in the selected file, select the play point after selecting the file.
• If you set a SMAF file which includes an image as ringtone, the image may not be shown
13
13-11
823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-11
08.9.2 11:20:01 AM
Sound Settings
Start Here [➡Settings➡[➡Sounds➡[E
Set Ring Time
Specify a Time by Direct Entry
EIncoming➡[➡Message, DeliveryCheck, Missed Call or Friend Status➡[➡
Duration➡[➡Set Duration➡[➡Enter a ring time (1 to 99 seconds) ➡[
Play a Specified File until the End
EIncoming➡[➡Message, DeliveryCheck, Missed Call or Friend Status➡[➡
Duration➡[➡1 Cycle➡[
Set Vibration
EIncoming➡[➡Select a type of incoming event➡[➡Vibration➡[➡Select a
pattern➡[
Set Vibration for Incoming Messages
EIncoming➡[➡Message➡[➡Vibration➡[➡Pattern➡[➡Select a pattern
➡[
Set Vibration for Incoming Feeling Mail
EIncoming➡[➡Message➡[➡Vibration➡[➡Feeling➡[➡ON or OFF
➡[
Set Sound Volume
ESound Vol.➡[➡Set volume level➡[
Set Speaker Volume
ESpeaker Vol.➡[➡Set volume level➡[
Set Sound Effects
Customization
13
Set Default Tone
ESound Effects➡[➡Select an item➡[➡Tone Type➡[➡Original➡[
Set a Preinstalled Melody
ESound Effects➡[➡Select an item➡[➡Tone Type➡[➡Melodies➡[➡
Select a melody➡[
Set a File in Data Folder/Memory Card
ESound Effects➡[➡Select an item➡[➡Tone Type➡[➡Phone Memory or
Memory Card➡[➡Select a file➡[ (twice)
• Select Original 1 (default) or Original 2 for Keypad Tone.
• You cannot set preinstalled melodies as Keypad Tone.
• You cannot set files which include an image as sound effects.
• You cannot set files in Data Folder or memory card as Keypad Tone.
13-12
823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-12
08.9.2 11:20:01 AM
Start Here [➡Settings➡[➡Sounds➡[E
Set Sound Effects Volume
ESound Effects➡[➡Select an item➡[➡Tone Volume➡[➡Set volume level➡
[
Set Kacha-ble
Lets you know there are missed calls or new messages
by vibrating handset when you open it.
EKacha-ble➡[➡Select an item➡[➡ON or OFF➡[
Set Kacha-ble Collectively
EKacha-ble➡[➡J➡ON or OFF➡[
Customization
13
13-13
823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-13
08.9.2 11:20:02 AM
Mail Settings
Message Creation Settings
Start Here J➡Settings➡[➡Creating➡[E
Add Recipients to Simple Input List
ESimple Input➡[➡Select a list item with no entry➡[➡Enter an address
Set Groups
ECategory ➡[➡Select a group➡[➡J➡Enter addresses
• For details on how to enter addresses, see page 4-4.
Edit a Group Name
ECategory ➡[➡Select a group➡K➡Rename➡[➡Enter a group name➡[
Set Send Type (To/Cc/Bcc) for Each Address
ECategory ➡[➡Select a group➡[➡Select an address➡K➡To/Cc/Bcc➡[➡
To, Cc or Bcc➡[
Set a Signature
ESignature➡[➡Signature 1 or Signature 2➡[➡Enter a signature➡[
Cancel Signature Insertion
ESignature➡[➡No Signature➡[
Edit Signature
ESignature➡[➡Signature 1 or Signature 2➡K➡Edit➡[➡Edit the signature➡
[
Set Default Mail Type
EDefault Type➡[➡SMS or S! Mail➡[
Show/Hide Notification When Mail Type is Switched
ENotify Type➡[➡Show or Hide ➡[
Customization
13
13-14
823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-14
08.8.12 4:25:06 PM
Outgoing Messages
Start Here J➡Settings➡[➡Sending➡[E
Show/Hide Sending Confirmation Window
EConfirmation➡[➡Show or Hide➡[
Set Vibration When Sending is Confirmed
EVibration➡[➡ON or OFF➡[
Check Delivery
EDeliveryCheck➡[➡Ask➡[
Set Server Storage Period of Sent Messages
EExpiry➡[➡SMS or S! Mail➡[➡Select an expiry time ➡[
Set Message Priority
EPriority➡[➡Select a priority➡[
Set Time for Delivering Messages to Recipients
EDelivery Time➡[➡Select a delivery time➡[
Save a Reply Address
EReply to➡[➡ON➡[➡Enter an address
Edit SMS Center Number (+819066519300)
EMessage Ctr➡[ (three times)➡Input SMS Center Number ➡[
• For details on how to enter addresses, see page 4-4.
• SMS may become unavailable after changing SMS Center Number.
• Once SMS Center Number is changed, resetting handset will not restore the default number.
Customization
Display Settings
Start Here J➡Settings➡[➡Display➡[E
Set Font Size
EFont Size➡[➡Select a font size➡[
Set Scroll Unit
EScroll Unit➡[➡Select a scroll unit➡[
Show/Hide Address and Subject When Sending/
Receiving Messages
EShow Address➡[➡Enter Handset Code➡Main Display or Ext. Display➡[➡
Select a viewing mode➡[
13
13-15
823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-15
08.8.12 4:25:07 PM
Mail Settings
Incoming Messages
Start Here J➡Settings➡[➡Receiving➡[E
Set New Message Retrieve Mode
ERetrieve Mode➡[➡Home or Roaming➡[➡Immediate, Phone # Only or
Deferred➡[
• Select Home to receive S! Mail within SoftBank's service area; select Roaming to
receive S! Mail outside that area.
Set Automatic Display of Picture Files
EAuto-extract➡[➡Picture➡[➡Show or Hide➡[
Set Automatic Playback of Sound Files
EAuto-extract➡[➡Sound➡[➡Unmute or Mute➡[
Set Spam Filter
EAnti-Spam➡[➡Enter Handset Code➡Sort Messages➡[➡Sort or Do not Sort
➡[➡Select Folder➡[➡Select a folder➡[
3D Pictograms
3D Pictograms are a 3D animation playback function compatible with words, pictographs and emoticons in the message text.
Start Here J➡Settings➡[➡3D Pictograms➡[E
Customization
Set Automatic Playback of 3D Pictograms
EAuto Play➡[➡All, Unread Only or OFF➡[
Set Font and Background Colors for 3D Pictograms
EColors➡[➡Select a color combination➡[
• 3D Pictograms are unavailable in S! Mail notifications, SMS with no text and Graphic Mail.
• Background playback of music files is paused during 3D Pictograms playback.
13
13-16
823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-16
08.8.12 4:25:07 PM
Message Box Settings
Do Not Auto-delete Old Messages
J➡Message Box➡[➡Select a folder➡K➡Auto-delete➡[➡Received or
Sent➡[➡Do not Set➡[
Switch Between Folder View and All Message View
J➡Message Box➡[➡K➡Display➡[➡Folder View➡[➡Folder View or
All Messages➡[
Switch Between Mixed View and Separate View
J➡Message Box➡[➡K➡Display➡[➡Received/Sent➡[➡Mixed View
or Separate View➡[
Message List View Settings
Start Here J➡Message Box➡[➡Select a folder➡[➡K➡Display➡[E
Switch Message List Views
EDisplay Items➡[➡Subject or Addresses➡[
Split Message List Window
EChange View➡[➡Preview or Text Only➡[
• If you select Preview, the beginning of Graphic Mail text is also shown in the preview
window.
• When Subject is selected for Display Items, the preview window shows the other party's address. When Addresses is selected for Display Items, the
subject is shown in the preview window.
Customization
• If you do not want to split Message List Window, select List Only.
13
13-17
823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-17
08.8.12 4:25:07 PM
Mail Settings
Message List Window Settings
Start Here J➡Message Box➡[➡Select a folder➡[E
Filter Messages
EK➡Filter➡[➡Select a criterion➡[
Create a New Phone Book Entry with a Phone
Number/E-mail Address
ESelect a message➡K➡Save Sender➡[➡Add New➡[➡Enter other items➡J
Add a Phone Number/E-mail Address to a Phone
Book Entry
ESelect a message➡K➡Save Sender➡[➡Add➡[➡Select a Phone Book entry ➡
[➡J
Switch Between Unread and Read
Switch One Message Between Unread and Read
ESelect a message➡K➡Unread/Read➡[➡One➡[➡To Unread or To Read
➡[
Switch Multiple Messages Between Unread and
Read
EK➡Unread/Read➡[➡Select Multi➡[➡To Unread or To Read➡[➡Select
messages➡[➡J
Switch All Messages in a Folder Between Unread and
Read
EK➡Unread/Read➡[➡All➡[➡To Unread or To Read➡[➡Change
➡[
Customization
• Only received messages can be switched between unread and read.
Mini Tool Setting in Message List Window
Set Mini Tool in Message List Window
13
J➡Message Box, Drafts or Unsent➡[➡K➡Display ➡[➡Wide View ON
or Wide View OFF➡[
• To show Mini Tool in Message List Window, select Wide View OFF.
13-18
823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-18
08.8.12 4:25:08 PM
Internet Settings
Security Settings
Start Here for Yahoo! Keitai K (Press and hold)➡Settings➡[➡Security➡[E
Start Here for PC Site Browser K (Press and hold)➡J➡Settings➡[➡Security➡[E
Send/Block Manufacture Number
EManufacture #➡[➡Send or Do not Send➡[
Configure Send Referer Setting
ESend Referer➡[➡Send or Do not Send➡[
Enable/Disable Cookies
ECookie➡[➡Enable, Disable or Always Ask➡[
Configure Script Settings
EScript➡[➡Ask Once, Enable, Disable or Always Ask➡[
Check Root Certificates
ERoot Certif.➡[➡Select a root certificate➡[
Set Authentication
EAuthentica...➡[➡Retain Info, Per Session or Do not Retain➡[
Set SSL Communication
ESession Info.➡[➡Show or Hide➡[
Customization
13
13-19
823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-19
08.8.12 4:25:08 PM
Internet Settings
Universal Settings for Yahoo! Keitai and PC Site Browser
Start Here for Yahoo! Keitai K (Press and hold)➡Settings➡[E
Start Here for PC Site Browser K (Press and hold)➡J➡Settings➡[E
Clear Cache
EMemory Mgr.➡[➡Enter Handset Code➡Clear Cache➡[➡YES➡[
Delete All Cookies
EMemory Mgr.➡[➡Enter Handset Code➡Clear Cookie➡[➡YES➡[
Clear Authentication Info
EMemory Mgr.➡[➡Enter Handset Code➡Clear Auth...➡[➡YES➡[
Return Browser Settings, Bookmarks, and Saved
Pages to Default
EBrowser Reset➡[➡Enter Handset Code➡YES➡[
Restore Settings and Stored Information to Default
EReset Setting➡[➡Enter Handset Code➡YES➡[
Yahoo! Keitai Settings
Set Storage Location of Downloaded Contents
K (Press and hold) ➡Settings➡[➡Storage➡[➡Phone Memory or Memory
Card➡[
Customization
PC Site Browser Settings
Do Not Show Alert When Switching Browsers
K (Press and hold) ➡J➡Settings➡[➡Warning➡[➡PC Browser or Yahoo!
Keitai➡[➡Hide➡[
13
13-20
823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-20
08.8.12 4:25:09 PM
Web Page Settings
Web Page ➡ (page 5-3, 5-4)
Change Font Size
Web Page➡K➡Settings➡[➡Font Size➡[➡Select a size➡[
Change Scroll Unit
Web Page➡K➡Settings➡[➡Scroll Unit➡[➡Select a scroll unit➡[
Change Text Encoding Type
Web Page➡K➡Settings➡[➡Encoding Type➡[➡Select a text encoding type➡
[
Adjust Sound Playback Volume
Web Page➡K➡Settings➡[➡Sound Volume➡[➡Set volume level➡[
Do Not Download Images and Melodies from Web
Pages
Web Page➡K➡Settings➡[➡Downloads➡[➡Images or Sounds➡[➡Do
not Download➡[
Set Security Lock
K (Press and hold)➡Bookmarks, Saved Pages, Enter URL or History➡K➡
Security Lock➡[➡Enter Handset Code➡Lock or Unlock➡[
K (Press and hold)➡Bookmarks➡[➡Select a folder➡K➡Security Lock➡[➡
Enter Handset Code➡Lock or Unlock➡[
Set Security Lock to PC Sites
K (Press and hold)➡J➡Bookmarks, Saved Pages, Enter URL or History➡K➡
Security Lock➡[➡Enter Handset Code➡Lock or Unlock➡[
Customization
Set Security Lock to a Bookmark Folder
13
13-21
823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-21
08.9.2 11:21:35 AM
Call Settings
International Call Settings
Start Here [➡Settings➡[➡Call Settings➡[➡Call Services➡[➡Intl. Calls➡[E
Change International Code
EIntl. Code➡[➡Enter Handset Code➡Enter a code➡[
Add Country Codes to Country Number List
ECountryNumber➡[➡K➡Add➡[➡Enter a country name➡[➡Enter a
country code➡[
Set Operator to Use
EOperator➡[➡Auto/Manual➡[➡Automatic or Manual➡[
• When Automatic is selected, an operator is automatically selected according to the
priority list.
Change Priority Order of Operators
EOperator➡[➡Set Priority➡[➡K➡Insert or Move➡[➡Select an operator
➡[ (twice) ➡Select a position➡[
• If you select Add to Bottom, you can select and add an operator to the end of the
priority list.
Add an Operator
EOperator➡[➡Add Operator➡[➡Empty➡[➡Operator Name➡[➡Enter
an operator name➡[➡Country Code➡[➡Enter a country code➡[➡Operator
Code➡[➡Enter an operator code➡[➡K➡Save ➡[
Customization
Set Currency & Exchange Rate
ECost Unit➡[➡K➡Settings➡[➡Enter PIN2➡[➡Enter a currency (three
characters)➡[➡Enter an exchange rate➡[➡YES➡[
13
Show Call Cost After Each Call
ECost Display➡[➡ON➡[
Set Maximum Cost Limit
ECost Limit➡[➡K➡Set Max Limit➡[➡Enter PIN2➡[ (twice) ➡Enter a
maximum cost limit➡[
13-22
Call Cost Settings
Start Here [➡Settings➡[➡Call Settings➡[➡Call Time&Cost➡[E
• You cannot make voice and video calls if the total cost reaches the specified maximum cost limit. If the limit is reached during a call, the call ends.
823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-22
08.8.12 4:25:09 PM
Video Call Settings
Start Here [➡Settings➡[➡Call Settings➡[➡Video Call➡[E
Set Alternative Picture
Set Default Image
EAlt. Picture➡[➡ON➡[➡Preset➡[ (twice)
Set an Image in Data Folder/Memory Card
EAlt. Picture➡[➡ON➡[➡Phone Memory or Memory Card➡[➡Select an
image➡[ (twice)
Set Incoming Image Quality
EImage Quality➡[➡Select an item➡[
Add a Phone Number to Auto Answer List
Select a Phone Number from Phone Book
EAuto Answer➡[➡Answer List➡[➡J➡Enter Handset Code➡Phone Book➡
[➡Select an entry➡[➡Select a phone number➡[ (twice)
Enter a Phone Number Directly
EAuto Answer➡[➡Answer List➡[➡J➡Enter Handset Code➡Phone Number
➡[➡Enter a phone number➡[ (twice)
Select a Phone Number from Call Log
EAuto Answer➡[➡Answer List➡[➡J➡Enter Handset Code➡Call Log➡
[➡Select an entry➡[ (twice)
EMute➡[➡Mute My Voice, Mute All or OFF➡[
Set Audio Output
ELoud Speaker➡[➡ON or OFF➡[
Set Default Image
EHold Setting➡[➡Hold on Call or Hold Answer➡[➡Preset➡[ (twice)
Customization
Set Mute
Set an Image in Data Folder/Memory Card
EHold Setting➡[➡Hold on Call or Hold Answer➡[➡Phone Memory or
Memory Card➡[➡Select an image➡[ (twice)
13
Set Hold Image
13-23
823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-23
08.8.12 4:25:10 PM
Call Settings
Earphone-Microphone Settings
Start Here [➡Settings➡[➡Call Settings➡[➡Earphone➡[E
Save a Phone Number for Earphone-Microphone Call
Select a Phone Number from Phone Book
EEarphone Call➡[➡ON/OFF➡[➡ON➡[➡Set Number➡[➡Phone
Book➡[➡Select an entry➡[➡Select a phone number➡[ (twice)
Enter a Phone Number Directly
EEarphone Call➡[➡ON/OFF➡[➡ON➡[➡Set Number ➡[➡Phone
Number➡[➡Enter a phone number➡[ (twice)
Set Auto Answer
Allows you to answer an incoming voice call without
pressing the switch when Earphone-Microphone is
connected.
EAuto Answer➡[➡ON/OFF➡[➡ON➡[➡Set Duration➡[➡Enter a
response time➡[
• If you set Auto Answer and Answering Machine, Answering Machine is given priority.
• If you set Auto Answer and Voice Mail, the one with shorter response time is given priority. If the response time is the same, Voice Mail is given priority.
External Device Settings
Customization
Set Access Point Name (APN) to Perform Packet
Transmission from a PC
[➡Settings➡[➡Call Settings➡[➡External Device➡[➡Empty➡[➡
Enter an access point name (APN)➡[➡YES➡[
13
13-24
823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-24
08.8.12 4:25:10 PM
Camera Settings
Settings for Shooting Pictures/Videos
Viewfinder ➡ (page 7-3)/ Video Viewfinder ➡ (page 7-5)
Viewfinder/Video Viewfinder➡K➡Save Settings➡[➡Auto Save➡[➡ON➡[
Change Storage Location
Viewfinder/Video Viewfinder➡K➡Save Settings➡[➡Storage➡[➡Phone
Memory or Memory Card➡[➡Select a folder➡[
Set Image Quality
Viewfinder/Video Viewfinder➡K➡Picture or Movie➡[➡Quality➡[➡Select a
quality➡[
Set White Balance
Viewfinder/Video Viewfinder➡K➡Picture or Movie➡[➡White Balance➡[➡
Select an item➡[
Adjust Color Control
Viewfinder/Video Viewfinder➡K➡Picture or Movie➡[➡Color Control➡[➡
Select a color tone➡[
Set Picture/Video Effects
Viewfinder/Video Viewfinder➡K➡Picture or Movie➡[➡Effects➡[➡Select an
effect➡[
Adjust Flicker
E.g. under fluorescent light, you can set the frequency
(Automatic/50Hz/60Hz) to reduce flicker.
Viewfinder/Video Viewfinder➡K➡Function➡[➡Flicker➡[➡Automatic,
50 Hz or 60 Hz➡[
Set Shortcuts While Shooting Pictures/Videos
Viewfinder/Video Viewfinder➡K➡Function➡[➡Key Shortcut ➡[➡ON or OFF➡[
Set File Name
Use Date and Time
Viewfinder/Video Viewfinder➡K➡Save Settings➡[➡File Name➡[➡
Date&Time➡[
Define a Name
Viewfinder/Video Viewfinder➡K➡Save Settings➡[➡File Name➡[➡Define➡
[➡Enter a file name➡[
Customization
Save Pictures/Videos Automatically
13
• Auto Save cannot be set in Video mode.
13-25
823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-25
08.8.12 4:25:11 PM
Camera Settings
Settings for Taking Pictures
Viewfinder ➡ (page 7-3)/ Preview Window ➡ (page 7-3)
Set Focus Mode
Viewfinder➡K➡Function➡[➡Focus Mode➡[➡Select a focus mode➡[
Change Shutter Sound
Viewfinder➡K➡Function➡[➡Shutter Sound➡[➡Pattern 1 or Pattern 2➡
Add Date Stamps
Viewfinder➡K➡Picture➡[➡Date Stamp➡[➡ON➡[➡Select a font color➡
Set Guidelines
Viewfinder➡K➡Function➡[➡Grid➡[➡ON or OFF➡[
[
[
Take a Picture for a Phone Book Entry
Create a New Phone Book Entry with a Picture
Preview Window➡K➡To Phone Book➡[➡Add New➡[➡Create a Phone Book
entry
• Set Camera mode to Mobile and Picture Size to W112×H112 in advance.
• For details on saving a Phone Book entry, see page 2-17.
Add a Picture to a Phone Book Entry
Preview Window➡K➡To Phone Book➡[➡Add➡[➡Select a Phone Book entry
➡[➡J
Customization
• If the selected Phone Book entry contains a picture, select YES and press J to replace
the picture.
• Set Camera mode to Mobile and Picture Size to W112×H112 in advance.
• When Camera mode is set to Digital, or when it is set to Mobile with Picture Size set to W112×H112, you cannot add date stamps.
13
13-26
823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-26
08.8.12 4:25:11 PM
Settings for Recording Videos
Video Viewfinder ➡ (page 7-5)/ Preview Window ➡ (page 7-6)
Do Not Record Sound
Enlarge Video Viewfinder
Video Viewfinder ➡K➡Voice Record➡[➡OFF➡[
Video Viewfinder ➡K➡ScreenDisplay➡[
• Cannot be set when Video mode is set to Video.
Change Start/End Tone
Video Viewfinder ➡K➡Function➡[➡Start/End➡[➡Pattern 1 or Pattern 2
➡[
Set Preview On/Off
Video Viewfinder➡K➡Function➡[➡Preview➡[➡ON or OFF➡[
• Can only be set when Video mode is set to Video.
Set Recorded Video as a Ringtone Pattern
Create a New Phone Book Entry with a Ringtone
Pattern Set for It
Preview Window➡K➡To Phone Book➡[➡Add New➡[➡Create a Phone Book
entry
• Cannot be set when Video mode is set to Video.
• For details on saving a Phone Book entry, see page 2-17.
Set a Ringtone Pattern for a Phone Book Entry
Preview Window➡K➡To Phone Book➡[➡Add➡[➡Select a Phone Book entry
• If a ringtone pattern has already been set for the selected Phone Book entry, select YES
and press J to replace the ringtone pattern.
• Cannot be set when Video mode is set to Video.
Customization
➡[➡J
13
13-27
823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-27
08.8.12 4:25:11 PM
TV Settings
TV View Screen Setting
Set TV Start-up View
[➡TV➡[➡Settings➡[➡First View➡[➡Full Screen, Portrait or
Landscape➡[
Settings for Watching TV
Start Here H➡K➡Settings➡[E
Channel List Name
ESet Channels➡[➡Select a channel list➡K➡Rename➡[➡Enter a channel list
name➡[
Auto-off Timer
EOff-timer➡[➡30 minutes, 60 minutes, 120 minutes or OFF➡[
Image and Sound
Start Here H➡KE
Customization
13
Set Brightness
ESettings➡[➡Screen Settings➡[➡Brightness➡[➡Select a level➡[
Set Image Quality
ESettings➡[➡Screen Settings➡[➡Image Quality➡[➡Fine, Normal or
Cinema➡[
Set Image Sharpness
ESettings➡[➡Screen Settings➡[➡Sharpness➡[➡Sharp, Soft or OFF➡[
Set Economy Mode
ESettings➡[➡Screen Settings➡[➡Economy Mode➡[➡ON or OFF➡[
Set Subtitles
ESubtitles➡[➡ON or OFF➡[
Set Audio Output
ESwitch Audio➡[➡Main or Sub➡[
13-28
823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-28
08.8.12 4:25:12 PM
Data Broadcasts
Start Here H➡K➡Settings➡[➡Datacasting➡[E
Set Data Communication Confirmation Window
EStart Comm.➡[➡Ask before or Do not Ask➡[
Set Secure Connection Confirmation Window
Specify whether a confirmation window appears
whenever data communication that uses encryption, a
digital signature, or some other security function is
performed over a secure connection (SSL).
EGo to Secured➡[➡Ask before or Do not Ask➡[
Set Memory Access Confirmation Window
EAccess Memory➡[➡Ask before or Do not Ask➡[
Delete Broadcast Data
EClear Memory➡[➡Select a station➡K➡Clear➡[➡YES➡[
Delete All Data
EClear Memory➡[➡K➡Clear All➡[➡Enter Handset Code➡YES➡[
Select a Station and Delete by Entry
EClear Memory➡[➡Select a station➡[➡Select an entry➡K➡Clear➡[➡
YES➡[
Delete All Data of a Station and Its Affiliated
Stations
EClear Memory➡[➡Select a station➡[➡K➡Clear All➡[➡Enter Handset
Code➡YES➡[
Set Location Information Send Setting
ESend Location➡[➡Always Ask, Send or Do not Send➡[
Set Whether or Not to Send Manufacture Number
Specify whether your manufacture number (IMEI) is
sent automatically as a user ID when you use a data
broadcast or packet transmission.
EManufacture # ➡[➡Send or Do not Send➡[
Set Content Storage Location
EStorage➡[➡Phone Memory or Memory Card➡[
Customization
Delete Data of a Station
13
13-29
823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-29
08.8.12 4:25:12 PM
TV Settings
• Positioning cannot be done when Positioning Lock is set. To send location information, set Positioning Lock to OFF.
• Even if Always Ask or Send is specified for location information send setting, location information is not sent if Do not Send is selected for S! GPS
Navi location information send setting (LocationProperty).
Settings for View Timer
Start Here [➡TV➡[➡Settings➡[E
Set Alarm Volume for Timer Notification
ENotification➡[➡Alarm Volume➡[➡Set volume level➡[
Set Vibration for Timer Notification
ENotification➡[➡Vibration➡[➡ON or OFF➡[
Customization
13
13-30
823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-30
08.9.2 11:23:05 AM
Media Player Settings
Settings for Playing Music
Start Here [➡Media Player➡[➡Audio➡[E
Set Audio Output
EOutput Settings➡[➡Speaker/Earphone or Wireless➡[
• When you select Wireless, do the following.
Select a paired wireless device➡[
• For details on pairing a wireless device, see page 12-5 as well as the instruction manual
for the device.
Set Wallpaper During Playback
EPlayer Image➡[➡Original or Ku-man➡[
Customization
13
13-31
823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-31
08.9.2 11:23:05 AM
S! Appli Settings
Operational Settings
Start Here [➡S! Appli➡[➡Settings➡[E
Change Sound Effect Volume
EVolume➡[➡Set volume level➡[
Set Backlight
EBacklight➡[➡ON/OFF➡[➡Always ON, Always OFF or Same as Phone➡
[
Set Flashing of Backlight
EBacklight➡[➡Blink➡[➡ON or OFF➡[
Set Vibration
EVibration➡[➡ON or OFF➡[
Set Priority While Running S! Appli
Set Priority When a Voice/Video Call Arrives
ECalls&Alarms➡[➡Voice Call or Video Call➡[➡Pause Apps or Continue
Apps➡[
Set Priority When a Message Arrives
ECalls&Alarms➡[➡Message➡[➡Pause Apps or Continue Apps➡[
Set Priority When Alarm is Activated
ECalls&Alarms➡[➡Alarm➡[➡Pause Apps or Continue Apps➡[
Other Settings
Customization
13
Start Here [➡S! Appli➡[E
Set Confirmation Window for Making Calls or
Network Connection
ELibrary➡[➡Select an S! Appli➡K➡Security➡[➡Select a function➡[➡
Blanket, Session, Oneshot or No➡[
Update S! Appli Information on Memory Card
ECard Sync➡[➡YES➡[
View S! Appli License Information
EInformation➡[
Check S! Appli Root Certificates
ECertification➡[➡Select a certificate➡[
13-32
823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-32
08.9.2 11:23:05 AM
Reset
Resetting Handset to Default
Start Here [➡Settings➡[➡Security➡[➡Reset➡[E
Return All Settings to Default and Delete All Data
Stored on Handset
EReset All➡[➡Enter Handset Code➡YES➡[
Reset All Settings to Default
EReset Setting➡[➡Enter Handset Code➡YES➡[
Delete All Phone Book Entries, Files in Data Folder
and Messages
EClear Memory➡[➡Enter Handset Code➡YES➡[
Reset Confirmation Windows to Default
EConfirmation➡[➡Enter Handset Code➡YES➡[
• Files or information saved on USIM Card and memory card are not restored after resetting handset.
• Reset All cannot be performed when Web restriction under Restricted Mode is set to ON. Set Web restriction to OFF before performing reset
operations.
• Performing Reset All or Clear Memory deletes some preinstalled S! Appli and contents, which cannot be restored to the status at the time of purchase.
Customization
13
13-33
823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-33
08.9.2 11:23:06 AM
Text Entry/Phone Book
Text Entry Settings
Start Here In a text entry window➡K➡Customize➡[E
Change Input Method
EInput Method➡[➡Standard, Beeper, T9 or Multi-tap➡[
Do Not Show Word Suggestions from Entered Text
EPrediction➡[➡Predict Text➡[➡OFF➡[
Do Not Predict Next Phrase from Entered Phrases
EPrediction➡[➡Phrase➡[➡OFF➡[
Set Custom Window
ECustom Window➡[➡Add to Window➡[ (twice) ➡Enter symbols and pictographs
➡[
Show/Hide Custom Window
ECustom Window➡[➡Display➡[➡Display or Do not Display➡[
• When Display is set, Custom Window appears in text entry windows so that you can
quickly enter symbols and pictographs that are saved to Custom Window.
Set Text Deletion Method
EClear Setting➡[➡Delete or Back Space➡[
• When Delete is set, pressing L deletes a character to the right of the cursor; when
Back Space is set, pressing L deletes a character to the left of the cursor.
Reset Prediction Dictionary/Conversion Dictionary
EReset Learned➡[➡Prediction or Conversion➡[➡YES➡[
Customization
13
13-34
823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-34
08.9.2 11:23:06 AM
Phone Book Settings
Start Here [➡Phone Book➡[➡Settings➡[E
Change Storage Location
ESelect Storage➡[➡Always Ask, Phone Memory, USIM or Memory Card➡[
Prohibit Use of Phone Book
EPhone Book Lock➡[➡Enter Handset Code➡Lock➡[
• If you want to use Phone Book, enter Handset Code to temporarily unlock Phone Book
Lock.
• If Phone Book Lock is set to Lock, Speed Dial is unavailable to make calls.
Settings for Phone Book Groups
Edit a Group Name/Group Icon
[➡Phone Book➡[➡Group➡[➡Select a group➡[➡Select the group name
➡[➡Enter a group name➡[➡Select a group icon➡[➡J
• Press K and select To USIM or To Phone to switch between handset and USIM Card.
Customization
13
13-35
823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-35
08.9.2 11:23:07 AM
File Transfer
Settings for Bluetooth® Communication
Start Here [➡Settings➡[➡Connectivity➡[➡Bluetooth➡[E
Check Details of a Paired Bluetooth® Compatible
Device
EPaired Device➡[➡Select a device➡[
Set a Bluetooth® Compatible Device as Trusted
Device
If you set a paired Bluetooth® compatible device as
trusted device, a confirmation window does not
appear and a connection is established when a
connection request is received from that device.
EPaired Device➡[➡Select a device➡K➡Trust Device➡[➡ON➡[
Check Details of Handset
ESettings➡[➡Details➡[
Change Name of Handset
ESettings➡[➡Device Name➡[➡Enter a device name of handset➡[
Communicate Using a Handsfree Device
ESettings➡[➡Set Handsfree➡[➡Handsfree➡[
• To make and receive regular calls on handset, select Private.
Hide Handset
ESettings➡[➡Visibility➡[➡Hide➡[
Customization
• If handset receives a connection request from a device and you register the device to the paired device list by entering an authentication PIN code, a part
of the device information is not shown.
13
13-36
823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-36
08.9.2 11:23:07 AM
Settings for PC Connection
Use USB Cable for Charging
[➡Settings➡[➡Connectivity➡[➡USB➡[➡Battery➡[➡ON➡[
• Charging is not possible while the PC or handset is turned off.
• Charging may not be possible depending on the connection settings of the PC.
• If handset and a PC are connected with the USB cable, either the PC battery or handset battery is consumed depending on the Battery setting, regardless
of whether they are communicating data.
ON: PC battery is used.
OFF: Handset battery is used.
Customization
13
13-37
823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-37
08.9.2 11:23:07 AM
Various Tools
Settings for Saving Events
Start Here [➡Tools➡[➡Calendar➡[➡J➡Enter basic items (page 9-4)E
Change Alarm Volume
EAlarm➡[➡ON➡[➡Volume➡[➡Set volume level➡[➡J (twice) ➡OK➡
[
Change Vibration
EAlarm➡[➡ON➡[➡Vibration➡[➡Select a pattern➡[➡J (twice) ➡OK
➡[
Set an Image to Appear at Set Time
Set Default Image
EAlarm➡[➡ON➡[➡Image➡[➡Original➡[➡J (twice) ➡OK➡[
Set an Image in Data Folder/Memory Card
EAlarm➡[➡ON➡[➡Image➡[➡Phone Memory or Memory Card➡[➡
Select an image➡[➡E to compose the image➡K➡[➡J (twice) ➡OK➡[
Customization
Set a Stamp Icon
EStamp Icon➡[➡Select a stamp➡[➡J➡OK➡[
Set Category
EOptions➡[➡Category ➡[➡Select a category➡[➡J➡OK➡[
Set a Phone Number/E-mail Address/URL
EPhone Number, Address or URL➡[➡Enter a phone number, e-mail address, or URL
➡[➡J➡OK➡[
Set Link Information (Message/Web Page/Image)
EMessages, Saved Pages or Pictures➡[➡Select a message, web page, or image➡
[➡J➡OK➡[
Set a Location
ELocation➡[➡Enter a location➡[➡J➡OK➡[
13
13-38
823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-38
08.9.2 11:23:07 AM
Settings for Calendar
Start Here [➡Tools➡[➡Calendar➡[➡K➡Settings➡[E
Set Start-up View of Calendar
EFirst View➡[➡Select a view format➡[
Change Font Color of Events
EFont Color➡[➡Select a font color➡[
Lock Calendar
ECalendar Lock➡[➡Enter Handset Code➡Lock➡[
• When Calendar Lock is set, event titles do not appear at the event alarm activation time. Handset Code entry is also required to view event details.
Settings for Saving Tasks
Start Here [➡Tools➡[➡Tasks➡[➡K➡Create New➡[➡Enter basic items (page 9-5)E
Change Alarm Volume
EAlarm➡[➡ON➡[➡Volume➡[➡Set volume level➡[➡J (twice)➡OK➡
[
Change Vibration
EAlarm➡[➡ON➡[➡Vibration➡[➡Select a pattern➡[➡J (twice)➡OK
➡[
Set Default Image
EAlarm➡[➡ON➡[➡Image➡[➡Original➡[➡J (twice) ➡OK➡[
Set an Image in Data Folder/Memory Card
EAlarm➡[➡ON➡[➡Image➡[➡Phone Memory or Memory Card➡[➡
Select an image➡[➡E to compose the image➡K➡[➡J (twice) ➡OK➡[
Set a Stamp Icon
EStamp Icon➡[➡Select a stamp➡[➡J➡OK➡[
Set Task Priority
EOptions➡[➡Priority➡[➡Select a priority➡[➡J➡OK➡[
Set Task Status
EOptions➡[➡Status➡[➡Select a status➡[➡J➡OK➡[
Customization
Set an Image to Appear at Set Time
13
13-39
823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-39
08.9.2 11:23:08 AM
Various Tools
Settings for Tasks
Lock Tasks
[➡Tools➡[➡Tasks➡[➡K➡Settings➡[➡Tasks Lock➡[➡Enter
Handset Code➡Lock➡[
Time Table Settings
Start Here [➡Tools➡[➡Useful Tools➡[➡Time Table➡[➡K➡Settings➡[E
Set Start/End Time of a Period
ESet Time➡[➡Select a period➡[➡Enter a start time➡[➡Enter an end time➡
[➡J
• Enter times in the 24-hour system.
Reset Time Settings to Default
EReset Time➡[➡YES➡[
Customization
13
13-40
823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-40
08.9.2 11:23:08 AM
Settings for S! GPS Navi
Start Here [➡Tools➡[➡S! GPS Navi➡[➡NAVI Settings➡[E
Save a Map URL
EMap URL Settings➡[➡Select an empty item➡K➡Edit URL➡[➡Enter a URL
➡[
Edit Map URL Display Name
EMap URL Settings➡[➡Select a map URL➡K➡Rename➡[➡Edit the display
name➡[
Edit Map URL
EMap URL Settings➡[➡Select a map URL➡K➡Edit URL➡[➡YES➡[➡
Edit the URL➡[
• The preset map URL cannot be edited.
Delete a Map URL
EMap URL Settings➡[➡Select a map URL➡K➡Delete➡[➡YES➡[
Set Map URL
EMap URL Settings➡[➡Select the map URL you want to set➡[
Set Navi Appli
ESet Navi Appli➡[➡Select a navigation application➡[
• The preset map URL cannot be deleted.
• When the application becomes unavailable due to USIM Card replacement, perform
Reset All or Clear Memory (page 13-33).
EPositioning Lock➡[➡Enter Handset Code➡ON➡[
Set Location Information Send Setting
ELocationProperty➡[➡B➡[➡Enter Handset Code➡Always Ask, Send or Do
not Send➡[
Customization
Lock Positioning
13
13-41
823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-41
08.9.2 11:23:09 AM
Various Tools
Alarm Settings
Start Here [➡Tools➡[➡Alarms➡[➡Select an alarm➡[➡Enter basic items (page 9-14)➡Alarm Tone➡[E
Change Alarm Volume
EVolume➡[➡Set volume level➡[➡J (twice) ➡OK➡[
Change Vibration
EVibration➡[➡Select a pattern➡[➡J (twice) ➡OK➡[
Set an Image to Appear at Set Time
Set Default Image
EImage➡[➡Original➡[➡J (twice) ➡OK➡[
Set an Image in Data Folder/Memory Card
EImage➡[➡Phone Memory or Memory Card➡[➡Select an image➡[➡E
to compose the image➡K➡[➡J (twice) ➡OK➡[
World Clock Settings
Start Here [➡Settings➡[➡Phone Settings➡[➡Clock➡[➡World Clock➡[E
Customization
Set a City by GMT Time Difference
ECity 1 or City 2➡[➡K➡GMT Offset➡[➡G to select a time difference
➡[ (twice)
Set Daylight Saving Time (DST)
ECity 1 or City 2➡[➡K➡DST ON/OFF➡[➡ON or OFF➡[
13
13-42
823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-42
08.9.2 11:23:09 AM
S! Information Channel Settings
Start Here [➡Entertainment➡[➡Info Channel➡[E
Do Not Show Weather Indicator in Standby
EWeather➡[➡View Settings➡[➡Indicator➡[➡Hide➡[
Set Notification of Weather Forecast Updates
Set whether or not to notify of weather forecast
updates by Information Prompt.
EWeather➡[➡View Settings➡[➡Prompt➡[➡Show or Hide➡[
Setting Ku-man for Standby (Japanese)
Set Ku-man, a 3D animated character, to appear in Standby. Ku-man changes his outfit according to the seasons and time of the day, and makes all sorts of
comments with various gestures.
Set Ku-man to Appear in Standby
[➡ 設定 (Settings)➡[➡ 待受くーまん (Idle Screen)➡[➡ON or OFF➡[
• To make Ku-man appear in Standby, you need to set 言語選択 (Language) to 日本語 (Japanese). Ku-man does not appear when S! Quick News
information is being selected in Standby.
© Dora communications
Customization
13
13-43
823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-43
08.8.12 4:25:17 PM
Communications
Settings for S! Friend's Status
Start Here [➡Communications➡[➡Friend Status➡[E
Edit Status Settings of My Status
Set All Answer Statuses Collectively
EK➡Settings➡[➡Status Setting➡[➡Select an item➡[➡Icon➡[➡Select
an icon➡[➡Label➡[➡Enter a label➡[➡J➡YES➡[
EK➡Settings➡[➡Status Setting➡[➡Select an item➡[➡Set All➡[➡
Select an item➡[➡J➡YES➡[
Save Members to Active Window
EF to select a group➡Gto select a member➡K➡Active Window➡[ (twice) ➡
Not Registered➡[
Ignore Saving Requests from People Not in Phone
Book
EK➡Settings➡[➡Request Reply➡[➡Known Only➡[
Ignore All Saving Requests
EK➡Settings➡[➡Request Reply➡[➡Do not Answer➡[
Settings for S! Friend's Status/S! Circle Talk
Disable S! Friend's Status/S! Circle Talk
[➡Settings➡[➡Security➡[➡IP Service➡[➡OFF➡[
Customization
• Before configuring the IP Service setting, you need to retrieve the network connection information (page 1-10).
13
13-44
823T824T̲web̲13.indd 13-44
08.8.12 4:25:17 PM
823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-1
14
Appendix
USIM Card ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 14-2
Handling USIM Card ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 14-2
USIM Codes (PIN/PIN2) ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 14-2
Inserting and Removing USIM Card ････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 14-3
Battery ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 14-4
Battery Installation ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 14-5
Software Update ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 14-6
Updating Software･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 14-6
Troubleshooting ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 14-7
Text Entry Keys･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 14-9
Standard Mode ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 14-9
Beeper Mode ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 14-10
Simple Mode Function List ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････14-11
Specifications ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････14-17
Main Specifications ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 14-17
Specifications by Function ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 14-18
Default Settings ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････14-24
Glossary ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････14-31
Index ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････14-32
Alphabetic Order ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 14-32
By User Action ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 14-41
Warranty & After Sales Service ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････14-45
Warranty ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 14-45
After Sales Service ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 14-45
Customer Service･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････14-46
08.8.12 4:25:45 PM
USIM Card
Handling USIM Card
Universal Subscriber Identity Module (USIM) Card
is an IC card containing customer and
authentication information, including handset
number, and limited storage for Phone Book
entries and SMS messages. USIM Card must be
inserted to use handset and Network services
(calling, messaging, Web, etc.). Turn handset off
before inserting/removing USIM Card.
• Save SMS messages and Phone Book entries on
USIM Card (pages 4-19, 13-35).
• Insert USIM Card into compatible SoftBank
handsets to access files.
• Do not insert USIM Card into any other IC card
device. SoftBank is not liable for any resulting
damages.
• Keep the IC chip clean.
• Use a dry, soft cloth to clean USIM Card.
• Do not attach labels to USIM Card. Doing so
may damage handset.
• For details on USIM Card, refer to the
instruction manual provided with USIM Card.
Appendix
IC
• USIM Cards are the property of SoftBank.
• USIM Cards will be reissued for a fee if lost
or damaged.
• Return USIM Cards to SoftBank upon
subscription termination.
• Returned USIM Cards are recycled.
• USIM Card specifications may change
without prior notice. Preinstalled S! Appli
may become unavailable if a different USIM
Card is inserted.
• Back up USIM Card information. SoftBank is
not liable for lost information.
• If your USIM Card or handset (with USIM
Card inserted) is lost or stolen, suspend your
service immediately. For details, contact your
nearest SoftBank Shop or SoftBank General
Information (page 14-46).
USIM Codes (PIN/PIN2)
For security, USIM Card has two security codes:
PIN and PIN2. Do not forget these codes and do
not reveal them to others.
• PIN and PIN2 can be changed (page 11-5).
• The default setting is 9999 for both PIN and
PIN2.
PIN
This is a four to eight digit security code to prevent
others from using your handset. When PIN
Settings is set to ON, PIN entry is required each
time handset is turned on.
PIN2
This is a four to eight digit security code required
for changing data stored on USIM Card, such as
resetting Call Time&Cost.
PIN Lock & PUK Codes
PIN Lock or PIN2 Lock is activated when PIN or
PIN2 is incorrectly entered three times. PUK
(Personal Unblocking Key) codes are required to
cancel PIN Lock and PIN2 Lock. To obtain PUK and
PUK2, contact SoftBank General Information (page
14-46).
14
14-2
823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-2
08.8.12 4:25:46 PM
• If PUK or PUK2 is incorrectly entered ten
consecutive times, USIM Card is locked.
USIM Card Lock cannot be canceled. Contact
SoftBank General Information (page 14-46).
Inserting and Removing
USIM Card
Removal
q Slide out USIM Card
Before inserting or removing USIM Card, turn off
handset and remove the battery.
Insertion
q With IC (page 14-2) facing down, slide
USIM Card in the direction shown
Notch
• Avoid touching or scratching USIM Card's IC.
Do not force USIM Card into or out of
handset; damage may result.
• Take care not to lose USIM Card after
removing it from handset.
w Push USIM Card completely in until it
stops
Appendix
14
14-3
823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-3
08.8.12 4:25:48 PM
Battery
• Before using your handset for the first time,
charge the battery.
• Handset uses a lithium ion battery. Battery
voltage decreases with operating time (see
below).
Minimum Operating Voltage
Battery Voltage
Operating Time
• Extreme temperatures will reduce battery
Appendix
14
capacity and shorten the operating time. Do not
use the battery in high temperatures. This may
shorten battery life.
• When storing the battery separately, make sure
you put it in a case, etc. and store it in a dry
and cool place. This will avoid short-circuiting
the battery terminal. It is recommended that
you store it uncharged.
• Repeatedly charging and discharging a battery
shortens the operating time. If the operating
time becomes too short, purchase a new
battery.
• When disposing of a used battery, insulate the
terminal with tape or place the battery into a
plastic bag and then take it to your nearest
SoftBank Shop, a recycle shop or follow the
local disposal regulations for environmental
conservation.
• Be careful not to drop or apply excessive force
to the battery.
Battery Drain
• The battery discharges little by little when
stored for a long time even if it is not used. It
self-discharges at a rate of 10 to 20% per
month and about 50% per half a year.
• If handset is used in a location with poor signal
reception or left in Standby outside the service
area, or if you use Mobile Light or launch
S! Appli, it will shorten the battery's operating
time.
Battery Level
• The battery level on Display (page 1-4) changes
with the operating time. Charge or replace the
battery when the level is low. When the battery
is about to run out ( ), a message appears
and the battery alarm sounds. Handset shuts
down after 30 seconds.
14-4
823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-4
08.8.12 4:25:49 PM
Battery Installation
e Replace the battery cover
• Do not remove battery while handset power is
on.
q Pressing down around the notch, slide
the battery cover (①), and lift it up (②)
①
Notch
②
w Align terminals and insert the battery
PULL tab
when inserting the battery.
• Always remove the battery from PULL tab.
Otherwise the terminals may be damaged.
Appendix
• PULL tab should face up over the battery
14
14-5
823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-5
08.8.12 4:25:50 PM
Software Update
Check if software on handset needs to be
updated, and update it through the network.
• Transmission fees do not apply to updates.
• There are two ways to update software:
Update now and Schedule update.
・Update now: Update software now.
・Schedule update: Set a date and time to
update software so that software is updated
automatically at the set time.
• Software updates may take a long time.
• Update software when the battery is fully
charged. Do not remove the battery while
updating.
• Update software in a place where handset has
a good reception, and do not change locations
while updating.
• You cannot use other functions during updates.
If a program is running, software update is not
available.
• You can update software without deleting
Phone Book entries, images and sounds saved
on handset. However, data may be lost or
damaged if handset is not in good condition
(broken, damaged, wet, etc.). We recommend
that you make backups of your important data.
Appendix
• If software update fails, you may not be able
to operate your handset. In this case, contact
SoftBank Customer Assistance (page 14-46).
Updating Software
q Press [➡Tools➡[➡Update➡[➡
YES➡[
w Select Agree➡[ (twice)➡Enter
Center Access Code (page 1-14)➡[➡
J (OK)
• The check result appears. Follow the
onscreen instructions.
After Software is Updated
When software is updated, handset restarts
automatically. After restarting, a confirmation
window appears showing update information.
Using Schedule Update
A confirmation window for software update
appears on the scheduled time. Press [ or leave
handset for about ten seconds to start automatic
software update.
• If you are using another function on handset
on the scheduled time, software is not
updated.
• If handset is out of the service area on the
scheduled time, software is not updated.
14
14-6
823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-6
08.8.12 4:25:51 PM
Troubleshooting
Problem
Cannot turn the power on.
Please check connection with your
charger. appears and cannot
charge the battery.
Possible Causes and Remedies
Is the battery inserted properly (page 14-5)?
Has the battery run out (page 14-4)?
Is there dust on the terminals of AC Charger, External Device Port or battery?
Clean the terminals with a dry cotton swab, etc.
Does the PIN Entry window appear?
PIN Settings is set to ON, enter PIN.
Cannot operate handset normally
after turning it on.
Does or Password Lock appear on Display?
Password Lock is activated. Enter Handset Code.
Does USIM not inserted. Power off the phone and insert USIM. appear on Display?
Turn the power off and make sure USIM Card is inserted properly (page 14-3).
Does appear on Display? Are you out of the service area or in a location where it is difficult to receive a signal?
Move to a location where a signal can reach handset and try again.
Cannot establish a connection for
voice and video calls or use mail
and Web functions.
Are you using handset outside Japan?
Set handset to use an operator available for the country/region you are visiting (page 13-22).
Is your hand or an object covering Internal Antenna area (page 1-3)?
Does or Offline Mode appear on Display?
Cancel Offline Mode (page 1-13).
Did you dial the whole phone number starting from the area code?
Does Network busy. appear on Display?
The line is busy. Wait a while and try again.
Is Call Barring (page 3-17) set for outgoing calls?
Is Reject Calls (page 13-9) set?
Cannot receive voice and video
calls.
Is Call Forwarding (page 3-10) or Voice Mail (page 3-11) set to All Calls?
Appendix
Cannot make voice and video
calls.
14
Is Call Barring (page 3-17) set for incoming calls?
14-7
823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-7
08.8.12 4:25:51 PM
Troubleshooting
Problem
Possible Causes and Remedies
Cannot send messages.
Is Call Barring (page 3-17) set for outgoing calls?
Cannot receive messages.
Is Call Barring (page 3-17) set for incoming calls?
Calls are interrupted or
disconnected.
Handset does not respond to key
presses.
Does appear on Display? Are you in a location where it is difficult to receive a signal?
Move to a location where a signal can reach handset.
Is your hand or an object covering Internal Antenna area (page 1-3)?
Does or Password Lock appear on Display?
Password Lock is activated. Enter Handset Code.
Appendix
14
14-8
823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-8
08.8.12 4:25:52 PM
Text Entry Keys
Standard Mode
Text Input
Mode
Kanji (hiragana)
(Double-byte)*
Single-byte
katakana
あいうえおぁぃぅぇぉ
かきくけこ
さしすせそ
たちつてとっ
なにぬねの
はひふへほ
まみむめも
やゆよゃゅょ
らりるれろ
わをんー、
。
ｱｲｳｴｵｧｨｩｪｫ
ｶｷｸｹｺ
ｻｼｽｾｿ
ﾀﾁﾂﾃﾄｯ
ﾅﾆﾇﾈﾉ
ﾊﾋﾌﾍﾎ
ﾏﾐﾑﾒﾓ
ﾔﾕﾖｬｭｮ
ﾗﾘﾙﾚﾛ
ﾜｦﾝｰ､｡
Custom, ゛(dakuten),
゜(handakuten),
ー(cho-on), 、(touten),
。(kuten)
Key
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
*
#
Custom, Pictographs,
Emoticons, ゛(dakuten),
゜(handakuten), ー(cho-on),
、(touten), 。(kuten)
Symbols, Alphanumerics, URL
Toggle case
E
Double-byte alphanumerics
(lower case)
Single-byte alphanumerics
(lower case)
.@−＿1
abc2
def3
ghi4
jkl5
mno6
pqrs7
tuv8
wxyz9
〜／？！ 0
Custom, Pictographs, Emoticons
Custom,
Pictographs,
Emoticons
Symbols, Alphanumerics, URL
Toggle case
Symbols, Alphanumerics,
URL
Determine entered text/End text entry
Move cursor, Insert line
break with B, Scroll
through suggestions with
Move cursor
Double-byte
numbers
Single-byte
numbers
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
End text entry
Move cursor, Insert line break with B
G
L
H
Delete entered characters
Toggle characters in reverse order
* When entering a reading to Word List (page 2-15), you can enter only double-byte hiragana and "ー" (cho-on).
823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-9
Appendix
[
Symbols, Alphanumerics, URL
Toggle case
Double-byte alphanumerics
(upper case)
Single-byte alphanumerics
(upper case)
.@−＿1
ABC2
DEF3
GHI4
JKL5
MNO6
PQRS7
TUV8
WXYZ9
〜／？！ 0
14
̶
14-9
08.8.12 4:25:52 PM
Text Entry Keys
Beeper Mode
Entering Characters in Beeper Mode
Example: Entering よしお
Switch the input method to Beeper mode. Enter two digits to make one
character. Key combinations are as follows:
q In a text entry window, press 85➡32➡15
➡[
Press next
¡1 ™2 £3 ¢4 ∞5 §6 ¶7 •8 ª9 º0
Press first
¡1
あ
い
う
え
お
A
B
C
D
™2
か
き
く
け
こ
F
G
H
I
J
£3
さ
し
す
せ
そ
K
L
M
N
O
¢4
た
ち
つ
て
と
P
Q
R
S
T
∞5
な
に
ぬ
ね
の
U
V
W
X
Y
§6
は
ひ
ふ
へ
ほ
Z
?
!
ー
／
¶7
ま
み
む
め
も
￥
＆
•8
や
（
ゆ
）
よ
ª9
ら
り
る
れ
ろ
1
2
3
4
5
º0
わ
を
ん
゛
゜
6
7
8
9
0
E
Appendix
indicates upper and lower cases are available. Press # to switch
•
case immediately after character entry.
• When entering in and , all the characters will be single-byte.
• When entering in , , , and , hiragana will turn to katakana.
• When entering in and , the characters will be in lower case.
14
14-10
823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-10
08.8.12 4:25:52 PM
Simple Mode Function List
Functions that can be used in Simple Mode are listed below.
• To use functions that are unavailable in Simple Mode, access the full menu (page 2-26).
• Settings made in Simple Mode are reflected in the full menu.
Main Menu
Menu Item
Settings
My Number
TV
Alarms
Description
Page
Refer to "Settings" of Simple Mode Main Menu.
14-14
Same functions as in full mode
Up to six alarms can be set.
9-14
Same functions as in full mode
9-16
Notepad
Calculator
9-8
Dictionary
Tools
Calendar
9-16
Monthly View only
Impossible to save, edit and delete events
Scan Data
Kitchen Timer
S! GPS Navi
Same functions as in full mode
9-17
9-10
9-23
Same as Tools menu in full mode
−
Same as Main Menu in full mode
2-26
Appendix
Full Menu
9-4
9-22
Ku-man's Room
Full Menu
3-3
6-2
14
14-11
823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-11
08.8.12 4:25:53 PM
Simple Mode Function List
Menu Item
Description
Phone Book
2-19
Video Call
Phone Book
New Entry
3-7
Same functions as in full mode
Call Log
13-35
Same as Phone Book menu in full mode
Phone Book Search
2-17
Message Box
4-8
Create New
4-4, 4-6
Retrieve New
Appendix
14
Manner Mode
4-8
4-10
Templates
4-5
Unsent
4-10
Same as Messaging menu in full mode
−
Received/Sent
4-10
Drafts
4-10
Unsent
Create Message
Same functions as in full mode
Drafts
Full Menu
Message Box
−
2-20
Add to Phone Book
Messaging
2-17
3-9
Group
Full Menu
Page
Same functions as in full mode
Create New
4-10
4-4, 4-6
Templates
4-5
Set/cancel Manner Mode.
1-12
14-12
823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-12
08.8.12 4:25:54 PM
Menu Item
Alarms
Description
Up to six alarms can be set.
Mobile
Camera
Digital
Data Folder
Yahoo! Keitai
Bookmarks
Yahoo! Keitai
Same functions as in full mode
Impossible to set/cancel Security Lock
−
2-22
5-3
5-6
5-6
Same functions as in full mode
Manufacture #
Full Menu
7-3
7-5
Same as Camera menu in full mode
Saved Pages
Enter URL
9-14
7-3
Same functions as in full mode
Video
Full Menu
Page
5-3
13-19
Same as Yahoo! Keitai menu in full mode
−
Combinations of menu items in ■ vary according to the menu pattern.
Appendix
14
14-13
823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-13
08.8.12 4:25:54 PM
Simple Mode Function List
"Settings" of Simple Mode Main Menu
Menu Item
Idle Screen
Font Size
Description
Same functions as in full mode
2-7
Clock/Calendar
Mini Clock cannot be set.
2-8
Ku-man
Same functions as in full mode
General
Can only be set to Large/Medium.
Messaging
Mobile Web
Incoming
Earpiece Vol.
Keypad Tone Vol.
Manner Mode
Mini Tool
13-5
Same functions as in full mode
13-5, 13-21
2-28, 13-5
Can only be set for Voice Call/Video Call/Message.
Same functions as in full mode
13-11
3-12
13-13
ON/OFF
Set/cancel Manner Mode.
1-12
Switch Mode
Switch Manner Modes (Original Modes cannot be edited).
13-11
Mini Tool
13-3
Mini Photo
13-4
Appendix
Voice Mail ON
VM/Call Fwd
13-43
13-5, 13-15
Text Entry
Sounds
Page
Wallpaper
Deactivate All
Same functions as in full mode
3-11
3-11
Listen VM
3-11
Ans Machine
3-6
14
14-14
823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-14
08.8.12 4:25:54 PM
Menu Item
Description
Password Lock
Security
Page
11-3
Reject Calls
13-9
Anti-Spam
13-16
Change Password
Same functions as in full mode
11-2
Date & Time
1-11
Clock
12hour/24hour
1-11
Intl. Calls
Operator
World Clock
9-15
Impossible to set priority and add operators
13-22
Save 1-touch
A Phone Book entry can be assigned to either Softkey to make calls/send
messages.
Full Menu
Same as Settings menu in full mode
−
Simple Mode OFF
Cancel Simple Mode.
2-6
−
Appendix
14
14-15
823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-15
08.8.12 4:25:55 PM
Simple Mode Function List
Functions Available in Standby
Operation
Function
Description
Page
[
Main Menu
Refer to "Main Menu".
2-5
[ (Press and hold)
Keypad Lock
Same functions as in full mode
11-3
Same as My Number in Main Menu
[0
My Details
A
Active Window
A (Press and hold)
Calendar
9-4
B
Phone Book Search
2-20
D
Dialed Numbers
D (Press and hold)
Sent Message Log
−
2-8
Same functions as in full mode
3-9
4-13
C
Received Calls
3-9
C (Press and hold)
Received Message Log
4-13
J, K
Use assigned Phone Book entries
Make voice/video calls/send messages to assigned Phone Book entries.
−
J (Press and hold)
Simple Mode Off
Cancel Simple Mode.
2-6
S
Shortcuts Menu
Impossible to add functions to Shortcuts Menu
2-4
S (Press and hold)
Information Prompt
1-6
Appendix
L
Play messages on Answering
Machine
3-6
L (Press and hold)
Answering Machine On/Off
# (Press and hold)
Manner Mode On/Off
1-12
14
R*
Toggle views on External Display
2-8
R (Press and hold)* Activate set function
Same functions as in full mode
3-6
2-4
* Available while handset is closed
14-16
823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-16
08.8.12 4:25:55 PM
Specifications
Main Specifications
823T
824T
Frequency Range
Continuous Talk Time
1920 to 2170 MHz
Approx. 180 min. (Video call: Approx. 100 min.)
Continuous Standby Time
Approx. 440 hrs
Charging Time
Dimensions When Closed (W×H×D)
Approx. 120 min.
Approx. 50×103×17.5 mm
Maximum Output
Weight
Approx. 50×103×17.8 mm
0.25 W
Approx. 119 g
Approx. 112 g
AC Charger (Sold Separately)
Input Voltage
Charging Temperature Range
823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-17
Appendix
• The values above were calculated with the battery attached.
• The continuous talk time refers to the average length of time a signal can be received normally when handset is in a stationary state and a new fully charged
battery is attached.
• The continuous standby time refers to the average length of time a signal can be received normally when handset is closed with External Display facing
outward, handset is in a stationary state, a new fully charged battery is attached and there are no calls made/received or operations performed. If handset is
in a location outside the service area or where it is difficult to receive a signal (in a building, vehicle, bag, etc.), this time may be reduced to half or less. This
time may also be affected by other factors such as the operating environment (battery state, temperature, etc.).
• The operating time of the battery was calculated when a stable signal was received constantly. However, this time may be reduced to half or less if handset is
used in a location where the signal is weak or handset is left in Standby when it is outside the service area. Repeated charging and discharging a battery
shortens the operating time. If the operating time becomes too short, purchase a new battery.
• If Mobile Light is used frequently for taking pictures and recording videos or as a penlight, the continuous talk time and continuous standby time become shorter.
• When an S! Appli is activated, the continuous talk time and continuous standby time become significantly shorter.
• If handset is used with Display illuminated frequently (for Yahoo! Keitai use, etc.), the continuous talk time and continuous standby time become shorter.
• Note that the LCD Display may have defective pixels (dead or stuck pixels).
14
100 to 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
5 to 35℃
14-17
08.8.12 4:25:55 PM
Specifications
Specifications by Function
Basic Operations
Text Entry
Word List
100 words (4 words with same reading), 12
characters per word, 8 characters per reading
Clipboard
20 entries
Data Folder
Available Memory
Approx. 59 MB*1, 2,500 entries*2
File Name
32 characters
*1 Memory capacity when all files that can be deleted are deleted. Data
Folder shares its memory with S! Appli Library.
*2 This number does not include S! Appli entries. Up to 100 S! Appli items
can be stored.
Others
Phone Book
Number of Entries
1,000 entries
Name
16 characters each for first and last names
Reading
16 characters each for first and last names
Phone Number
5 numbers, 32 digits
E-mail Address
5 addresses, 128 characters
Address
Active Window
5 members on Members List
Shortcuts Menu
40 entries (10 preset)
Call
Dialed, Received
20 entries each
Postal code: 20 digits, country: 32 characters,
state/city/street/additional info: 64 characters
each
Answering Machine
5 messages, 30 seconds per
message
Voice Record During Calls
60 seconds per recording
32 characters
Number Memo
5 numbers, 32 digits
Company
32 characters
URL
128 characters
International Call
Service
Note
256 characters
Group
20 groups, group name: 16 characters
Job Title
Appendix
Send Touch Tones
Country
Number List
20 countries (17 preset)
32 digits
14
14-18
823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-18
08.8.12 4:25:56 PM
Messaging
Available
Memory
TV
Received
Approx. 5 MB, 2,000 messages
View Timer
5 entries
Sent, Unsent
Approx. 1.5 MB, 600 messages
TV Links
50 entries
Drafts
Approx. 700 KB, 60 messages
Address
S! Mail Text
To/Cc/Bcc: total 20 entries, phone
number: 24 digits, e-mail address:
254 characters
Approx. 15,000 double-byte
characters/
Approx. 30,000 single-byte characters
Attachments
Approx. 300 KB (including Address,
Subject, Text)
SMS Text
70 double-byte characters/70
single-byte katakana/160 single-byte
alphanumerics
Message Box
20 folders each for Received and Sent
(General folder, Folder 1 to Folder 17,
Idokoro folder, Ku-man folder)
3D Pictograms
150 characters
Data Transfer Speed
Maximum 3.6 Mbps receiving/
maximum 384 kbps sending (in 3G
High Speed areas)
Bookmarks
50 entries
History (URL)
10 entries
Effective Pixels
1.96 million pixels
File Format
Still pictures: JPEG, videos: MPEG-4
Picture
Editing
File Format
JPEG (2.0 MB or less), PNG (1.0 MB or
less)
Picture Size
W16×H16 to W240×H400
Appendix
Internet
Camera/Picture Editing
14
14-19
823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-19
08.8.12 4:25:56 PM
Specifications
Camera Modes
Media Player
Mode
Picture Size
Mobile
Digital
Max. Zoom
Playlist
10 each on handset and memory card,
50 songs per playlist
Approx. 4.9×
My Library
50 songs
Approx. 8.3×
Recent
20 entries
W240×H400
Approx. 4×
W240×H320
W144×H176
W120×H160
Approx. 9.3×
W112×H112
Approx. 10.5×
W96×H128
Approx. 12×
W1600×H1200
−
W1280×H960
Approx. 1.3×
W640×H480
Approx. 2.5×
W400×H240
Approx. 4×
Playable Data
• Even under the following conditions, some files may not be playable.
• Although files with bit rates other than those listed below may be playable,
their operation is not guaranteed.
File Format
AMR
Handset
Video Modes
HE-AAC
Mode
Video
Appendix
14
Video
Mail
Short Video
MPEG-4 AAC-LC
Size
Max. Zoom
W320×H240
Approx. 2.5×
Approx. 20 min.
Approx. 2.5×
Approx. 30 sec.
(Quality: Fine)
Approx. 50 sec.
(Quality: Normal)
Approx. 60 sec.
(Quality: Economy)
W176×H144
W128×H96
Approx. 4.1×
Max. Recording Time
Approx. 5 sec.
Bit Rate
Sampling
Frequency
4.75 to 12.2 kbps 8 kHz
16 to 128 kbps 16 to 48 kHz
• Notes on AAC data
・AAC encoder software is required for converting music into AAC formats.
・SoftBank does not recommend nor guarantee operation of any particular
AAC encoder software.
・Refer to the website of software provider about specifications and usage
of AAC encoder software.
S! Appli
Available Memory
on Handset
Approx. 59 MB*, 100 entries
* S! Appli Library shares its memory with Data Folder.
14-20
823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-20
08.8.12 4:25:56 PM
Tools
Communication Services
20 notepads, 256 characters per notepad
S! Friend's Status
Calendar
400 events (100 events per day), from January 2, 2000
to December 30, 2015
S! Friend's Status Members
30 entries, 10 people per group
List
Tasks
100 entries, from January 2, 2000 to December 30,
2015
S! Circle Talk
Time Table
8 periods per day, Monday to Saturday
Participants
11 people including yourself
30 seconds each time
Dictionary
Japanese dictionary: 40,000 words, English-Japanese
dictionary: 40,000 words, Japanese-English dictionary:
36,000 words
Talk Time
S! Circle Talk Members List
50 entries, 10 people per group
Voice Recorder
Maximum 90 minutes per recording
World Clock
2 cities, city name:13 characters
S! GPS Navi
20 location logs
Idokoro Mail
Recipients List: 5 entries, Areas List: 7 entries
S! Information
Channel
7 History entries, 3 MB
Document
Viewer
Microsoft® Word (.doc), Microsoft® Excel (.xls),
Microsoft® PowerPoint® (.ppt), PDF (.pdf)
Electronic
Books
BookSurfing®: CCF (.CCF)
Barcode Reader QR code data: 10 entries
Appendix
Notepad
14
14-21
823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-21
08.8.12 4:25:57 PM
Specifications
File Transfer/Backup
Melody List
Infrared
The preinstalled melodies are shown below.
Communication System IrMC1.1
Transmission Range
Ringtones (Fixed Melodies)
• The following are unavailable for Keypad Tone under Sound Effects.
Approx. 20 cm
Title
Bluetooth®
®
Communication System Bluetooth specification Ver.1.2
Output
Bluetooth® Power Class 2
*1
Transmission Range
Approx. 10 m radius
Supported Bluetooth®
Profiles*2
HFP (Hands-Free Profile)
HSP (Headset Profile)
DUN (Dialup Networking Profile)
OPP (Object Push Profile)
FTP (File Transfer Profile)*3
A2DP (Advanced Audio Distribution Profile)
AVRCP (Audio/Video Remote Control Profile)
Frequency Band
2.4 GHz (2.402 GHz to 2.480 GHz)
Searchable Devices
8 devices at a time
Paired Devices
20 devices
Appendix
*1 Varies depending on obstacles between devices and signal conditions.
*2 The specifications of Bluetooth® devices differ according to usage. There
are standards for Bluetooth®.
*3 Only the server function is supported.
14
14-22
823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-22
Pomp And Circumstance
Moonlight Serenade
Hana
Aloha Oe
Arabesque No. 1
Harp Concerto in B Flat Major
Meditation from Thais
O Danny Boy
Old Phone
Flash News
Electronic Sound 1
Electronic Sound 2
Electronic Sound 3
Electronic Sound 4
Voice 1
Voice 2
Voice 3
Voice 4
Alarm Clock
Pigeon
Composer
ELGAR EDWARD
(NON PROTECTED SHARES)
MILLER GLENN (US 1)
TAKI RENTARO
Hawaiian ballad
DEBUSSY CLAUDE ACHILL
HAENDEL GEORG FRIEDRICH
MASSENET JULES EMILE FREDERIC
Irish ballad (TRADITIONAL)
Produced by Toshiba
Produced by Toshiba
Produced by Toshiba
Produced by Toshiba
Produced by Toshiba
Produced by Toshiba
Produced by Toshiba
Produced by Toshiba
Produced by Toshiba
Produced by Toshiba
Produced by Toshiba
Produced by Toshiba
08.8.12 4:25:57 PM
Data Folder
• The following files are deleted by Reset All or Clear Memory and cannot be
restored to the status at the time of purchase.
• Backup data of the following files is contained on the supplied CD-ROM.
Title
Composer
Menuet
BIZET GEORGES
Gymnopedie
SATIE ERIK ALFREDI LE
(NON PROTECTED SHARES)
Pavane for Dead Princess
RAVEL MAURICE JOSEPH
Appendix
14
14-23
823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-23
08.8.12 4:25:58 PM
Default Settings
Messaging
Function
Yahoo! Keitai
Default Setting
Message Box
Wide View: Wide View ON, Folder View: Folder View,
Received/Sent: Separate View, Display Items:
Addresses, Change View: List Only, Sort Setting: None
(except Ku-man and Idokoro), Security Lock: Unlock,
Auto-delete (Received: Set, Sent: Set)
Display
Font Size: Medium-Small, Scroll Unit: Line, Show
Address (Main Display: Show All, Ext. Display: Show
All)
Creating
Signature: No Signature, Default Type: SMS, Notify
Type: Show
Sending
Confirmation: Show, Vibration: ON, DeliveryCheck: Do
not Ask, Expiry (SMS: Not Specified, S! Mail: Not
Specified), Priority: Normal, Delivery Time: Immediate,
Reply to: OFF, Message Ctr: Number on USIM Card
Receiving
Retrieve Mode (Home: Immediate, Roaming:
Immediate), Auto-extract (Picture: Show, Sound:
Mute), Anti-Spam (Sort Messages: Do not Sort, Select
Folder: Folder 17)
3D Pictograms
Auto Play: OFF, Colors: Color1
Function
Default Setting
Font Size: Medium-Small (Yahoo! Keitai)/Extra-Small
(PC Browser), Scroll Unit: 1 line, Downloads (Images:
Download, Sounds: Download), Warning (PC Browser:
Show, Yahoo! Keitai: Show)
Settings
Security
Manufacture #: Send, Send Referer:
Send, Cookie: Enable, Script: Ask Once
(Yahoo! Keitai)/Enable (PC Browser),
Authentica...: Per Session, Session Info.:
Show
Storage: Phone Memory
Entertainment
Function
Default Setting
S! Quick News
Auto Refresh (Flash News: Manual, News: Manual,
S! Loop: Manual), Image: Show
Weather
Indicator: Show, Prompt: Show
Ku-man's Room
Ku-man Data: Thumbnail View
Appendix
14
14-24
823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-24
08.8.12 4:25:58 PM
TV
Function
Function
Watching TV
Default Setting
Subtitles: ON, Switch Audio: Main, Screen Settings:
(Brightness: Brightness 3, Image Quality: Normal,
Sharpness: Soft, Economy Mode: OFF), Datacasting
(Start Comm.: Ask before, Go to Secured: Ask before,
Access Memory: Do not Ask, Send Location: Always
Ask, Manufacture #: Do not Send, Storage: Phone
Memory), Off-timer: OFF, First View: Full Screen,
Volume: VOL12
Function
Default Setting
Camera Mode: Mobile, Picture Size (Mobile: W240×
H400, Digital: W1280×H960), Brush Up (Mobile:
Taking Pictures
Recording Videos Quality
Exposure: ±0.0EV
S! Appli
Function
Settings
Default Setting
Screensaver: OFF, Start Time: 3 sec, Calls&Alarms
(Voice Call: Pause Apps, Video Call: Pause Apps,
Message: Continue Apps, Alarm: Pause Apps),
Volume: Level 3, Backlight (ON/OFF: Same as Phone,
Blink: ON), Vibration: ON
Appendix
ON, Digital: OFF), Night: OFF, Multi Shots: OFF, Add
Frame: OFF, Icons Display: Show, Storage: Phone
Memory, File Name: Date&Time, Auto Save: OFF,
Quality: Fine, Effects: OFF, Date Stamp: OFF, Date
Stamp Color: White w/Black, Mobile Light: OFF, White
Balance: Auto, Color Control: Neutral, Delay Timer:
OFF, Focus Mode: Auto, Grid: OFF, Flicker: Automatic,
Shutter Sound: Pattern 1, Key Shortcut: ON, Exposure:
±0.0EV
Video: Normal, Video Mail: Normal, Short
Video: Economy (Fixed)
Effects: OFF, Mobile Light: OFF, White Balance: Auto,
Color Control: Neutral, Delay Timer: OFF, Flicker:
Automatic, Start/End: Pattern 1, Key Shortcut: ON,
Preview: ON, Exposure: ±0.0EV
Scan Data
Camera
Default Setting
Video Mode: Video Mail, ScreenDisplay: Normal
screen, Icons Display: Show, Voice Record: ON,
Storage: Phone Memory, File Name: Date&Time, Auto
Save (Video: ON (Fixed), Video Mail/Short Video: OFF)
14
14-25
823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-25
08.8.12 4:25:58 PM
Default Settings
Tools
Function
Function
Default Setting
Alarms
Tone: Time Reading, Volume: Level 3, Vibration: OFF,
Duration: 60 sec, Image: Original, Repeat: Once,
Snooze: OFF
Calculator
Set Tax Rate: 5%
Create Event
Set Alarm: OFF, Show/Hide: Show,
Repeat for: Do not Repeat, Category:
No Category
Set Holiday (Sunday: Red, Monday to Friday: Black,
Saturday: Blue)
Calendar
Reminder
Reminder: OFF, Schedule for: Today,
Tone: Pattern 1, Volume: Level 3,
Vibration: OFF, Duration: 60 sec,
Repeat: Once
BG Color: OFF, Font Color: White w/Black
Kitchen Timer
10 sec
Voice Recorder
SelectStorage: Phone Memory
Photo Stand
ON/OFF: OFF, Templates: Calendar, Image: Preset,
Duration: 60 min
S! GPS Navi
Map URL Settings: NAVITIME (http://map.navitime.jp/),
Set Navi Appli: NAVITIME, Positioning Lock: OFF,
LocationProperty: Always Ask
Data Folder
Function
Data Folder
Calendar Lock: Unlock, First View: Monthly, Font
Color: White w/Black
New Task
Set Alarm: OFF, Show/Hide: Show,
Priority: Normal, Status: Not
Completed
Appendix
14
Reminder
Reminder: OFF, Schedule for: Today,
Tone: Pattern 1, Volume: Level 3,
Vibration: OFF, Duration: 60 sec,
Repeat: Once
Tasks Lock: Unlock
Default Setting
Change View (View Type: Thumbnail 3×3/Thumbnail
5×5 (My Pictograms Folder only), Sort by: From
Latest), Security Lock: OFF
Media Player
Function
Default Setting
Audio
Sort by (All Music: Title: A to Z, Artist: Title: A to Z,
Album: Track No., Folder: Title: A to Z), Output
Settings: Speaker/Earphone, Player Image: Original,
Play Mode: All, Surround: OFF, Equalizer: Flat, Voice
Cancel: OFF
Videos
Display Link: ON
Change View: All View, Sort by: Deadline
Tasks
Default Setting
Time Table
14-26
823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-26
08.8.12 4:25:58 PM
Communications
Settings
Function
Default Setting
Friend Status
My Status: Offline, Request Reply: Always Answer,
Answer Status (Calls: Answer OK, Mail: Reply OK,
S! Circle Talk: Join OK), Status Setting: ごきげん
(Good mood)
Circle Talk
Loud Speaker: ON
Function
Kacha-ble
Default Setting
MissedCall: ON, Messages: ON, Delivery: ON,
ON, Missed CT: ON, Status: ON
Incoming
Phone Book
Function
Sounds
Normal
Mode
Search Mode: Tab/Reading
Options
ExternalLight: Same as Phone, Ringtone Vol.: Same as
Phone, Ringtone: Same as Phone, Vibration: Same as
Phone, Duration: Same as Phone, MessageFolder:
None, Secret: OFF, Ext. Display: Same as Phone
ExternalLight: Same as Phone, Ringtone Vol.: Same as
Phone, Ringtone: Same as Phone, Vibration: Same as
Phone, Duration: Same as Phone, MessageFolder:
None
Addr. Bkup
Auto Sync: OFF, Sync Type: Synchronize
Settings
Select Storage: Phone Memory, Phone Book Lock:
Unlock
Sound Effects
Tone Type: Original (Keypad Tone: Original
1), Tone Volume: Level 1 (Keypad Tone:
Silent)
Manner Mode: Unset, Switch Mode: Silent
Silent
Ringtone Vol.: Silent, Vibration: Pattern 1,
Feeling: Same as Normal Mode, Sound
Effects: OFF, Battery: OFF, Answering
Machine: Same as Normal Mode
Alarms
Ringtone Vol. (Except alarm volume):
Silent, Vibration: Pattern 1, Alarms
(Alarms: Same as Normal Mode, Alarm
Volume: Same as Normal Mode, Vibration:
Same as Normal mode), Feeling: Same as
Normal Mode, Sound Effects: OFF, Battery:
OFF, Answering Machine: Same as Normal
Mode
Manner
Mode
Appendix
Options
(Group)
Ringtone: Pattern 1, Ringtone Vol.: Level 3,
Vibration (Pattern): OFF, Feeling: ON,
Duration: 5 sec
Sound Vol.: Level 3, Earpiece Vol.: Level 5, Speaker Vol.: Level 5,
Battery: ON
Default Setting
Phone Book
Missed:
14
14-27
823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-27
08.8.12 4:25:59 PM
Default Settings
Function
Manner
Mode
(Continued)
Default Setting
Drive
Ringtone Vol.: Silent, Vibration: OFF,
Feeling: OFF, Sound Effects: OFF, Battery:
OFF, Answering Machine: ON
Original
1 to 3
Ringtone Vol.: Silent, Vibration: Pattern 1,
Feeling: ON, Effects: OFF, Battery: OFF,
Answering Machine: ON
Display/Idle Screen (Ku-man)
Function
Default Setting
Idle Screen
Wallpaper: Preset (Picture), Others: 1-line Digit, Active
Window: ON (Manual), Ext. Display: Icon+Clock
Main
Screens
Deco (Icons): Original, Deco (Windows): Original, In-Calls:
Original, Messages: Original, Download: Original, Power
On: Original, Power Off: Original
Function
Backlight
Default Setting
Power Saving: 15 sec, Keypad Light: 5 sec, Displays
(Lighting Time: 5 sec, Brightness: Brightness 3), Media
Player: Always ON
Notification
Missed Call: Garnet, Messages: Emerald,
Missed Call:
DeliveryCheck: Sapphire,
Amethyst, Missed CT: Blue Topaz, Friend
Status: Citrine
Illumination
Voice Call: Amethyst A, Video Call:
Amethyst A, Message (Pattern:
GreenTourmalineA, Feeling: ON),
DeliveryCheck: GreenTourmalineA,
Missed Call: Mix C, Circle Talk: Mix C,
Friend Status: Mix C, Opening: Blue Topaz
B, Closing: Blue Topaz B, In Call: Mix F
External
Light
Twin Illumi
Kaleidoscope
OFF
OFF
Appendix
Mini Tool
Mini Tool: Preset
Caller
Details
Operator
Name
Picture: ON, Ext. Display: ON
Idle Screen
(Ku-man)
Wide View
IdleScreen: ON, Create Msg: ON, Msg Window: ON, Msg Lists:
ON
Font
Settings
Font Size (General: Medium, Messaging: Medium-Small,
Mobile Web: Medium-Small, PC Browser: Extra-Small, Text
Entry: Medium-Small), Font Color: Pattern 1
14
14-28
823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-28
08.8.12 4:25:59 PM
Call Settings
Phone Settings
Function
Default Setting
Clock
12hour/24hour: 24 hour, World Clock (City 1: Tokyo,
City 2: Tokyo, Set as Main City: City 1, DST ON/OFF:
OFF)
Sub Menu View
Show
言語選択
(Language)
日本語 (Japanese)
Navigation Keys
A: Active Window, B: Phone Book, D: Dialed
Numbers, C: Received Calls
Side Key
Twin Illumi
Default Setting
Intl. Code: 0046010
Intl. Calls
Japan (81), UK (44), Italy (39),
Switzerland (41), Spain (34),
Germany (49), Portugal (351),
Netherlands (31), France (33),
CountryNumber
Monaco (377), USA (1), Sweden
(46), Australia (61), China (86),
Hong Kong (852), Taiwan (886),
South Korea (82)
Operator: Automatic
Security
Function
Function
Default Setting
Ans Machine
Setting: OFF, Set Duration: 18 sec
Earphone
Auto Answer (ON/OFF: OFF, Set Duration: 10 sec),
Earphone Call: OFF
Phone Closed: OFF, Power Saving: OFF, Power Off:
OFF
Answer Type
Open to Talk: OFF, Any Keys: OFF
Function Lock
Phone Book: Unlock, Calendar: Unlock, Tasks: Unlock,
Call Log: Unlock, Message Log: Unlock
Video Call
Alt. Picture: OFF, Image Quality: Standard, Hold
Setting (Hold on Call: Preset, Hold Answer: Preset),
Mute: OFF, Loud Speaker: ON, Auto Answer: OFF
Reject Calls
Specific #s: OFF, Unknown: OFF, Withheld: OFF,
Payphone: OFF, Unavailable: OFF
Offline Mode
OFF
Show My
Number
OFF
Secret Mode
Hide
Anti-Spam
Sort Messages: Do not Sort, Select Folder: Folder 17
Change
Password
9999
IP Service
ON
Restricted Mode
Web: OFF
Appendix
Password Lock
14
14-29
823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-29
08.8.12 4:26:00 PM
Default Settings
Connectivity
Text Entry
Function
Default Setting
Function
Default Setting
Bluetooth
ON/OFF: OFF, Settings (Visibility: Show, Set Handsfree:
Private)
Custom Window
Display: Display
Infrared
ON/OFF: OFF
Clear Setting
Delete
USB
Connection: Always Ask, Battery: ON
Input Method
Standard
Font Size
Medium-Small
Prediction
Predict Text: ON, Phrase: ON
Priority
Function
Default Setting
Active Window
Mid-operation
Message: Pause, DeliveryCheck: Continue
Video
Message: Pause, DeliveryCheck: Continue
Media Player
Pause
ON/OFF
ON (Manual)
Voice Recorder
Message: Pause, DeliveryCheck: Continue
Templates
News: No Image
S! Appli
Voice Call: Pause Apps, Video Call: Pause Apps,
Message: Continue Apps, Alarm: Pause Apps
Auto Refresh
Flash News: Manual, News: Manual, S! Loop: Manual
Unread/Read
Show All
Screen Speed
Neutral
Circle Talk
Continue
TV
Alarm: Pause
Function
Default Setting
Appendix
14
14-30
823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-30
08.8.12 4:26:00 PM
Glossary
Terminology
Description
A third generation (3G) mobile communication system.
USIM Card
Use handset with this card inserted. The card stores
subscriber information such as your phone number and
handset data. You can also save Phone Book entries
and other data to the card. When you replace your
handset, use of the same USIM Card in the new
handset enables you to continue using the data stored
on the card.
USIM PIN
A number required for using USIM Card with your
handset. This number allows you to prevent others from
using your handset in the event that your handset is
lost or stolen.
S! Mail
A service that allows long text messages with picture,
video and melody attachments to be exchanged.
SMS
A service that allows short text messages to be
exchanged between handsets.
SSL
A communication method for transmitting data in an
encrypted form over the Internet. It enables data such
as information related to privacy and credit card
numbers to be sent and received safely and protects
against dangers on the Internet such as eavesdropping,
tampering and spoofing. SSL communication uses
server certificates.
Server
Certificate
A digital certificate for identifying that a site on a server
is trustworthy. The server certificate includes
information necessary for SSL communication
(encrypted communication), server information and a
digital signature of a Certificate Authority to verify that
the server is authentic.
Terminology
Description
Cache
The location in handset for temporarily storing the data
of accessed Web pages, etc.
S! Appli
Applications including games and 3D images that can
be downloaded from the Web pages of S! Appli
providers. Some applications connect to the network to
obtain information in real time and some applications
can be activated as wallpaper.
3G High Speed
A high speed data communication service that complies
with HSDPA (High Speed Downlink Packet Access)
protocol.
Appendix
3G
14
14-31
823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-31
08.8.13 3:32:50 PM
Index
Alphabetic Order
Numeric
12hour/24hour ･････････････････････ 1-11
3D Pictograms ････････････････････ 13-16
A
Index
14
AC Charger ･･･････････････････ 1-7, 14-17
Access Memory (Data Broadcasts) ･･ 13-29
Account Name ･･･････････････････････4-3
Active Window ･･･････････････････････2-8
Change Icon････････････････････････ 2-27
Check a Member's Status ･････････････ 2-27
Contact Members ････････････････････ 2-9
Edit List ･･･････････････････････････ 2-27
My Status ON/OFF ･･･････････････････ 2-27
ON/OFF Settings ････････････････････ 2-27
Save People to Members List ････････････ 2-9
Templates ･････････････････････････ 2-27
Add Address ･･･････････････････････ 4-13
Add Frame (Camera) ･･････････････････7-7
Add Frame (Edit Picture) ････････････ 7-11
Add Stamp (Edit Picture) ････････････ 7-11
Add Text (Edit Picture) ･･････････････ 7-11
Address Library ････････････････････ 2-13
Alarms ･･･････････････････････ 9-14, 9-28
Alarm Tone････････････････････････ 13-42
Alphanumerics ･････････････････････ 2-12
Alternative Picture ･･･････････ 3-15, 13-23
Answer Type ･･･････････････････････ 13-9
Answering Machine ･･････････････････3-6
Delete Recorded Messages ････････････ 3-13
Response Time ･･････････････････････ 13-9
Anti-Spam ････････････････････････ 13-16
Any Key Answer ････････････････････ 13-9
Areas List･･････････････････････････ 9-12
Delete ････････････････････････････ 9-28
Attachments ･････････････････････････4-4
Save ･･････････････････････････････ 4-19
Audio Output During Calls (Earpiece/Speaker)
S! Circle Talk ･･･････････････････････ 10-8
Video Call ･････････････････････････ 3-15
Voice Call (Handsfree Call) ････････････ 3-14
Audio Output Setting (Video Call) ･･･ 13-23
Authentication ････････････････････ 13-19
Authentication PIN Code (Bluetooth Passkey) ･･･ 12-4
Auto Answer (Earphone-Microphone) ･･ 13-24
Auto Answer (Video Call)････････････ 3-13
Auto Answer List (Video Call) ･･･････ 13-23
Auto Focus Lock ････････････････････ 7-10
Auto Play (Attachments) ････････････ 4-14
Auto Save ････････････････････････ 13-25
Auto-delete･･････････････････ 4-10, 13-17
Auto-extract ･･････････････････････ 13-16
Available Memory ･････14-18, 14-19, 14-20
B
Background Play (Multitask)･････････ 8-10
Backlight ････････････････････ 13-5, 13-32
Backup
Relocate ･･････････････････････････ 12-15
S! Addressbook Back-up ･････････････ 12-12
Transfer All ････････････････････････ 12-10
Barcode Reader ････････････････････ 9-22
Battery ････････････････････････ 1-7, 14-4
Installation ･････････････････････････ 14-5
PC Connection ･････････････････････ 13-37
Battery Level ･･････････････ 1-4, 1-5, 14-4
Beeper Mode ･････････････････････ 14-10
Bluetooth® ････････････････････････ 12-4
Delete Device ･･････････････････････ 12-14
Details ･･･････････････････････････ 13-36
Device Name ････････････････ 12-14, 13-36
Dial-up Connections ････････････････ 12-14
Disconnect ････････････････････････ 12-14
ON/OFF ･･･････････････････････････ 12-5
Paired Device List ････････････････････ 12-5
Search Device ･･････････････････････ 12-5
Send a Picture/Video After Shooting ･････ 7-11
Send My Details ････････････････････ 12-14
Set Handsfree ･････････････････････ 13-36
Settings ･･････････････････････････ 13-36
Transfer Files ･･･････････････････････ 12-6
Trust Device ･･･････････････････････ 13-36
Visibility ･･････････････････････････ 13-36
Bookmarks ･･････････････････････････5-6
Create Folder ････････････････････････ 5-9
Delete ･････････････････････････････ 5-9
Edit ･･･････････････････････････････ 5-9
Move ･･････････････････････････････ 5-9
Send via Mail ････････････････････････ 5-9
BookSurfing® ･･････････････････････ 9-21
Brightness ･･･････････････････ 13-5, 13-28
14-32
823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-32
08.8.12 4:26:01 PM
Brightness (TV) ････････････････････ 13-28
Browser Reset ････････････････････ 13-20
Brush Up ･･････････････････････････ 7-10
C
Content Key
Backup ･･･････････････････････････ 12-10
Buy Key ･･･････････････････････････ 2-21
Continuous Standby Time ･･････････ 14-17
Continuous Talk Time ･･････････････ 14-17
Conversion Prediction ･･････････････ 2-28
Converter ････････････････････ 9-16, 9-29
Cookie ･････････････････････ 13-19, 13-20
Copy (Characters) ･･････････････････ 2-13
Cost Limit ････････････････････････ 13-22
Country Number List･･･････････････ 13-22
Creating (Mail) ････････････････････ 13-14
Custom Window ･･･････････････････ 13-34
Customize Handset Address ･･･････････4-3
Cut (Characters) ････････････････････ 2-13
D
Dakuten (゛)/Handakuten (゜) ･･･････ 2-11
Data Broadcast Mode ･････････････････6-4
Data Broadcasts･･････････････････････6-2
Data Folder ････････････････････････ 2-21
Available Memory ･････････････ 2-31, 14-18
Datacasting･･･････････････････････ 13-29
Date & Time ･･･････････････････････ 1-11
Date Stamp ･･･････････････････････ 13-26
Daylight Saving Time ･････････ 9-15, 13-42
Default Settings ･･･････････････････ 14-24
Delay Timer ･･････････････････････････7-7
Delete (Characters) ･････････････････ 2-13
Delete Messages ･･････････････ 4-16, 4-18
Delivery Check ･･･････････････ 4-15, 13-15
Index
Calculator ･････････････････････････ 9-16
Currency Conversion ･････････････････ 9-29
Calendar ････････････････････････････9-4
Calendar Lock ･････････････････････ 13-39
First View ･････････････････････････ 13-39
Set Holiday･････････････････････････ 9-24
Call ･････････････････････････････････3-2
Call Barring ････････････････････････ 3-17
Call Barring Service Code ･･･････････ 1-14
Change ･･･････････････････････････ 3-18
Call Forwarding ････････････････････ 3-10
Call Log Lock ･･････････････････････ 3-15
Call Time & Cost･･････････････ 3-16, 13-22
Call Waiting････････････････････････ 3-17
Caller Details ･･････････････････････ 13-4
Calls & Alarms (S! Appli) ･･･････････ 13-32
Camera･････････････････････････ 1-3, 7-2
Settings ･･････････････････････････ 13-25
Camera Modes ･･･････････････････････7-3
Camera/Video Indicator ･･･････････････1-3
Cancel PIN Lock ････････････････････ 11-5
Capture (TV) ･････････････････････････6-7
Card Reader Mode ････････････ 12-8, 12-9
Card Sync (S! Appli) ･･･････････････ 13-32
Category (Mail) ･･･････････････････ 13-14
Center Access Code･････････････････ 1-14
Change Bright (Edit Picture) ･････････ 7-12
Change Security Codes
Call Barring Service Code ･････････････ 3-18
Handset Code ･･････････････････････ 11-2
Internet Security Code ････････････････ 11-5
PIN/PIN2 ･･････････････････････････ 11-5
Channel Selection ････････････････････6-4
Channel Settings ････････････････ 6-3, 6-7
Charge Battery ･･･････････････････････1-7
AC Charger ･････････････････････････ 1-7
Desktop Cradle ･･････････････････････ 1-8
In-Car Charger ･･･････････････････････ 1-9
PC Connection ･････････････････････ 13-37
Charger Terminals ････････････････････1-3
Charging In Progress Image ･････････ 13-7
Charging Indicator ･･･････････････････1-3
Charging Time ････････････････････ 14-17
Clear Authentication Info ･･････････ 13-20
Clear Cache ･･･････････････････････ 13-20
Clear Field ･････････････････････････ 4-14
Clear Memory ･････････････････････ 13-33
Clear Memory (Data Broadcasts) ････ 13-29
Clear Setting (Text Entry)･･･････････ 13-34
Clock Type ･･･････････････････････････2-8
Color Control ･････････････････････ 13-25
Communication Mode (USB Connection) ･･･ 12-8
Confirmation Window
Data Broadcasts････････････････････ 13-29
Outgoing Messages ･････････････････ 13-15
Reset ････････････････････････････ 13-33
Connection (PC Connection) ･････････ 12-8
14
14-33
823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-33
08.8.12 4:26:01 PM
Index
Delivery Report ････････････････････ 4-18
Delivery Time ････････････････ 4-15, 13-15
Desktop Cradle ･･････････････････････1-8
Dialed Numbers ･･････････････････････3-9
Delete Call Log Records ･･･････････････ 3-15
Redial ･････････････････････････････ 3-12
Save to Phone Book･･････････････････ 2-19
Dial-up Connections ･････････ 12-14, 12-15
Dictionary ･････････････････････････ 9-16
Digital Mode･････････････････････････7-3
Display ･･････････････････････････････1-4
Display Settings ･･･････････ 2-7, 2-27, 13-2
Display Settings (Active Window) ････ 13-8
Display Settings (Mail) ･･･････ 13-15, 13-17
Document Viewer ･･････････････････ 9-20
Download Screen ･･････････････････ 13-3
Drafts ･････････････････････････････ 4-15
E
Index
14
Earphone Microphone Jack ････････････1-3
Earphone-Microphone Answer ･･･････ 3-13
Earphone-Microphone Call ･･････････ 3-13
Earphone-Microphone Settings ･････ 13-24
Earpiece ･････････････････････････････1-3
Earpiece (Speaker) Volume During Calls
S! Circle Talk ･･･････････････････････ 10-8
Video Call ･･････････････････････････ 3-7
Voice Call ･･･････････････････････････ 3-4
Earpiece Volume ･･･････････････････ 3-12
Economy Mode ･･･････････････････ 13-28
Edit Picture ･･････････････････････････7-8
Edit Text ･･･････････････････････････ 2-13
Edit Text (Mail) ･････････････････････ 4-14
Effects ･･･････････････････････ 7-9, 13-25
Electronic Books ･･･････････････････ 9-21
E-mail Address/URL Extensions ･･････ 2-13
Emergency Calls･･････････････････････3-3
Emergency Positioning Request ･････････3-3
Emoticons ･････････････････････････ 2-12
User Created ･･･････････････････････ 2-28
Encoding Type ････････････････････ 13-21
Equalizer ･･････････････････････････ 8-10
Events ･･････････････････････････････9-4
Alarm ････････････････････････ 9-4, 13-38
Category ･････････････････････････ 13-38
Check ･･････････････････････････････ 9-5
Delete ････････････････････････ 9-5, 9-26
Edit ･･････････････････････････････ 9-25
Font Color ････････････････････････ 13-39
Link Information ･･････････････ 9-26, 13-38
Reminder ･･････････････････････････ 9-24
Repeat for ･････････････････････････ 9-25
Show/Hide ･････････････････････････ 9-25
Stamp Icon ････････････････････････ 13-38
Expiry (Mail) ･････････････････ 4-15, 13-15
Exposure ･･･････････････････････ 7-3, 7-6
External Device Port ･･････････････････1-3
External Device Settings ･･･････････ 13-24
External Display ･･････････････････････1-5
External Lights ････････････ 1-3, 2-30, 13-6
F
Feeling Mail ･････････････････････････4-5
File Name (Camera) ･･･････････････ 13-25
Files
Attach ･････････････････････････････ 4-4
Copy ･････････････････････････････ 2-33
Delete ････････････････････････････ 2-34
Details ･･･････････････････････ 2-31, 8-11
Move ･････････････････････････････ 2-23
Rename ･･･････････････････････････ 2-23
Sort by ･･･････････････････････ 2-33, 8-10
Use･･･････････････････････････････ 2-31
Filter (Mail) ･･･････････････････････ 13-18
Flicker ･･･････････････････････････ 13-25
Focus Mode･･････････････････ 7-10, 13-26
Folders
Copy Folder ････････････････････････ 2-33
Create Folder ･･･････････････････ 2-22, 5-9
Delete Folder ･･･････････････････････ 2-34
Move Folder ･･･････････････････ 2-33, 4-19
Rename Folder ･････････････････ 2-33, 4-17
Font Color ･･････････････ 4-15, 13-5, 13-39
Font Settings ･･････････････････････ 13-5
Font Size
Display ････････････････････････････ 13-5
Graphic Mail ････････････････････････ 4-5
Internet ･･････････････････････････ 13-21
Mail ･････････････････････････････ 13-15
Text Entry ･･････････････････････････ 2-28
Format Card ･･･････････････････････ 2-25
Forward Mail ･････････････････ 4-16, 4-18
14-34
823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-34
08.8.12 4:26:02 PM
Function Lock ･･････････････････････ 11-4
G
Gamendeco ････････････････････････ 13-2
Global Roaming ･･････････････････････3-5
Operator ･････････････････････････ 13-22
GMT Offset ･･･････････････････････ 13-42
Go to Secured (Data Broadcasts) ････ 13-29
Graphic Mail ･･･････････････････ 4-5, 4-15
Grid･･････････････････････････････ 13-26
Group (Mail) ････････････ 4-13, 4-14, 13-14
Group (Phone Book) ･････ 2-17, 2-30, 13-35
H
I
IC ･････････････････････････････････ 14-2
Ichi Navi･･･････････････････････････ 9-10
823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-35
International Call
Call Abroad from Japan ････････････････ 3-5
Global Roaming ･･････････････････････ 3-5
International Code ････････････････ 13-22
Internet ･････････････････････････････5-2
Settings ･･････････････････････････ 13-19
Internet Security Code ･･････････････ 1-14
Register/Change ････････････････････ 11-5
Internet Settings ･･････････････････ 13-19
IP Service･････････････････････････ 13-44
J
Jump ････････････････････････････････5-8
K
Kacha-ble ････････････････････････ 13-13
Keitaideco ･･････ 2-3, 2-7, 2-32, 13-2, 13-11
Key Guide
Camera ････････････････････････ 7-3, 7-6
Media Player ････････････････････ 8-5, 8-6
TV ････････････････････････････････ 6-7
Key Shortcut ･･････････････････････ 13-25
Keypad ･････････････････････ 1-3, 2-3, 6-4
Keypad Light･･･････････････････････ 13-5
Keypad Lock ･･･････････････････････ 11-3
Kitchen Timer ･･････････････････････ 9-17
Ku-man Mail ･･･････････････････････ 9-23
Ku-man's Room ････････････････････ 9-23
Index
Handset Code ･･････････････････････ 1-14
Change ･･･････････････････････････ 11-2
Handset Parts & Functions ････････････1-2
Handsfree (Bluetooth®) ････････････ 13-36
Handsfree Call (Voice Call) ･･････････ 3-14
Handsfree On/Off (Video Call) ･･･････ 3-15
Handstrap Hole ･･････････････････････1-3
Hiragana to Alphanumerics/Katakana Conversion ･･ 2-11
History (Internet) ････････････････ 5-3, 5-4
Delete ･････････････････････････････ 5-7
Hold Answer ･･･････････････････････ 3-13
Hold Call ･･････････････････････････ 3-14
Hold Setting (Video Call) ･･･････････ 13-23
Icons (Indicators)
Bluetooth® Compatible Devices ････････ 12-5
Display ･････････････････････････････ 1-4
External Display ･･････････････････････ 1-5
Message List ･･･････････････････････ 4-10
Text Input Mode ････････････････････ 2-10
TV Links ････････････････････････････ 6-7
Video Call ･･････････････････････････ 3-7
Idle Screen (Ku-man) ･･････････････ 13-43
Idokoro Mail ･･･････････････････････ 9-12
Illumination ･･･････････････････････ 13-6
Image Mode ･････････････････････････6-5
Image Quality (Camera) ････････････ 13-25
Image Quality (TV) ････････････････ 13-28
Image Quality (Video Call) ････ 3-15, 13-23
In-Car Charger ･･･････････････････････1-9
Incoming Call Image ････････････････ 13-2
Incoming Message Image ･･･････････ 13-2
Incoming Messages･･･････････････････4-8
Infinity ････････････････････････････ 7-10
Information Prompt ･･････････････････1-6
Infrared ･･･････････････････････････ 12-2
Authentication Password ･･････････････ 12-2
ON/OFF ･･･････････････････････････ 12-2
Send a Picture/Video After Shooting ･････ 7-11
Send My Details ････････････････････ 12-14
Transfer Files ･･･････････････････････ 12-2
Infrared Port ･･･････････････････ 1-3, 12-2
Input Method ･････････････････････ 13-34
Insert ････････････････････････ 2-28, 4-13
Interface Language ･････････････････ 13-7
Internal Antenna ･････････････････････1-3
14
14-35
08.8.12 4:26:03 PM
Index
L
Landscape View Operations ･･･････････2-2
Language (言語選択) ････････････････ 13-7
License Information (S! Appli) ･･････ 13-32
Lighting Time ･･････････････････････ 13-5
Line Break ･････････････････････････ 2-27
Locate Me ･････････････････････････ 9-10
Location Information Send Setting ･･ 13-29, 13-41
Location Logs ･･････････････････････ 9-27
Location Mail ･･････････････････････ 9-27
Location Property ･････････････････ 13-41
Loud Speaker (Video Call) ･･････････ 13-23
Lower Case ････････････････････････ 2-11
M
Index
14
Macro ･････････････････････････････ 7-10
Mail Settings ･････････････････････ 13-14
Mail Type ･･････････････････････････ 4-14
Default Type ･･･････････････････････ 13-14
Mailbox Volume ････････････････････ 4-17
Main Menu ･････････････････････ 2-2, 2-3
Reset Options ･･････････････････････ 2-26
Simple Mode ･････････････ 2-6, 2-26, 14-11
Main Screens ･･････････････････････ 13-2
Main/Sub Audio ･･･････････････････ 13-28
Manner Mode ････････････････ 1-12, 13-11
Manufacture # ･･････････････ 13-19, 13-29
Map URL Settings ･････････････････ 13-41
Media Player･････････････････････････8-2
Lighting ･･･････････････････････････ 13-5
14-36
823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-36
Priority ･･･････････････････････････ 13-10
Melody List ･･･････････････････････ 14-22
Memory Card ･･････････････････････ 2-24
Backup ･･･････････････････････････ 12-10
Relocate ･･････････････････････････ 12-15
Memory Card Slot ････････････････････1-3
Memory Status････････････････ 2-29, 2-31
Message Box ･･････････････････････ 4-10
Settings ･･････････････････････････ 13-17
Message Details ･･･････････････････ 4-19
Message Folder ････････････････････ 2-30
Message List ･･･････････････････････ 4-10
Settings ････････････････････ 13-17, 13-18
Messaging ･･･････････････････････････4-2
Microphone･･････････････････････････1-3
Mini Photo ････････････････････････ 13-4
Mini Tool ････････････････････ 13-3, 13-18
Missed Call Notification･････････････ 3-11
Mobile Light ････････････････ 1-3, 7-3, 7-6
Mobile Mode ････････････････････････7-3
Mosaic (Edit Picture)････････････････ 7-11
Multi Selector･････････････････ xi, 1-3, 2-3
Reset ･････････････････････････････ 2-26
Multi Shots ･･････････････････････････7-7
Multiparty Call ･････････････････････ 3-17
Music File Playback Window ･･･････････8-4
Music Player ･････････････････････････8-5
Mute ････････････････････････ 3-13, 13-23
My Details ･････････････････････ 3-3, 3-12
Send ･････････････････････････････ 12-14
My Library ･････････････････････････ 8-11
My Locations ･･････････････････････ 9-27
My Status ･････････････････････････ 10-4
N
Name Conversion ･･････････････････ 2-28
Navi Appli ･･･････････････････ 9-10, 13-41
NAVI Settings ･････････････････････ 13-41
New Messages ･･･････････････････････4-8
Night ･････････････････････････････ 7-10
Notepad･････････････････････････････9-8
Delete ････････････････････････ 9-8, 9-26
Edit ･･････････････････････････････ 9-26
Notification･･･････････････････････ 13-30
Notification (S! Friend's Status) ･･ 10-5, 10-9
Number Memo ･････････････････････ 3-14
O
Offline Mode ･･････････････････････ 1-13
Off-timer ･････････････････････････ 13-28
One Seg ･････････････････････････････6-2
Open to Talk ･･･････････････････････ 13-9
Operator ･････････････････････････ 13-22
Operator Name ････････････････････ 13-6
Output Setting (Media Player) ･･････ 13-31
Overlay (Edit Picture) ･････････････････7-9
P
Page Details ･････････････････････････5-8
Page Search ･････････････････････････5-7
Password Lock ･････････････････････ 11-3
Paste (Characters) ･･････････････････ 2-13
08.8.12 4:26:03 PM
Playlist ･･････････････････････････････8-7
Add Tracks ･････････････････････････ 8-11
Change Order ･･････････････････････ 8-11
Copy ･････････････････････････････ 8-11
Create ･････････････････････････････ 8-7
Delete ････････････････････････････ 8-11
Play ･･･････････････････････････････ 8-7
Remove Tracks ･･････････････････････ 8-11
Rename ････････････････････････････ 8-7
Positioning Lock ･･････････････････ 13-41
Power On ･･････････････････････････ 1-10
Power Saving ･･････････････････････ 13-5
Power-off Screen ･･････････････ 1-10, 13-3
Power-on Screen ･･･････････････････ 13-3
Prediction ･･･････････････････ 2-28, 13-34
Preview ･･････････････････････････ 13-27
Priority ･････････････････････ 13-10, 13-32
Priority (Mail) ････････････････ 4-16, 13-15
Program Guide ･･･････････････････････6-5
Protect (Mail) ･･････････････････････ 4-17
PUK (Personal Unblocking Key) ･･･ 11-5, 14-2
Q
QR Codes ･･････････････････････････ 9-22
R
Received Calls ･･･････････････････････3-9
Call from ･･････････････････････････ 3-12
Delete Call Log Records ･･･････････････ 3-15
Save to Phone Book･･････････････････ 2-19
Receiving (Mail) ･･･････････････････ 13-16
Recent ････････････････････････････ 8-10
Recipients List ･････････････････････ 9-12
Delete ････････････････････････････ 9-28
Reconvert ･････････････････････････ 2-29
Record Videos････････････････････････7-5
Settings ････････････････････ 13-25, 13-27
Reject Calls ･･･････････････････ 3-13, 13-9
Reload Page ･････････････････････････5-7
Relocate･･････････････････････････ 12-15
Reminder ･･････････････････････････ 9-24
Replace Text ･･･････････････････････ 2-29
Reply to
Activate ･･･････････････････････････ 4-16
Messages ･･･････････････････････････ 4-9
Save an Address････････････････････ 13-15
Reset ････････････････････････････ 13-33
Reset All ･････････････････････････ 13-33
Reset Learned ････････････････････ 13-34
Reset Setting ･････････････････････ 13-33
Internet ･･････････････････････････ 13-20
Restricted Mode ･･･････････････････ 11-5
Retrieve Mail ･･････････････････････ 4-16
Retrieve Mode ････････････････････ 13-16
Retrieve Network Information ･･･････ 1-10
Ring Time････････････････････ 2-30, 13-12
Ringtone ････････････････････ 2-18, 13-11
Ringtone Volume ･････････ 2-30, 3-4, 13-11
Root Certificates ････････････ 13-19, 13-32
Rotate Image (Edit Picture) ･･････････ 7-11
Index
PC Connection (USB Connection) ･････ 12-8
Charge Battery･････････････････････ 13-37
Dial-up Connections ････････････････ 12-15
PC Files ･･･････････････････････････ 9-20
PC Site Browser ･･････････････････････5-4
Penlight ････････････････････････ 1-3, 2-4
Phone Book････････････････････････ 2-16
Call from ･･････････････････････････ 2-19
Change View ･･･････････････････････ 2-30
Copy ･････････････････････････････ 2-31
Delete ････････････････････････････ 2-31
Edit ･･････････････････････････････ 2-30
Move ･････････････････････････････ 2-31
New Entry ･････････････････････････ 2-17
Picture ･････････････････ 2-18, 13-4, 13-26
Search Mode ･･･････････････････････ 2-20
Sort by ････････････････････････････ 2-30
Phone Book Lock ･･････････････････ 13-35
Phone Number ･･･････････････････････3-3
Photo Album ･････････････････････････2-7
Photo Stand ･･･････････････････････ 13-7
Phrase Prediction ････････････ 2-28, 13-34
Pictographs ････････････････････････ 2-12
Picture (Phone Book) ･･････････ 2-18, 13-4
Take a Picture for a Phone Book entry･･･ 13-26
Picture Size (Camera) ･････････ 7-10, 14-20
Picture Size (Edit Picture) ･････････････7-9
PIN Settings ･･･････････････････････ 11-3
PIN/PIN2 ･･････････････････････････ 14-2
Change ･･･････････････････････････ 11-5
Play Mode ･････････････････････････ 8-10
Player Image･･････････････････････ 13-31
14
14-37
823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-37
08.8.12 4:26:04 PM
Index
S
Index
14
S! Addressbook Back-up ･･･････････ 12-12
Auto Sync･････････････････････････ 12-16
Sync Log･･････････････････････････ 12-16
Synchronization Type ････････････････ 12-13
S! Appli ･････････････････････････････8-8
Delete ････････････････････････････ 8-12
Details ････････････････････････････ 8-12
Download ･･････････････････････････ 8-8
End/Exit ････････････････････････ 8-8, 8-9
Move ･････････････････････････････ 8-12
Pause ･･････････････････････････････ 8-8
Resume ････････････････････････ 8-8, 8-9
Screensaver ････････････････････････ 8-12
Start ･･･････････････････････････････ 8-8
S! Appli Root Certificates ･･････････ 13-32
S! Appli Settings ･･････････････････ 13-32
S! Circle Talk ･･･････････････････････ 10-6
Add Members ･･････････････････････ 10-7
Answer････････････････････････････ 10-8
Call Another Member ････････････････ 10-8
Create a Group ･････････････････････ 10-7
Delete ･･･････････････････････････ 10-10
Edit Group ････････････････････････ 10-10
Initiate ････････････････････････････ 10-7
S! Friend's Status ･･････････････････ 10-3
Add Members ･････････････････ 10-4, 10-9
Call/Send Mail ･･････････････････････ 10-9
Change Group ･･････････････････････ 10-9
Check a Member's Status ･････････････ 10-5
Deletion Request ････････････････････ 10-9
My Status ･･････････････････････････ 10-4
Notification ･･･････････････････ 10-5, 10-9
Rename ･･･････････････････････････ 10-9
Request Reply ･････････････････････ 13-44
Save Members to Active Window ･･････ 13-44
Saving Failed Notification ･････････････ 10-5
Saving Request ･････････････････････ 10-5
Status Setting ･････････････････････ 13-44
Status Update ･･････････････････････ 10-9
S! GPS Navi ････････････････････････ 9-10
Location Logs･･･････････････････････ 9-27
Location Mail ･･･････････････････････ 9-27
My Locations ･･･････････････････････ 9-27
S! Information Channel ･････････････ 9-19
Get Latest ･････････････････････････ 9-29
History ････････････････････････････ 9-29
Weather Indicator ･･･････････････････ 9-19
S! Loop････････････････････････････ 10-2
S! Mail ･･････････････････････････････4-4
S! Quick News ･････････････････････ 9-18
Auto Refresh ･･･････････････････････ 9-29
Check Updates･･･････････････････････ 2-9
Delete ････････････････････････････ 9-29
Image ･････････････････････････････ 13-8
Reset ･････････････････････････････ 13-8
Ticker Speed ････････････････････････ 13-8
Unread/Read ･･･････････････････････ 13-8
S! Town ･･･････････････････････････ 10-2
Saved Pages ･････････････････････････5-6
Delete ･････････････････････････････ 5-9
Rename ････････････････････････････ 5-9
Scan Data ･････････････････････････ 9-22
Screen Display (Camera) ･･･････････ 13-27
Screen Settings (TV) ･･･････････････ 13-28
Script ････････････････････････････ 13-19
Scroll Unit ･･････････････････ 13-15, 13-21
Search Mode (Phone Book) ･･････････ 2-20
Search Time ･･･････････････････････ 8-10
Secret Entries ･･････････････････････ 2-18
Secret Mode ･･･････････････････････ 11-4
Secure Remote Lock ････････････････ 11-4
Security ･･････････5-2, 13-19, 13-32, 13-33
Security Lock ･･･････････ 2-23, 4-17, 13-21
Self-delete (Mail)･･･････････････････ 4-16
Send Location･････････････････････ 13-29
Send Notifications (Idokoro Mail) ････ 9-13
Send Picture (Video Call) ････････････ 3-15
Send URL ････････････････････････････5-7
Sending (Mail) ････････････････････ 13-15
Server Certificate ････････････････････5-8
Server Operations ･･････････････････ 4-16
Set as Main City ････････････････････ 9-15
Settings ･･････････････････････････ 13-40
Settings (Bluetooth®) ･･････････････ 13-36
Sharpness ････････････････････････ 13-28
Short Video Mode ････････････････････7-5
Shortcuts Menu ･･････････････････････2-4
Arrange Icons･･･････････････････････ 2-26
Change Icon････････････････････････ 2-26
Delete ････････････････････････････ 2-26
Edit Title ･･･････････････････････････ 2-26
Show My ID････････････････････････ 3-12
Show My Number ･･････････････････ 3-12
Shutter Sound ････････････････････ 13-26
14-38
823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-38
08.8.12 4:26:05 PM
Phone Book ･･･････････････････････ 13-35
Voice Recorder ･･････････････････････ 9-27
Streaming ･･･････････････････････････8-3
Sub Menu View ･･････････････････････2-4
Subtitles ･････････････････････ 6-5, 13-28
Surround ･･････････････････････････ 8-10
Switch Audio (TV) ･････････････････ 13-28
Switch Browsers ･････････････････････5-7
Switch Windows (Video Call) ････････ 3-15
Symbols ･･･････････････････････････ 2-11
T
Take Pictures ････････････････････････7-3
Settings ････････････････････ 13-25, 13-26
Tasks ････････････････････････････････9-5
Alarm ････････････････････････ 9-5, 13-39
Check ･･････････････････････････････ 9-6
Delete ････････････････････････ 9-6, 9-26
Edit ･･････････････････････････････ 9-25
Priority ･･･････････････････････････ 13-39
Reminder ･･････････････････････････ 9-24
Show/Hide ･････････････････････････ 9-25
Stamp Icon ････････････････････････ 13-39
Status ････････････････････････････ 13-39
Tasks Lock ････････････････････････ 13-40
Templates (Graphic Mail)
Save ･･････････････････････････････ 4-15
Switch ････････････････････････････ 4-15
Use････････････････････････････････ 4-5
Text Copy･･････････････････････ 4-19, 5-7
Text Entry ････････････････････ 2-10, 2-27
Beeper Mode ･･････････････････････ 14-10
Settings ･･････････････････････････ 13-34
Text Entry Keys ･･････････････････････ 14-9
Text Input Modes ･･･････････････････ 2-10
Time Table ･･･････････････････････････9-7
Copy ･････････････････････････････ 9-26
Delete ････････････････････････ 9-7, 9-26
Settings ･･････････････････････････ 13-40
Timer ･･･････････････････････････････6-6
Check/Edit/Delete ････････････････････ 6-8
Notification ･･･････････････････････ 13-30
Program Guide･･･････････････････････ 6-8
Timer Results ････････････････････････ 6-8
To Group (Mail) ････････････････････ 4-14
To Playlist ･････････････････････････ 8-11
To/Cc/Bcc ･･････････････････････････ 4-13
Toggle Characters in Reverse Order ･･ 2-11
Touch Tones････････････････････････ 3-14
Transfer Music ･････････････････････ 12-8
Troubleshooting ････････････････････ 14-7
Trust Device ･･････････････････････ 13-36
TV ･･････････････････････････････････6-2
Settings ･･････････････････････････ 13-28
TV Antenna ･････････････････････ 1-3, 6-3
TV Links ･････････････････････････････6-7
Twin Illuminations ･･････････････ 1-3, 13-6
U
Undo ･･････････････････････････････ 2-14
Unread/Read (Mail) ････････････････ 13-18
Unsent Messages ･･･････････････････ 4-19
Index
Side Key ･････････････････････････････2-4
Signal Strength ･････････････････ 1-4, 1-5
Signature ･････････････････････････ 13-14
Simple Input ･････････････････ 4-13, 13-14
Simple Mode ･････････････････ 2-5, 14-11
Simple Notice ･･････････････････････ 9-13
Single Kanji Conversion ･････････････ 2-28
Slideshow ･････････････････････････ 2-22
SMS･････････････････････････････････4-6
Move ･････････････････････････････ 4-19
SMS Center Number ･･･････････････ 13-15
Snooze ････････････････････････････ 9-14
Softkeys ･･････････････････････････ xi, 1-3
Software Update ･･･････････････････ 14-6
Sort by (Mail) ･･････････････････････ 4-19
Sort Setting ･･･････････････････････ 4-11
Sound Effects ･････････････････････ 13-12
Sound Volume ･･････････････ 13-12, 13-21
Sounds ･･･････････････････････････ 13-11
Space ･････････････････････････････ 2-27
Speaker ･････････････････････････････1-3
Speaker Volume ･･･････････････････ 13-12
Specifications ･････････････････････ 14-17
Speed Dial ･･･････････････････････････3-5
SSL/TLS ･･････････････････････････････5-2
Standby ･･･････････････････････ 1-10, 2-7
Start Comm. (Data Broadcasts) ･････ 13-29
Start/End Tone (Camera) ･･･････････ 13-27
Storage Location
Camera ･･････････････････････････ 13-25
Data Broadcasts････････････････････ 13-29
Internet ･･････････････････････････ 13-20
14
14-39
823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-39
08.8.12 4:26:05 PM
Index
URL History ･･････････････････････････5-7
USB Connection (PC Connection) ･････ 12-8
USIM Card ･････････････････････････ 14-2
USIM Lock ･････････････････････････ 11-5
V
Index
14
Vibration ･･･････ 2-30, 13-12, 13-15, 13-32
Video Call ･･･････････････････････････3-7
Settings ･･････････････････････････ 13-23
Video File Playback Window ･･･････････8-6
Video Mail Mode ･････････････････････7-5
Video Modes･････････････････････････7-5
View Settings (Weather Indicator) ･･ 13-43
View Type (Data Folder) ･････････････ 2-31
Visibility･･････････････････････････ 13-36
vObjects･･･････････････････････････ 2-32
Voice Call ･･･････････････････････････3-4
Call from Phone Book ････････････････ 2-19
Voice Cancel ･･･････････････････････ 8-10
Voice Mail ･････････････････････････ 3-11
Voice Record (Camera) ･････････････ 13-27
Voice Record During Calls ･･･････････ 3-14
Voice Recorder ･･･････････････････････9-9
Storage Location ････････････････････ 9-27
Volume (S! Appli)･･････････････････ 13-32
Watch TV ････････････････････････････6-4
Weather Forecast･････････ 2-9, 9-19, 13-43
Update ････････････････････････････ 9-29
Weather Indicator ･･････････････ 2-9, 9-19
View Settings ･･････････････････････ 13-43
Web (Restricted Mode) ･････････････ 11-5
Web Page Operations ･････････････････5-5
Web Search ･･････････････････････････5-9
White Balance ････････････････････ 13-25
Wide View ･･･････････････････ 13-3, 13-18
Word List ･･････････････････････････ 2-15
Delete All ･･････････････････････････ 2-29
World Clock ･･･････････････････････ 9-15
Rename City ･･･････････････････････ 9-28
Y
Yahoo! Keitai ････････････････････････5-3
Z
Zoom (Camera) ･･･････････ 7-3, 7-6, 14-20
Zoom (Video Call) ･･････････････････ 3-15
W
Wallpaper ･･･････････････････････････2-7
Wallpaper (Edit Picture) ･････････････ 7-12
Warning ･･････････････････････････ 13-20
14-40
823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-40
08.8.12 4:26:06 PM
By User Action
A
823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-41
B
Back Up
Data to Memory Card (Transfer All) ･････ 12-10
S! Addressbook Back-up ･････････････ 12-13
Setting Data (Relocate) ･･････････････ 12-15
C
Call
Dialed Numbers ･････････････････････ 3-12
Earphone-Microphone Call ････････････ 3-13
International Call ･････････････････････ 3-5
Multiparty Call ･･････････････････････ 3-17
Received Calls ･･････････････････････ 3-12
S! Circle Talk ･･････････････････ 10-7, 10-8
Speed Dial ･･････････････････････････ 3-5
Video Call ･･････････････････････････ 3-7
Voice Call ･･･････････････････････････ 3-4
Cancel
Alarm ･････････････････････････････ 9-14
Answering Machine ･･･････････････････ 3-6
Card Reader Mode ･･････････････････ 12-9
Keypad Lock････････････････････････ 11-3
Manner Mode ･･････････････････････ 1-12
Mute ･････････････････････････････ 3-13
Offline Mode ･･･････････････････････ 1-13
Password Lock ･･････････････････････ 11-3
Phone Book Lock ･･･････････････････ 13-35
PIN Lock･･････････････････････ 11-5, 14-2
S! Information Channel Subscription ･････ 9-19
Simple Mode ････････････････････････ 2-6
Change
Alternative Picture (Video Call) ･･･ 3-15, 13-23
Call Barring Service Code ･････････････ 3-18
Color of Calendar Dates ･･････････････ 9-24
File Name･･････････････････････････ 2-33
Folder Name ･･････････････････ 2-33, 4-17
Font Size (Display) ･･･････････････････ 13-5
Font Size (Internet) ･････････････････ 13-21
Font Size (Mail) ････････････････････ 13-15
Font Size (Text Entry Window) ･･････････ 2-28
Handset Code ･･････････････････････ 11-2
Handset E-mail Address ････････････････ 4-3
Image Quality (Video Call) ･･･････ 3-15, 13-23
Internet Security Code ････････････････ 11-5
Message Box View Format････････････ 13-17
My Status ･･････････････････････････ 10-4
Picture Size ･････････････････････････ 7-9
PIN ･･･････････････････････････････ 11-5
Text Encoding Type (Internet) ･････････ 13-21
Change Order
Files ･･････････････････････････････ 2-33
Main Menu Icons ･････････････････････ 2-3
Messages ･･････････････････････････ 4-19
Phone Book Entries ･･････････････････ 2-30
Charge (Battery)
AC Charger ･････････････････････････ 1-7
Desktop Cradle ･･････････････････････ 1-8
In-Car Charger ･･･････････････････････ 1-9
Index
Access
Internet ････････････････････････ 5-3, 5-4
Activate
Barcode Reader ･････････････････････ 9-22
Music Player･････････････････････････ 8-5
Add
Country Code to Country Number List ･･ 13-22
Functions to Shortcuts Menu ････････････ 2-4
Members to S! Circle Talk Members List ･･ 10-7
Members to S! Friend's Status Members List ･･ 10-4
Operator ･････････････････････････ 13-22
Phone Number to Auto Answer List･････ 13-23
Songs to a Playlist ･･･････････････ 8-7, 8-11
Stamp ････････････････････････････ 7-11
Text (Edit Picture)････････････････････ 7-11
Adjust (Earpiece/Speaker Volume)
S! Circle Talk ･･･････････････････････ 10-8
Video Call ･･････････････････････････ 3-7
Voice Call ･･･････････････････････････ 3-4
Answer
Any Key Answer ･････････････････････ 13-9
Auto Answer (Earphone-Microphone) ･･･ 13-24
Auto Answer (Video Call) ･････････････ 3-13
Call Waiting ････････････････････････ 3-17
Earphone-Microphone Answer ･････････ 3-13
Open to Talk････････････････････････ 13-9
Response Time Setting (Answering Machine) ･･ 13-9
S! Circle Talk Call ････････････････････ 10-8
Video Call ･･････････････････････････ 3-7
Voice Call ･･･････････････････････････ 3-4
Attach
Files ･･･････････････････････････････ 4-4
14
14-41
08.8.12 4:26:06 PM
Index
Index
14
USB Connection ････････････････････ 13-37
Connect
Dial-up Connections ･･････････ 12-14, 12-15
Earphone-Microphone ････････････････ 3-13
Handsfree Device ････････････････････ 12-5
PC ･･･････････････････ 12-8, 12-15, 13-37
USB Connection ･････････････････････ 12-8
Convert (Characters)
Determined Text (Reconvert) ･･･････････ 2-29
Hiragana to Alphanumerics/Katakana ････ 2-11
Name ･････････････････････････････ 2-28
Single Kanji Conversion ･･･････････････ 2-28
Copy
Characters ･････････････････････････ 2-13
Class on Time Table ･･････････････････ 9-26
Files ･･････････････････････････････ 2-33
Folders ････････････････････････････ 2-33
Message Text (Text Copy) ･････････････ 4-19
Phone Book Entries ･･････････････････ 2-31
Playlist ････････････････････････････ 8-11
Text in Web Pages ････････････････････ 5-7
Create
Folder ･････････････････････････ 2-22, 5-9
Original Emoticons･･･････････････････ 2-28
Phone Book Entry ･･････････････ 2-17, 2-29
Playlist ･････････････････････････････ 8-7
S! Mail ･････････････････････････････ 4-4
SMS ･･･････････････････････････････ 4-6
Time Table ･･････････････････････････ 9-7
vObject････････････････････････････ 2-32
Wallpaper ･････････････････････････ 7-12
Customize
Handset E-mail Address ････････････････ 4-3
Original Mode ･････････････････････ 13-11
D
Decorate
S! Mail Text ･････････････････････････ 4-5
Delete
Alarms ･･･････････････････････ 9-14, 9-28
Backup Data (Memory Card) ･･････････ 12-15
Bookmarks ･･････････････････････････ 5-9
Characters ･････････････････････････ 2-13
Classes from Time Table ･･･････････ 9-7, 9-26
Entries from S! Circle Talk Members List･･･ 10-10
Events ････････････････････････ 9-5, 9-26
Folders/Files (Data Folder) ･････････････ 2-34
Members from S! Friend's Status Members List ･･ 10-9
Messages ･･････････････････････････ 4-18
Phone Book Entries ･･････････････････ 2-31
Playlist ････････････････････････････ 8-11
Recorded Messages on Answering Machine ･･ 3-13
S! Appli ･･･････････････････････････ 8-12
Saved Pages ･････････････････････････ 5-9
Server Messages ････････････････････ 4-16
Shortcut Icons ･･････････････････････ 2-26
Tasks ･････････････････････････ 9-6, 9-26
Download
Music/Video Files ･････････････････････ 8-3
S! Appli ････････････････････････････ 8-8
S! Information Channel ･･･････････････ 9-29
Software Update ････････････････････ 14-6
E
Edit
Active Window Members List ･･････････ 2-27
Bookmark Title ･･･････････････････････ 5-9
City Name ･････････････････････････ 9-28
Entered Text ････････････････････････ 2-13
Event ･････････････････････････････ 9-25
Phone Book ････････････････････････ 2-30
Picture ･････････････････････････････ 7-8
Playlist ････････････････････････ 8-7, 8-11
S! Addressbook Back-up ･････････････ 12-12
S! Circle Talk Members List ･･･････････ 10-10
S! Friend's Status Members List･････････ 10-9
Task ･･････････････････････････････ 9-25
Enable
Active Window Operation ･･････････････ 2-8
End
S! Appli ････････････････････････ 8-8, 8-9
F
Format
Memory Card ･･･････････････････････ 2-25
Forward
Call Forwarding ･････････････････････ 3-10
Messages ･･････････････････････････ 4-18
Server Message ･････････････････････ 4-16
H
Hold
Hold Image (Video Call)･･････････････ 13-23
14-42
823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-42
08.8.12 4:26:07 PM
Incoming Call ･･･････････････････････ 3-13
I
Input (Characters)
Alphanumerics ･･････････････････････ 2-12
Beeper Mode ････････････････ 13-34, 14-10
Dakuten (゛)/Handakuten (゜) ･････････ 2-11
E-mail Address/URL Extensions ･････････ 2-13
Emoticons ･････････････････････････ 2-12
Kanji･･････････････････････････････ 2-10
Line Break ･････････････････････････ 2-27
Lower Case ････････････････････････ 2-11
Pictographs ････････････････････････ 2-12
Space ･････････････････････････････ 2-27
Symbols ･･･････････････････････････ 2-11
J
Jump
to Specified Date on Calendar ･･･････････ 9-4
L
823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-43
S! Appli ････････････････････････････ 8-8
Play
Answering Machine ･･･････････････････ 3-6
Background Play ････････････････････ 8-10
Files (Data Folder) ･･･････････････････ 2-22
Music ･･････････････････････････････ 8-4
Playlist ･････････････････････････････ 8-7
Videos ････････････････････････ 7-10, 8-5
Voice Recorder ･･･････････････････････ 9-9
Protect
Messages ･･････････････････････････ 4-17
R
M
Move
Bookmarks ･･････････････････････････ 5-9
Files ･･････････････････････････････ 2-23
Folders ････････････････････････････ 2-33
Messages ･･････････････････････････ 4-19
Phone Book Entries ･･････････････････ 2-31
S! Appli ･･･････････････････････････ 8-12
Shortcuts Menu Icons ････････････････ 2-26
SMS ･･････････････････････････････ 4-19
O
Open
Ku-man's Room ･････････････････････ 9-23
P
Paste
Characters ･････････････････････････ 2-13
Receive
Messages ･･････････････････････ 4-8, 4-16
S! Friend's Status Notification ･･････････ 10-5
via Bluetooth® Communication ････ 12-6, 12-7
via Infrared･････････････････････････ 12-3
Record
Answering Machine ･･･････････････････ 3-6
Other Party's Voice･･･････････････････ 3-14
Video ･･････････････････････････････ 7-5
Voice Mail ･････････････････････････ 3-11
Voice Recorder ･･･････････････････････ 9-9
Register
S! Quick News Contents ･･････････････ 9-18
Rename
Folder/File ･････････････････････････ 2-33
Saved Page ･････････････････････････ 5-9
Reply to
Received Messages ･･･････････････････ 4-9
Index
Light (Flash)
Backlight ･･････････････････････････ 13-5
Charging Indicator ････････････････････ 1-3
External Lights for Incoming Events ･･ 2-30, 13-6
External Lights for Notifications･････････ 13-6
Mobile Light･････････････････････ 7-3, 7-6
Penlight ････････････････････････ 1-3, 2-4
Twin Illuminations ･･･････････････････ 13-6
Listen to
Voice Mail ･････････････････････････ 3-11
Lock
Calendar Lock ･････････････････････ 13-39
Call Log Lock ･･･････････････････････ 3-15
Function Lock･･･････････････････････ 11-4
Keypad Lock････････････････････････ 11-3
Password Lock ･･････････････････････ 11-3
PIN Lock･･････････････････････ 11-3, 14-2
Positioning Lock ････････････････････ 13-41
Security Lock (Data Folder) ････････････ 2-23
Security Lock (Internet) ･･････････････ 13-21
Security Lock (Message Box) ･･･････････ 4-17
Tasks Lock ････････････････････････ 13-40
14
14-43
08.8.12 4:26:07 PM
Index
Reset
Browser Settings ･･･････････････････ 13-20
Handset ･･････････････････････････ 13-33
Multi Selector･･･････････････････････ 2-26
Prediction/Conversion Dictionary ･･･････ 13-34
S! Quick News ･･････････････････････ 13-8
Total Call Cost ･･････････････････････ 3-16
Total Call Time ･･････････････････････ 3-16
Restrict
Access to the Internet by URL Entry･･････ 11-5
Call Barring ････････････････････････ 3-17
Resume
S! Appli ････････････････････････････ 8-8
S
Index
14
Save
Attachments ･･･････････････････････ 4-19
Bookmark ･･････････････････････････ 5-6
Drafts ･････････････････････････････ 4-15
Events ･････････････････････････････ 9-4
File in Web Pages･････････････････････ 5-8
Locations to Areas List ････････････････ 9-12
My Details ･････････････････････････ 3-12
My Locations ･･･････････････････････ 9-27
Number Memo･･････････････････････ 3-14
People to Active Window Members List ･･ 2-9, 13-44
People to Recipients List ･･････････････ 9-12
Phone Book Entry ･･････････････ 2-17, 2-29
Phone Number to Reject List ･･･････････ 13-9
Saved Pages ･････････････････････････ 5-6
Tasks ･･････････････････････････････ 9-5
Words to Word List ･･････････････････ 2-15
Search
Phone Book ････････････････････････ 2-20
Text in Web Pages ････････････････････ 5-7
Send
Mail Notifications ･･･････････････････ 9-13
Music/Video Files ････････････････････ 8-11
Picture/Video After Shooting ･･････ 7-10, 7-11
S! Mail ･････････････････････････････ 4-4
SMS ･･･････････････････････････････ 4-6
Touch Tones ････････････････････････ 3-14
via Bluetooth® Communication ･････････ 12-6
via Infrared････････････････････ 12-2, 12-3
Video Call Image ･････････････････････ 3-7
Set
Alarm ･････････････････････････････ 9-14
Start
Navi Appli ･････････････････････････ 9-10
S! Appli ････････････････････････････ 8-8
Subscribe
S! Information Channel Service ･････････ 9-19
Switch
Text Input Modes ････････････････････ 2-10
to Simple Mode ･･････････････････････ 2-5
T
Take
Picture ･････････････････････････････ 7-3
Take Notes
Notepad ････････････････････････････ 9-8
Talk
Call Waiting ････････････････････････ 3-17
Handsfree ･････････････････････････ 3-14
Multiparty Call ･･････････････････････ 3-17
S! Circle Talk ･･････････････････ 10-7, 10-8
Video Call ･･････････････････････････ 3-7
Voice Call ･･･････････････････････････ 3-4
Transfer
by USB Connection ･･････････････････ 12-9
Setting Data (Relocate) ･･････････････ 12-15
Transfer All (Memory Card) ･･･････････ 12-10
Turn off
Handset Power･･････････････････････ 1-10
Off-timer (TV)･･････････････････････ 13-28
Prediction･････････････････････････ 13-34
Turn on
Handset Power･･････････････････････ 1-10
U
Update
Mail List ･･･････････････････････････ 4-16
S! Appli Information on Memory Card ･･ 13-32
S! Friend's Status ････････････････････ 10-9
S! Quick News ･･･････････････････････ 2-9
Software ･･････････････････････････ 14-6
Weather Forecast ････････････････････ 9-29
Web Page ･･････････････････････････ 5-7
W
Watch
TV ････････････････････････････････ 6-4
14-44
823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-44
08.8.12 4:26:08 PM
Warranty & After Sales Service
Warranty
After Sales Service
A warranty card is included with handset. Carefully
read the card and check that the store name and
purchase date sections have been filled in
correctly. Then, store it in a safe place.
Be sure to refer to "Troubleshooting" (page 14-7)
before submitting your handset for repair.
If you are still having problems with your handset,
contact your nearest SoftBank Shop or SoftBank
General Information (page 14-46).
• SoftBank and Toshiba assume no
responsibility for damages to you or third
parties as a result of a failure, malfunction or
faulty operation of the product.
Repair within Warranty Period
Repair is carried out in accordance with the
conditions of the warranty.
Repair After Warranty Period
Repair is carried out if possible and the handset
owner is responsible for any repair costs.
• During repair, parts may be replaced with
used parts that meet our quality standards.
• Data and settings may be lost or altered as a
Appendix
result of failure or repair of your handset. It
is, therefore, recommended that you keep a
backup copy of important data such as
Phone Book data. SoftBank and Toshiba
assume no responsibility for any damages
due to the loss or alteration of handset data
(contents of Phone Book, Data Folder, etc.)
and settings as a result of failure or repair of
your handset.
• Disassembling or modifying handset is in
violation of Radio Law. Your handset will not
be accepted for repairs if it has been
modified.
14
14-45
823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-45
08.8.12 4:26:09 PM
Customer Service
If you have any questions about SoftBank handsets or services, call General Information. For repairs, call Customer Assistance.
SoftBank Customer Centers
From a SoftBank handset, dial toll free at 157 for General
Information or 113 for Customer Assistance.
SoftBank Global Call Center
From outside Japan, dial
+81-3-5351-3491 (Please take care to dial the correct
number. International charges will apply to this call.)
Call These Numbers Toll Free from Landlines
Hokkaido, Aomori, Akita, Iwate, Yamagata, Miyagi, Fukushima, Niigata, Tokyo, Kanagawa, Chiba,
Saitama, Ibaraki, Tochigi, Gunma, Yamanashi, Nagano, Toyama, Ishikawa, Fukui
Aichi, Gifu, Mie, Shizuoka
Osaka, Hyogo, Kyoto, Nara, Shiga, Wakayama
Hiroshima, Okayama, Yamaguchi, Tottori, Shimane, Tokushima, Kagawa, Ehime, Kochi, Fukuoka,
Saga, Nagasaki, Oita, Kumamoto, Miyazaki, Kagoshima, Okinawa
General Information
0088-240-157
Customer Assistance
0088-240-113
General Information
0088-241-157
Customer Assistance
0088-241-113
General Information
0088-242-157
Customer Assistance
0088-242-113
General Information
0088-250-157
Customer Assistance
0088-250-113
Appendix
14
14-46
823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-46
08.8.12 4:26:09 PM
SoftBank 823T/824T Instruction Manual
SOFTBANK MOBILE Corp.
* For additional information, please visit a SoftBank Shop.
Model: SoftBank 823T
SoftBank 824T
Manufacturer:
Please help the mobile industry maintain high environmental standards. Recycle
your old handsets, batteries and charger units (all manufacturers and brands).
* Handsets, batteries and chargers submitted for recycling cannot be returned.
* Always erase all data recorded on old handsets (Phone Book entries, call records, mail, etc.) before recycling.
823T824T̲web̲14.indd 14-47
08.8.12 4:26:10 PM

* Your assessment is very important for improving the workof artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project